Transaxle & Transmission: Section

TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE
TRANSAXLE & TRANSMISSION

SECTION TM B
TM
E
CONTENTS
6MT: RS6F94R NVH Troubleshooting Chart ....................................26 F
PRECAUTION .............................................. 13 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ........................ 27
cardiagn.com
M/T OIL .............................................................. 27 G
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................13
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Inspection ................................................................27
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- Draining ...................................................................27
SIONER" ................................................................. 13 Refilling ....................................................................27 H
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota-
tion After Battery Disconnect ................................... 13 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............... 28
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.... 14 M/T SHIFT SELECTOR ..................................... 28 I
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ........... 14
Exploded View .........................................................28
Service Notice or Precautions for Manual Tran-
Removal and Installation .........................................28
saxle ........................................................................ 15 J
CONTROL LINKAGE ........................................ 31
PREPARATION ........................................... 16 Exploded View .........................................................31
PREPARATION ..................................................16 Removal and Installation .........................................31
K
Special Service Tools .............................................. 16 Inspection ................................................................35
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 18 POSITION SWITCH .......................................... 36
Lubricant or/and Sealant ......................................... 20 Exploded View .........................................................36 L
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 21
Inspection ................................................................37
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................21 M
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE OIL SEAL ...................... 38
Component Parts Location ...................................... 21
Exploded View .........................................................38
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION .......................22 Removal and Installation .........................................38
Sectional View ......................................................... 22 Inspection ................................................................39 N
System Description ................................................. 23
AIR BREATHER ................................................ 40
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 24 Exploded View .........................................................40
O
POSITION SWITCH ............................................24
Component Function Check .................................... 24 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ...... 41
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 24 P
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ................................ 41
Component Inspection ............................................ 24
Exploded View .........................................................41
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS .............................. 26 Removal and Installation .........................................41
Inspection ................................................................42
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
(NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ............................26 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY ... 43
TM-1
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ................................ 43 Component Parts Location ..................................... 89
Exploded View ........................................................ 43
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 48 STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ...................... 90
Sectional View ........................................................ 90
INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR ............................... 60 System Description ................................................. 92
Exploded View ........................................................ 60
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 61 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ........................ 93
Inspection ............................................................... 64
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH ................................ 93
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR .................................. 66 Component Function Check ................................... 93
Exploded View ........................................................ 66 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 93
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 67 Component Inspection ............................................ 93
Inspection ............................................................... 70
NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ......................... 94
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR ............. 72 Component Function Check ................................... 94
Exploded View ........................................................ 72 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 94
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 72 Component Inspection ............................................ 94
Inspection ............................................................... 73
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 95
SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD ......................... 75
Exploded View ........................................................ 75
SHIFTING IS DIFFICULT OR GEAR SQUEAL
OCCURS WHEN SHIFTING TO THE 2ND
cardiagn.com
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 75
Inspection ............................................................... 75 GEAR ................................................................. 95
Description .............................................................. 95
FINAL DRIVE ..................................................... 77 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 95
Exploded View ........................................................ 77
Disassembly and Assembly .................................... 77 SHIFTING IS DIFFICULT OR GEAR SQUEAL
Inspection ............................................................... 78 OCCURS WHEN SHIFTING TO THE 3RD
GEAR ................................................................. 97
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS Description .............................................................. 97
(SDS) ........................................................... 80 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 97
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS GEAR SHIFT TO 1ST OR 2ND IS HARD OR

(SDS) .................................................................. 80 LEVER BECOMES STUCK ............................... 99
General Specifications ............................................ 80 Description .............................................................. 99
6MT: RS6F52A Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 99
PRECAUTION ............................................. 81 UNUSUAL NOISE OCCURS DURING DRIV-

ING .................................................................... 100
PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 81 Description ............................................................ 100
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 100
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ................................................................. 81 NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING ........................... 101
tion After Battery Disconnect .................................. 81 NVH Troubleshooting Chart .................................. 101
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover... 82
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ........... 82 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 103
Precaution for Stop/Start System Service .............. 83 M/T OIL ............................................................. 103
Service Notice or Precautions for Manual Tran-
saxle ....................................................................... 83 2WD ......................................................................... 103
2WD : Inspection ................................................... 103
PREPARATION ........................................... 84 2WD : Draining ...................................................... 103
2WD : Refilling ...................................................... 103
PREPARATION ................................................. 84
Special Service Tools ............................................. 84 4WD ......................................................................... 104
Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 87 4WD : Inspection ................................................... 104
Lubricant or/and Sealant ........................................ 88 4WD : Draining ...................................................... 104
4WD : Refilling ...................................................... 104
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................ 89
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 106
COMPONENT PARTS ....................................... 89
TM-2
M/T SHIFT SELECTOR .................................... 106 Inspection .............................................................. 204
Exploded View ...................................................... 106 A
Removal and Installation ....................................... 106 SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD ...................... 206
Exploded View ....................................................... 206
CONTROL LINKAGE ....................................... 109 Disassembly and Assembly ................................... 206
Inspection .............................................................. 208 B
Exploded View ...................................................... 109
Removal and Installation ....................................... 109
Inspection .............................................................. 113 FINAL DRIVE .................................................. 210
C
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH ............................... 114 2WD .......................................................................... 210
2WD : Exploded View ............................................ 210
Exploded View ...................................................... 114
2WD : Disassembly and Assembly ........................ 210
Removal and Installation ....................................... 114 TM
2WD : Inspection ................................................... 213
Inspection .............................................................. 115
4WD .......................................................................... 214
NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH ....................... 116
4WD : Exploded View ............................................ 215
Exploded View ...................................................... 116 E
4WD : Disassembly and Assembly ........................ 215
4WD : Inspection ................................................... 221
Inspection .............................................................. 117
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE OIL SEAL ..................... 118 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS F
Exploded View ...................................................... 118 (SDS) .......................................................... 223
cardiagn.com
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS G
Inspection .............................................................. 119
(SDS) ............................................................... 223
AIR BREATHER ............................................... 120 General Specifications ........................................... 223
Exploded View ...................................................... 120 End Play ................................................................ 224
H
Removal and Installation ....................................... 120 Baulk Ring Clearance ............................................ 224
Dimension .............................................................. 225
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .... 122 Differential Side Bearing Preload .......................... 226
Differential Side Gear Clearance ........................... 226 I
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ............................... 122 CVT: RE0F10D
Exploded View ...................................................... 122
Removal and Installation ....................................... 122 HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL .................. 227 J
Inspection .............................................................. 123
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION ....................... 227
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY . 124 Information ............................................................. 227
K
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ............................... 124 PRECAUTION ............................................ 228
2WD ......................................................................... 124 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 228
2WD : Exploded View ........................................... 124 L
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
2WD : Disassembly and Assembly ....................... 129 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
2WD : Inspection and Adjustment ......................... 147 SIONER" ............................................................... 228
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- M
4WD ......................................................................... 153
4WD : Exploded View ........................................... 153 tion After Battery Disconnect ................................. 228
4WD : Disassembly and Assembly ....................... 159 Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover.. 229
4WD : Inspection and Adjustment ......................... 178 Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal .......... 229 N
Precaution for TCM and Transaxle Assembly Re-
INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR .............................. 185 placement .............................................................. 230
Exploded View ...................................................... 185 General Precautions .............................................. 230 O
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 186 On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of CVT and
Inspection .............................................................. 191 Engine ................................................................... 231
Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR ................................. 193 Connector .............................................................. 231 P
Exploded View ...................................................... 193
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 194 PREPARATION ......................................... 233
Inspection .............................................................. 200
PREPARATION ............................................... 233
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR ............ 203 Special Service Tools ............................................ 233
Exploded View ...................................................... 203 Commercial Service Tools ..................................... 233
Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 203
TM-3
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 235 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ......... 258
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-safe .................... 258
COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 235 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Protection Control ..... 261
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ........................................235 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL ................................. 262
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Lo- LINE PRESSURE CONTROL : System Descrip-
cation .....................................................................235 tion ........................................................................ 262
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : TCM ..........................238
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Transmission Range SHIFT CONTROL .................................................... 263
Switch ....................................................................238 SHIFT CONTROL : System Description ............... 263
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Speed Sen-
SELECT CONTROL ................................................ 266
sor ..........................................................................238 SELECT CONTROL : System Description ........... 266
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Output Speed Sensor..239
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Input Speed Sensor ..239 LOCK-UP CONTROL .............................................. 266
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : CVT Fluid Tempera- LOCK-UP CONTROL : System Description ......... 267
ture Sensor ............................................................240
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Pressure ECO MODE SYSTEM .............................................. 267
Sensor ...................................................................241 ECO MODE SYSTEM : System Description ......... 267
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Pressure
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION
Sensor ...................................................................241
METER) ................................................................... 268
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Pressure So- INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION
cardiagn.com
lenoid Valve ...........................................................242 METER) : Shift Position Indicator ......................... 268
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Pressure
Solenoid Valve .......................................................242 WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ..................... 268
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Select Solenoid Valve WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
..242 Lamp/Indicator Lamp ............................................ 268
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Torque Converter WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/
Clutch Solenoid Valve ...........................................243 Indicator (On Information Display) ........................ 268
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Line Pressure Sole-
noid Valve ..............................................................243 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 269
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Manual Mode Switch..243 Description ............................................................ 269
GST (Generic Scan Tool) ..................................... 269
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ............................................244
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM) ........................... 270
tion .........................................................................244
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Stop Lamp Switch ..........244 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ................................... 270
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Shift Lock Solenoid ........245 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1 Trip Detection Di-
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Park Position Switch ......245 agnosis and 2 Trip Detection Diagnosis ............... 270
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and DTC of
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION .................... 246 1st Trip .................................................................. 270
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica-
TRANSAXLE ............................................................246 tor Lamp (MIL) ...................................................... 270
TRANSAXLE : Cross-Sectional View ....................246 DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System .... 270
TRANSAXLE : Operation Status ...........................247 CONSULT Function .............................................. 272
TRANSAXLE : Transaxle Mechanism ...................247
TRANSAXLE : Oil Pressure System .....................250 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 277
TRANSAXLE : Component Description .................251
TCM .................................................................. 277
FLUID COOLER & FLUID WARMER SYSTEM ......251 Reference Value ................................................... 277
FLUID COOLER & FLUID WARMER SYSTEM : Fail-safe ................................................................ 284
System Description ................................................252 Protection Control ................................................. 286
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 287
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ............................................253
DTC Index ............................................................. 288
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : System Description ........254
KEY LOCK SYSTEM ...............................................255

WIRING DIAGRAM ................................... 290
KEY LOCK SYSTEM : System Description ...........255 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 290
SYSTEM ........................................................... 256 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 290
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ........................................256 CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ............................. 295
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description ..256 Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 295
TM-4
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 298 U110F LOST COMMUNICATION (ECM) ........ 318
DTC Description .................................................... 318 A
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 298 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 318
Work Flow ............................................................. 298
Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 299 U1111 LOST COMMUNICATION (CHASSIS
B
CONTROL MODULE) ..................................... 319
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING DTC Description .................................................... 319
TCM .................................................................. 301 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 319
Description ............................................................ 301 C
Work Procedure .................................................... 301 U1117 LOST COMMUNICATION (ABS) ........ 320
DTC Description .................................................... 320
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 320 TM
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ............................... 303
Description ............................................................ 303 P062F EEPROM .............................................. 321
Work Procedure .................................................... 303 DTC Description .................................................... 321
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 321 E
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
TCM AND TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ............. 305 P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A . 322
Description ............................................................ 305 DTC Description .................................................... 322
F
Work Procedure .................................................... 305 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 322
Component Inspection ........................................... 325
cardiagn.com
STALL TEST .................................................... 307
Work Procedure .................................................... 307 P0706 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A . 327 G
DTC Description .................................................... 327
CVT POSITION ................................................. 308 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 327
Inspection .............................................................. 308 Component Inspection ........................................... 329 H
Adjustment ............................................................ 308
P0712 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERA-
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 310 TURE SENSOR A ........................................... 330
DTC Description .................................................... 330 I
U0073 COMMUNICATION BUS A OFF ........... 310 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 330
DTC Description .................................................... 310
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 310 P0713 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERA- J
TURE SENSOR A ........................................... 332
U0100 LOST COMMUNICATION (ECM A) ..... 311 DTC Description .................................................... 332
DTC Description .................................................... 311 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 332
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 311 K
P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A .................. 334
U0102 LOST COMMUNICATION (TRANS- DTC Description .................................................... 334
FER) .................................................................. 312 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 335 L
DTC Description .................................................... 312
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 312 P0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A .................. 337
DTC Description .................................................... 337
U0140 LOST COMMUNICATION (BCM) ......... 313 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 338 M
DTC Description .................................................... 313
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 313 P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER ...................... 340
DTC Description .................................................... 340 N
U0141 LOST COMMUNICATION (BCM A) ..... 314 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 341
DTC Description .................................................... 314
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 314 P0743 TORQUE CONVERTER ...................... 342
DTC Description .................................................... 342 O
U0155 LOST COMMUNICATION (IPC) ........... 315 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 343
DTC Description .................................................... 315
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 315 P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER ...................... 344 P
DTC Description .................................................... 344
U0300 CAN COMMUNICATION DATA ........... 316 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 345
DTC Description .................................................... 316
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 316 P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A. 346
DTC Description .................................................... 346
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 317 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 347
DTC Description .................................................... 317
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 317 P0776 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B. 348
TM-5
DTC Description ....................................................348 P0966 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B.. 375
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................349 DTC Description .................................................... 375
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 375
P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B. 350
DTC Description ....................................................350 P0967 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B.. 377
P0779 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B. 352
DTC Description ....................................................352 P2765 INPUT SPEED SENSOR B ................... 379
P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW .................. 354
DTC Description ....................................................354 P2813 SELECT SOLENOID ............................. 382
Component Inspection ...........................................356 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 383
P0841 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE P2814 SELECT SOLENOID ............................. 384
SEN/SW A ........................................................ 357 DTC Description .................................................... 384
DTC Description ....................................................357 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 384
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................357
P2815 SELECT SOLENOID ............................. 386
P0847 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE DTC Description .................................................... 386
cardiagn.com
SEN/SW B ........................................................ 358 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 386
DTC Description ....................................................358
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................358 MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR-
CUIT .................................................................. 388
P0848 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 388
SEN/SW B ........................................................ 360
DTC Description ....................................................360 SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT ......... 390
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................360 Component Parts Function Inspection .................. 390
P084C TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
SEN/SW H ........................................................ 362 SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ..................................... 391
Component Function Check ................................. 391
DTC Description ....................................................362
Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid) ........ 392
P084D TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE Component Inspection (Park Position Switch) ...... 393
SEN/SW H ........................................................ 364 Component Inspection (CVT Shift Selector Har-
DTC Description ....................................................364 ness) ..................................................................... 393
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................364 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 394
P0863 TCM COMMUNICATION ...................... 366 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 395

DTC Description ....................................................366
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 395
Symptom Table ..................................................... 395
P0890 TCM ...................................................... 367
DTC Description ....................................................367 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ...................... 399
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................367 CVT FLUID ....................................................... 399
P0962 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A. 369 Inspection .............................................................. 399
DTC Description ....................................................369 Replacement ......................................................... 399
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................369 Adjustment ............................................................ 401
P0963 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A. 371 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 403
DTC Description ....................................................371
CVT SHIFT SELECTOR ................................... 403
Exploded View ...................................................... 403
P0965 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B. 373 Removal and Installation ....................................... 403
DTC Description ....................................................373 Disassembly and Assembly .................................. 404
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................374 Inspection .............................................................. 405
CONTROL CABLE ........................................... 406
TM-6
MR20DD .................................................................. 406 MR20DD ................................................................... 431
MR20DD : Exploded View ..................................... 406 MR20DD : Exploded View ..................................... 431 A
MR20DD : Removal and Installation ..................... 406 MR20DD : Removal and Installation ..................... 431
MR20DD : Inspection ............................................ 408 MR20DD : Inspection ............................................ 432
QR25DE ................................................................... 408 QR25DE ................................................................... 433 B

QR25DE : Exploded View ..................................... 409 QR25DE : Exploded View ..................................... 433
QR25DE : Removal and Installation ..................... 409 QR25DE : Removal and Installation ...................... 433
QR25DE : Inspection ............................................ 411 QR25DE : Inspection ............................................. 434 C
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ............................... 412 CVT FLUID COOLER SYSTEM ...................... 436
Exploded View ...................................................... 412
MR20DD ................................................................... 436 TM
Inspection .............................................................. 413 MR20DD : Exploded View ..................................... 436
MR20DD : Removal and Installation ..................... 437
TCM .................................................................. 415 MR20DD : Inspection and Adjustment .................. 440 E
Exploded View ...................................................... 415
QR25DE ................................................................... 440
QR25DE : Exploded View ..................................... 441
Adjustment ............................................................ 416
QR25DE : Removal and Installation ...................... 441 F
AIR BREATHER ............................................... 417 QR25DE : Inspection and Adjustment ................... 444
cardiagn.com
MR20DD .................................................................. 417 CVT OIL WARMER ......................................... 445
G
MR20DD : Exploded View ..................................... 417
MR20DD ................................................................... 445
MR20DD : Exploded View ..................................... 445
QR25DE ................................................................... 417 MR20DD : Removal and Installation ..................... 445 H
QR25DE : Exploded View ..................................... 418 MR20DD : Inspection and Adjustment .................. 446
QR25DE : Removal and Installation ..................... 418
QR25DE ................................................................... 446
OIL PAN ........................................................... 419 QR25DE : Exploded View ..................................... 446 I
Exploded View ...................................................... 419 QR25DE : Removal and Installation ...................... 446
Removal and Installation ....................................... 419 QR25DE : Inspection and Adjustment ................... 447
Inspection .............................................................. 421 J
PLUG ............................................................... 448
INPUT SPEED SENSOR .................................. 422 Description ............................................................. 448
Exploded View ....................................................... 448
MR20DD .................................................................. 422 K
MR20DD : Exploded View ..................................... 422 Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 448
MR20DD : Inspection and Adjustment .................. 423 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .... 449 L
QR25DE ................................................................... 423 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY .............................. 449

QR25DE : Exploded View ..................................... 423 Exploded View ....................................................... 449
QR25DE : Removal and Installation ..................... 424 Removal and Installation ....................................... 450 M
QR25DE : Inspection and Adjustment .................. 424 Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 452
PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR ............................ 425 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY . 453 N
Exploded View ...................................................... 425
Removal and Installation ....................................... 425 TORQUE CONVERTER AND CONVERTER
Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 426 HOUSING OIL SEAL ...................................... 453
O
Exploded View ....................................................... 453
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR .............................. 427 Disassembly .......................................................... 453
Exploded View ...................................................... 427 Assembly ............................................................... 453
Removal and Installation ....................................... 427 Inspection .............................................................. 454 P
Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 428
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE OIL SEAL ..................... 429
(SDS) .......................................................... 456
Exploded View ...................................................... 429
Removal and Installation ....................................... 429 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 430 (SDS) ............................................................... 456
WATER HOSE .................................................. 431 General Specification ............................................ 456
TM-7
Shift Characteristics ...............................................456 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Torque Converter
Stall Speed ............................................................456 Clutch Solenoid Valve ........................................... 476
Torque Converter ..................................................457 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Line Pressure Sole-
Heater Thermostat .................................................457 noid Valve ............................................................. 477
CVT: RE0F10G CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : G Sensor .................. 477
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Electric Oil Pump ...... 477
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL ................... 458 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Electric Oil Pump Re-
lay ......................................................................... 478
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION ........................ 458 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Manual Mode Switch. 478
Information .............................................................458
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ............................................ 478
PRECAUTION ............................................ 459 SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion ........................................................................ 478
PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 459 SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Stop Lamp Switch ......... 480
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Shift Lock Solenoid ....... 481
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Park Position Switch ..... 481
SIONER" ................................................................459
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rota- STRUCTURE AND OPERATION ..................... 482
tion After Battery Disconnect .................................459
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover..460 TRANSAXLE ........................................................... 482
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal ..........460 TRANSAXLE : Cross-Sectional View ................... 482
cardiagn.com
Precaution for TCM and Transaxle Assembly Re- TRANSAXLE : Operation Status ........................... 483
placement ..............................................................461 TRANSAXLE : Transaxle Mechanism .................. 483
General Precautions ..............................................461 TRANSAXLE : Oil Pressure System ..................... 485
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of CVT and TRANSAXLE : Component Description ................ 486
Engine ...................................................................462 FLUID COOLER & FLUID WARMER SYSTEM ...... 486
Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit FLUID COOLER & FLUID WARMER SYSTEM :
Connector ..............................................................462 System Description ............................................... 487
PREPARATION .......................................... 464 SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ............................................ 487
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : System Description ....... 487
PREPARATION ............................................... 464
Special Service Tools ............................................464 KEY LOCK SYSTEM ............................................... 489
Commercial Service Tools .....................................464 KEY LOCK SYSTEM : System Description .......... 489
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 466 SYSTEM ........................................................... 490
COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 466 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ....................................... 490
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description . 490
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ........................................466 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram ......... 492
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Lo- CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-safe .................... 492
cation .....................................................................466 CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Protection Control ..... 497
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : TCM ..........................472
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Transmission Range LINE PRESSURE CONTROL ................................. 498
Switch ....................................................................472 LINE PRESSURE CONTROL : System Descrip-
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Speed Sen- tion ........................................................................ 498
sor ..........................................................................472
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Output Speed Sensor..473 SHIFT CONTROL .................................................... 498
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Input Speed Sensor ..474 SHIFT CONTROL : System Description ............... 499
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : CVT Fluid Tempera- SELECT CONTROL ................................................ 502
ture Sensor ............................................................474 SELECT CONTROL : System Description ........... 502
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Pressure
Sensor ...................................................................475 LOCK-UP CONTROL .............................................. 502
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Pressure LOCK-UP CONTROL : System Description ......... 503
Sensor ...................................................................475
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Pressure So- ECO MODE SYSTEM .............................................. 503
lenoid Valve ...........................................................475 ECO MODE SYSTEM : System Description ......... 503
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Pressure STOP/START SYSTEM .......................................... 504
Solenoid Valve .......................................................476 STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description ...... 504
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Select Solenoid Valve
..476
TM-8
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION Description ............................................................. 548
METER) ................................................................... 505 Work Procedure ..................................................... 548 A
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION
METER) : Shift Position Indicator .......................... 505 CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR ...................... 551
Description ............................................................. 551
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST ..................... 506 Work Procedure ..................................................... 551 B
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning
Lamp/Indicator Lamp ............................................ 506 BLEEDING ELECTRIC OIL PUMP ................. 552
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/ Description ............................................................. 552 C
Indicator (On Information Display) ........................ 506 Work Procedure ..................................................... 552
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM .... 507 STALL TEST ................................................... 553
Work Procedure ..................................................... 553 TM
Description ............................................................ 507
GST (Generic Scan Tool) ...................................... 507
CVT POSITION ............................................... 554
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM) ........................... 508 Inspection .............................................................. 554 E
Adjustment ............................................................. 554
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION ................................... 508
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1 Trip Detection Di- DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 555
agnosis and 2 Trip Detection Diagnosis ................ 508 F
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and DTC of U0073 COMMUNICATION BUS A OFF ......... 555
1st Trip .................................................................. 508 DTC Description .................................................... 555
cardiagn.com
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indica- Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 555 G
tor Lamp (MIL) ....................................................... 508
U0100 LOST COMMUNICATION (ECM A) .... 556
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System .... 508
DTC Description .................................................... 556
CONSULT Function .............................................. 510 H
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 515 U0102 LOST COMMUNICATION (TRANS-
TCM .................................................................. 515 FER) ................................................................ 557 I
Reference Value ................................................... 515 DTC Description .................................................... 557
Fail-safe ................................................................ 522 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 557
Protection Control ................................................. 527 J
U0140 LOST COMMUNICATION (BCM) ........ 558
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 528
DTC Description .................................................... 558
DTC Index ............................................................. 529
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 531 U0141 LOST COMMUNICATION (BCM A) .... 559
K
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 531 DTC Description .................................................... 559

Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 531 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 559
L
CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ............................ 538 U0155 LOST COMMUNICATION (IPC) .......... 560
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 538 DTC Description .................................................... 560
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 560 M
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 541
U0300 CAN COMMUNICATION DATA .......... 561
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 541 DTC Description .................................................... 561
Work Flow ............................................................. 541 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 561 N
Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 542
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 563
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING DTC Description .................................................... 563
O
TCM .................................................................. 544 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 563
Description ............................................................ 544
U110F LOST COMMUNICATION (ECM) ........ 564
Work Procedure .................................................... 544
DTC Description .................................................... 564 P
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 564
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ............................... 546 U1111 LOST COMMUNICATION (CHASSIS
Description ............................................................ 546
CONTROL MODULE) ..................................... 565
Work Procedure .................................................... 546
DTC Description .................................................... 565
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 565
TCM AND TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ............. 548
TM-9
U1117 LOST COMMUNICATION (ABS) ......... 566 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 598
DTC Description ....................................................566
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................566 P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW .................. 600
DTC Description .................................................... 600
P062F EEPROM .............................................. 567 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 601
DTC Description ....................................................567 Component Inspection .......................................... 602
P0841 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A . 568 SEN/SW A ........................................................ 603
DTC Description ....................................................568 DTC Description .................................................... 603
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................568 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 603
Component Inspection ...........................................572
P0706 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A . 573 SEN/SW B ........................................................ 605
Component Inspection ...........................................575
P0712 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERA- SEN/SW B ........................................................ 607
TURE SENSOR A ............................................ 576 DTC Description .................................................... 607
cardiagn.com
P084C TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
P0713 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERA- SEN/SW H ........................................................ 609
TURE SENSOR A ............................................ 578 DTC Description .................................................... 609
P084D TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE
P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A .................. 580 SEN/SW H ........................................................ 611
P0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A .................. 583 P0863 TCM COMMUNICATION ....................... 613
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER ....................... 586 P0890 TCM ....................................................... 614
P0743 TORQUE CONVERTER ....................... 588 P0962 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A.. 616
P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER ....................... 590 P0963 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A.. 618
P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A. 592 P0965 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B.. 620
P0776 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B. 594 P0966 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B.. 622
P0778 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B. 596 P0967 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B.. 624
P0779 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B. 598 P1586 G SENSOR ............................................ 626
TM-10
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 626 CVT FLUID ...................................................... 663
Inspection .............................................................. 663 A
P1588 G SENSOR ............................................ 629 Replacement ......................................................... 663
DTC Description .................................................... 629 Adjustment ............................................................. 665
B
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 667
P188E ELECTRIC OIL PUMP .......................... 632
DTC Description .................................................... 632 CVT SHIFT SELECTOR .................................. 667
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 633 Exploded View ....................................................... 667 C
Component Inspection (Electric Oil Pump Relay).. 635 Removal and Installation ....................................... 667
Component Inspection (Diode) ............................. 635 Disassembly and Assembly ................................... 668
Inspection .............................................................. 669 TM
P188F ELECTRIC OIL PUMP .......................... 637
DTC Description .................................................... 637 CONTROL CABLE .......................................... 670
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 638 Exploded View ....................................................... 670
Removal and Installation ....................................... 670 E
P1890 ELECTRIC OIL PUMP RELAY ............. 639 Inspection .............................................................. 672
DTC Description .................................................... 639
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 639 KEY INTERLOCK CABLE .............................. 673
Component Inspection (Electric Oil Pump Relay).. 641 F
Exploded View ....................................................... 673
Component Inspection (Diode) ............................. 641 Removal and Installation ....................................... 673
cardiagn.com
Inspection .............................................................. 674
P2765 INPUT SPEED SENSOR B ................... 643 G
DTC Description .................................................... 643 TCM ................................................................. 676
Removal and Installation ....................................... 676 H
P2813 SELECT SOLENOID ............................. 646 Adjustment ............................................................. 677
DTC Description .................................................... 646
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 647 G SENSOR ...................................................... 678
Exploded View ....................................................... 678 I
P2814 SELECT SOLENOID ............................. 648 Removal and Installation ....................................... 678
DTC Description .................................................... 648
Adjustment ............................................................. 679
J
AIR BREATHER .............................................. 680
P2815 SELECT SOLENOID ............................. 650 Exploded View ....................................................... 680
DTC Description .................................................... 650
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 650 K
OIL PAN .......................................................... 681
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIR- Exploded View ....................................................... 681
CUIT .................................................................. 652 Removal and Installation ....................................... 681 L
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 652 Inspection .............................................................. 683
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT ......... 654 INPUT SPEED SENSOR ................................. 684
Component Parts Function Inspection .................. 654 Exploded View ....................................................... 684 M
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 654 Removal and Installation ....................................... 684
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ..................................... 655 Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 685
Component Function Check .................................. 655 N
PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR ........................... 686
Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid) ........ 656 Removal and Installation ....................................... 686
Component Inspection (Park Position Switch) ...... 657 Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 687 O
Component Inspection (CVT Shift Selector Har-
ness) ..................................................................... 657 OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR ............................. 688
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 658 Exploded View ....................................................... 688 P
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 659 Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 689
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 659 DIFFERENTIAL SIDE OIL SEAL .................... 690
Symptom Table ..................................................... 659 Exploded View ....................................................... 690
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ....................... 663 Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 691
TM-11
WATER HOSE ................................................. 692 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ... 704
Exploded View .......................................................692
Removal and Installation .......................................692 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY ............................... 704
Inspection ..............................................................693 Exploded View ...................................................... 704
CVT FLUID COOLER SYSTEM ...................... 694 Inspection and Adjustment .................................... 706
Exploded View .......................................................694
Removal and Installation .......................................695 UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY .. 707
Inspection and Adjustment ....................................698
TORQUE CONVERTER AND CONVERTER
CVT OIL WARMER .......................................... 699 HOUSING OIL SEAL ........................................ 707
Exploded View .......................................................699 Exploded View ...................................................... 707
Removal and Installation .......................................699 Disassembly .......................................................... 707
Inspection and Adjustment ....................................700 Assembly .............................................................. 707
Inspection .............................................................. 708
PLUG ............................................................... 701
Description .............................................................701 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
Exploded View .......................................................701 (SDS) ......................................................... 710
Removal and Installation .......................................701
Inspection and Adjustment ....................................701 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS
(SDS) ................................................................ 710
ELECTRIC OIL PUMP ..................................... 702
cardiagn.com
General Specification ............................................ 710
Exploded View .......................................................702 Shift Characteristics .............................................. 710
Removal and Installation .......................................702 Stall Speed ............................................................ 710
Inspection and Adjustment ....................................703 Torque Converter .................................................. 710
TM-12
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000010842510
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and
“SEAT BELT” of this Service Manual.
WARNING: TM
Always observe the following items for preventing accidental activation.
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by E
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
F
Module, see “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Never use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Ser-
vice Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness
cardiagn.com
connectors. G
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING: H
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, never use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing I
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service. J
Precaution Necessary for Steering Wheel Rotation After Battery Disconnect
INFOID:0000000010842511
K
CAUTION:
Comply with the following cautions to prevent any error and malfunction.
• Before removing and installing any control units, first turn the ignition power source and accessory
power source to the OFF, then disconnect both battery cables. L
• After finishing work, confirm that all control unit connectors are connected properly, then re-connect
both battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing M
work. If a DTC is detected, perform trouble diagnosis according to self-diagnosis results.
For vehicle with steering lock unit, if the battery is disconnected or discharged, the steering wheel will lock and
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro- N
cedure below before starting the repair operation.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
O
1. Connect both battery cables.
NOTE:
Supply power using jumper cables if battery is discharged.
2. Open driver door. P
3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.
(At this time, the steering lock will be released.)
4. Turn the ignition switch to OFF position with driver door open.
5. Wait for 3 minutes or longer with driver door open.
NOTE:
• Do not close driver door because the steering wheel locks when driver door is closed.
TM-13
PRECAUTIONS
• The auto acc function is adapted to this vehicle. For this reason, even when the ignition switch is turned
to OFF position, the accessory power source does not turned OFF and continues to be supplied for a
certain amount of time.
6. Disconnect both battery cables. The steering lock will remain released with both battery cables discon-
nected and the steering wheel can be turned.
7. Perform the necessary repair operation.
8. When the repair work is completed, re-connect both battery cables. With the brake pedal released, turn
the ignition switch from OFF position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock
when the ignition switch is turned to LOCK position.)
9. Perform self-diagnosis check of all control units using CONSULT.
Precaution for Procedure without Cowl Top Cover INFOID:0000000010842512
When performing the procedure after removing cowl top cover, cover
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to
windshield.
cardiagn.com
PIIB3706J
Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000010842513
• With the adoption of Auto ACC function, ACC power is automatically supplied by operating the intelligent key
or remote keyless entry or by opening/closing the driver side door. In addition, ACC power is supplied even
after the ignition switch is turned to the OFF position, i.e. ACC power is supplied for a certain fixed time.
• When disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, turn off the ACC
power before disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, observing
“How to disconnect 12V battery terminal” described below.
NOTE:
Some ECUs operate for a certain fixed time even after ignition
switch is turned OFF and ignition power supply is stopped. If the
battery terminal is disconnected before ECU stops, accidental DTC
detection or ECU data damage may occur.
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main bat-
tery and the sub battery before turning ON the ignition switch.
NOTE:
SEF289H
If the ignition switch is turned ON with any one of the terminals of
main battery and sub battery disconnected, then DTC may be detected.
• After installing the 12V battery, always check "Self Diagnosis Result" of all ECUs and erase DTC.
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error.
HOW TO DISCONNECT 12V BATTERY TERMINAL
Disconnect 12V battery terminal according to Instruction 1 or Instruction 2 described below.
For vehicles parked by ignition switch OFF, refer to Instruction 2.
INSTRUCTION 1
1. Open the hood.
2. Turn key switch to the OFF position with the driver side door opened.
3. Get out of the vehicle and close the driver side door.
4. Wait at least 3 minutes. For vehicle with the engine listed below, remove the battery terminal after a lapse
of the specified time.
D4D engine : 20 minutes

HRA2DDT : 12 minutes
TM-14
PRECAUTIONS
K9K engine : 4 minutes
M9R engine : 4 minutes A
R9M engine : 4 minutes
V9X engine : 4 minutes
B
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of
this caution results in the activation of ACC power supply according to the Auto ACC function.
5. Remove 12V battery terminal. C
CAUTION:
After installing 12V battery, always check self-diagnosis results of all ECUs and erase DTC.
TM
INSTRUCTION 2 (FOR VEHICLES PARKED BY IGNITION SWITCH OFF)
1. Unlock the door with intelligent key or remote keyless entry.
NOTE:
At this moment, ACC power is supplied. E
2. Open the driver side door.
3. Open the hood.
F
4. Close the driver side door.
5. Wait at least 3 minutes.
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
While waiting, never operate the vehicle such as locking, opening, and closing doors. Violation of G
6. Remove 12V battery terminal.
CAUTION: H
Service Notice or Precautions for Manual Transaxle INFOID:0000000010842433
I
CAUTION:
Never reuse CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder). Because CSC slides back to the original position every
time when removing transaxle assembly. At this timing, dust on the sliding parts may damage a seal of J
CSC and may cause clutch fluid leakage. Refer to CL-30, "Removal and Installation".
• Use recommended gear oil only, refer to MA-23, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Never reuse transaxle gear oil, once it has been drained. K
• Check oil level or replace gear oil with vehicle on level surface.
• During removal or installation, keep inside of transaxle clear of dust or dirt.
• Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If matching marks are required, be
certain they never interfere with the function of the parts when applied. L
• Overhaul should be done in a clean work area, it is preferable to work in dustproof area.
• Before disassembly, using steam or white gasoline, completely remove sand and mud from the exterior of
the unit, preventing them from entering into the unit during disassembly or assembly. M
• Check appearance of the disassembled parts for damage, deformation, and unusual wear. Replace them
with a new ones if necessary.
• Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time when the unit is disassembled.
• In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If tight- N
ening sequence is specified, observe it.
• Clean and flush the parts sufficiently and blow-dry them.
• Never damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces. O
• When applying sealant, remove the old sealant from the mounting surface; then remove any moisture, oil,
and foreign materials from the application and mounting surfaces.
• During assembly, observe the specified tightening torque, and apply new gear oil, petroleum jelly, or multi-
purpose grease as specified for each vehicle, if necessary. P
TM-15
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tools INFOID:0000000010842434
Tool number
Description
Tool name
KV381054S0 Removing mainshaft front bearing outer race
Puller
ZZA0601D
KV38100200 • Installing mainshaft front bearing outer race

Drift • Installing mainshaft rear bearing outer race
a: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia. • Installing differential side bearing outer race
b: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia. (clutch housing side)
cardiagn.com
ZZA1143D
ST33220000 Installing input shaft oil seal

Drift
a: 37 mm (1.46 in) dia.
b: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia.
c: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia.
ZZA1046D
ST33400001 Installing differential side bearing outer race

Drift (transaxle case side)
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.
ZZA0814D
KV32500QAA Installing differential side oil seal

(Renault SST: B.vi 1666)
Drift set
1. —
(Stamping number: B.vi 1666-A)
Drift
a: 54.3 mm (2.138 in) dia.
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
c: 26.6 mm (1.047 in) dia.
2. —
(Stamping number: B.vi 1666-B)
Drift JPDIC0730ZZ
d: 54 mm (2.13 in) dia.

e: 48.6 mm (1.913 in) dia.
f: 26.6 mm (1.047 in) dia.
TM-16
PREPARATION
Tool number
Description
Tool name A
ST36720030 • Installing input shaft rear bearing
Drift • Installing mainshaft front bearing inner race
a: 70 mm (2.76 in) dia. B
b: 40 mm (1.57 in) dia.
c: 29 mm (1.14 in) dia.
C
ZZA0978D
ST33052000 • Removing mainshaft rear bearing inner race

Drift • Removing 6th main gear TM
a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia. • Removing 5th main gear
b: 28 mm (1.10 in) dia. • Removing 4th main gear
• Removing 1st main gear
• Removing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub as-
E
sembly
• Removing 2nd main gear
• Removing bushing
F
ZZA0969D
• Removing 3rd main gear
• Removing mainshaft front bearing inner
race
cardiagn.com
KV32102700 • Installing bushing G
Drift • Installing 2nd main gear
a: 48.6 mm (1.913 in) dia. • Installing 3rd main gear
b: 41.6 mm (1.638 in) dia. • Installing 4th main gear
H
• Installing 5th main gear
S-NT065
I
ST30901000 Installing mainshaft rear bearing inner race
Drift
a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia. J
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
c: 35.2 mm (1.386 in) dia.
K
ZZA0978D
ST33061000 Removing differential side bearing inner race

L
Drift (clutch housing side)
a: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia.
b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
M
ZZA0969D
N
KV32300QAM Removing and installing input shaft rear bear-
(Renault SST: B.vi 1823) ing mounting bolt
Drift
O
P
PCIB2078J
TM-17
PREPARATION
Commercial Service Tools INFOID:0000000010842435
Tool name Description

Oil seal remover • Removing differential side oil seal
• Removing input shaft oil seal
JSDIA4998ZZ
Socket Removing and installing drain plug

a: 8 mm (0.31 in)
b: 5 mm (0.20 in)
PCIB1776E
cardiagn.com
Spacer Removing mainshaft front bearing outer race
a: 25 mm (0.98 in) dia.
b: 25 mm (0.98 in)
PCIB1780E
Drift Installing bushing

a: 17 mm (0.67 in) dia.
S-NT063
Drift Removing input shaft rear bearing

a: 24 mm (0.94 in) dia.
S-NT063
Drift Installing input shaft front bearing

a: 35 mm (1.38 in) dia.
b: 25 mm (0.98 in) dia.
S-NT065
TM-18
PREPARATION
A
Drift • Installing input shaft rear bearing
a: 43 mm (1.69 in) dia. • Removing differential side bearing inner
race (transaxle case side)
B
C
NT109
Drift Installing differential side bearing inner race

a: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia. (clutch housing side)
b: 39 mm (1.54 in) dia. TM
S-NT474
Drift Installing differential side bearing inner race F

a: 52 mm (2.05 in) dia. (transaxle case side)
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia.
cardiagn.com
G
S-NT474
H
Puller • Removing differential side bearing inner
race (clutch housing side)
• Removing differential side bearing inner
race (transaxle case side) I
J
NT077
Separator • Removing differential side bearing inner

race (clutch housing side) K
• Removing differential side bearing inner
race (transaxle case side)
• Removing input shaft rear bearing
• Removing input shaft front bearing L
• Removing mainshaft rear bearing inner race
• Removing 6th main gear
• Removing 5th main gear M
• Removing 1st main gear
• Removing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub as-
sembly
ZZB0823D
• Removing 2nd main gear
N
• Removing 3rd main gear
• Removing mainshaft front bearing inner
race O
Remover • Removing bushing

• Removing mainshaft rear bearing outer
race P
S-NT134
TM-19
PREPARATION
Lubricant or/and Sealant INFOID:0000000010842436
Item Use
Genuine Liquid Gasket • Application to threads of position switch
(Three Bond 1215 or equivalent) • Application to mating surface of transaxle case
cardiagn.com
TM-20
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010842437
B
TM
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5840ZZ
G
Transaxle assembly
H
No. Component Function

Position switch includes park/neutral position (PNP) switch and back-up lamp switch.
I
Position switch Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch
• Park/Neutral position (PNP) switch • It detects that the transaxle is in neutral position.
• Back-up lamp switch Back-up lamp switch
• It detects that the transaxle is in reverse gear position. J
TM-21
STRUCTURE AND OPERATION
Sectional View INFOID:0000000010842438
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0631ZZ
3rd input gear 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly 4th input gear
5th input gear 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly 6th input gear
Transaxle case 6th main gear 5th main gear
4th main gear 3rd main gear 2nd main gear
1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly 1st main gear Differential
Final gear Mainshaft Input shaft
Clutch housing Reverse idler shaft Reverse input gear
Reverse output gear
TM-22
System Description INFOID:0000000010842439
A
TRIPLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER
Triple-cone synchronizers are adopted for the 1st and the 2nd gears
to reduce operating force of the shift lever. B
: 1st main gear

: 1st-2nd coupling sleeve C
: Insert key
: Outer baulk ring
TM
: 2nd main gear
: Synchronizer cone
SCIA7636E
: Inner baulk ring E
: 1st-2nd synchronizer hub
F
REVERSE GEAR NOISE PREVENTION FUNCTION (SYNCHRONIZING METHOD)
Reverse gear assembly consists of reverse input gear, return spring,
cardiagn.com
reverse baulk ring, and reverse output gear. When the shift lever is
shifted to the reverse position, the construction allows smooth shift G
operation by stopping the reverse idler shaft rotation by frictional
force of synchronizer.
H
: Reverse fork rod
: Reverse output gear
: Return spring I
: Reverse baulk ring SCIA7621E
: Reverse input gear

J
TM-23
POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [6MT: RS6F94R]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
POSITION SWITCH
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010929178
1.REVERSE POSITION SIGNAL OUTPUT CHECK

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect position switch harness connector.
3. Operate shift lever to each position and check continuity
between position switch terminals.
Terminals Condition Continuity

Reverse gear position Existed
1 2
Except reverse gear position Not existed
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Proceed to TM-24, "Diagnosis Procedure".
PCIB1781E
cardiagn.com
2.NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL OUTPUT CHECK
Operate shift lever to each position and check continuity between
position switch terminals.

Neutral gear position Existed
2 3
Except neutral gear position Not existed
YES >> INSPECTION END
JPDIC0091ZZ
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010929196
1.CHECK POSITION SWITCH

Check position switch. Refer to TM-24, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection results normal?
YES >> Repair shift control function or transaxle for mechanical malfunction.
NO >> Replace position switch. Refer to TM-36, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010842440
1.CHECK BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH

3. Remove position switch. Refer to TM-36, "Removal and Installation".
TM-24
POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [6MT: RS6F94R]
4. Check continuity between position switch terminals.
A
Plunger is pressed. Existed

1 2 B
Plunger is released. Not existed
NOTE:
When shift lever is in reverse gear position, plunger is pressed. C
YES >> GO TO 2. JSDIA5832ZZ
NO >> Replace position switch. Refer to TM-36, "Removal and TM

Installation".
2.CHECK PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION (PNP) SWITCH
E
Check continuity between position switch terminals.

F
Plunger is fully pressed and fully released. Not existed
2 3
cardiagn.com
Plunger is pressed approx. 2 mm (0.08 in). Existed
G
NOTE:
When shift lever is in neutral gear position, plunger is slightly
pressed.
H
Is the inspection result normal? JSDIA5833ZZ

NO >> Replace position switch. Refer to TM-36, "Removal and Installation".
I
TM-25
NOISE, VIBRATION AND HARSHNESS (NVH) TROUBLESHOOTING
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [6MT: RS6F94R]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
NVH Troubleshooting Chart INFOID:0000000010842442
Use the chart below to find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If nec-
essary, repair or replace these parts.
SHIFT CONTROL LINKAGE (Worn)
BAULK RING (Worn or damaged)

SUSPECTED PARTS
BEARING (Worn or damaged)

OIL SEAL (Worn or damaged)
(Possible cause)
INSERT SPRING (Damaged)

O-RING (Worn or damaged)
GEAR (Worn or damaged)
cardiagn.com
GASKET (Damaged)
OIL (Oil level is high)
SHIFT FORK (Worn)

OIL (Oil level is low)
OIL (Wrong oil)
TM-43, "Exploded View"

TM-27, "Inspection"
TM-35, "Inspection"
Reference
Noise 1 2 3 3
Oil leakage 3 1 2 2 2
Symptoms
Hard to shift or will not shift 1 1 2 3 3
Jumps out of gear 1 2 2
TM-26
M/T OIL
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [6MT: RS6F94R]
PERIODIC MAINTENANCE A
M/T OIL
Inspection INFOID:0000000010842443
B
OIL LEAKAGE
Make sure that gear oil is not leaking from transaxle or around it. C
OIL LEVEL
1. Check oil level from filler plug mounting hole as shown in the fig-
ure, after removing filler plug and gasket from transaxle TM
assembly.
CAUTION:
Turn the ignition switch OFF while checking oil level. E
2. Set a gasket on filler plug and install it on transaxle assembly.
CAUTION:
Never reuse gasket. F
3. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-43,
"Exploded View".
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5819ZZ
G
Draining INFOID:0000000010842444
1. Start engine and let it run to warm up transaxle. H

2. Stop engine. Remove drain plug and gasket, then drain gear
oil.
3. Set a gasket on drain plug and install it to transaxle assembly. I
CAUTION:
Never reuse gasket.
4. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-43, J
"Exploded View".
K
JSDIA5820ZZ
Refilling INFOID:0000000010842445
L
1. Fill with new gear oil until oil level reaches the specified level
at filler plug mounting hole, after removing filler plug and gas-
ket from transaxle assembly. M
Recommended : Refer to MA-23, "Fluids and Lubri-

oil and capacity cants". N
2. After refilling gear oil, check the oil level. Refer to TM-27,
"Inspection".
O
3. Set a gasket on filler plug, and install it to transaxle assembly.
CAUTION: JSDIA6128ZZ
Never reuse gasket.

4. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-43, "Exploded View". P
TM-27
M/T SHIFT SELECTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M/T SHIFT SELECTOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000010842446
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6131GB
Ornament Retainer Shift lever knob

M/T shift selector assembly M/T shift selector bracket
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010842447
REMOVAL
1. Shift shift lever to the neutral position.
2. Remove ornament from shift lever knob .
CAUTION:
Never damage ornament and shift lever knob.
JSDIA6132ZZ
3. Pull out retainer using suitable pliers.
JSDIA6134ZZ
TM-28
M/T SHIFT SELECTOR
4. Turn shift lever knob counterclockwise (30 degrees) and
remove it straight from the shift lever . A
5. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-25, "Removal and
Installation".
6. Disconnect and remove shift cable and select cable from M/T B
shift selector assembly. Refer to TM-31, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
C
JSDIA6135ZZ
TM
7. Remove M/T shift selector assembly from M/T shift selector
bracket .
E
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5749ZZ
8. Remove M/T shift selector bracket . H
JSDIA5750ZZ
K
INSTALLATION
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.
• For each tightening torque, refer to TM-28, "Exploded View". L
• Install shift lever knob to the shift lever, as per the following procedure.
CAUTION:
Never reuse shift lever knob.
M
1. Set retainer and ornament into shift lever knob.
2. Displace shift lever knob counterclockwise (30 degrees) and
insert it straight to the shift lever without pressing the orna- N
ment .
: Vehicle front
O
JSDIA6032ZZ
TM-29
M/T SHIFT SELECTOR
3. Protrude the ornament of shift lever knob .
: Vehicle front
JSDIA6033ZZ
4. Turn shift lever knob clockwise (30 degrees) until coming to a

stop.
: Vehicle front
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6034ZZ
5. Press the ornament down and lock shift lever knob .
: Vehicle front
CAUTION:
Be careful with orientation of shift lever knob.
JSDIA6035ZZ
TM-30
CONTROL LINKAGE
CONTROL LINKAGE
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
L
JSDIA5664GB
Select cable Grommet Tapping bolt M

Cable mounting bracket (M/T) Select lever Shift lever
Cable mounting bracket (floor) Shift cable M/T shift selector assembly
N
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)

: Always replace after every disassembly. O
P
REMOVAL
2. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-25, "Removal and Installation".
TM-31
CONTROL LINKAGE
3. Pull up the stopper of the select cable in the direction of the
arrow as shown in the figure.
JSDIA5762ZZ
4. Pull out and disconnect shift cable and select cable from
each pin of M/T shift selector assembly.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5763ZZ
5. Remove shift cable and select cable from M/T shift selector
assembly, as per the following procedure.
a. While pressing the lock of the shift cable in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure, remove shift cable from M/T shift
selector assembly.
b. While pressing the lock of the select cable in the direction of the
arrow shown in the figure, remove select cable from M/T shift
selector assembly.
6. Remove air duct and air cleaner body. Refer to EM-31,
"Removal and Installation".
JPDIC0793ZZ
7. Remove battery and battery trays. Refer to PG-148, "EXCEPT
FOR R9M : Removal and Installation".
8. Pull out and disconnect the each cable from shift lever and
select lever .
JSDIA5761ZZ
TM-32
CONTROL LINKAGE
9. Remove shift cable and select cable from cable mounting
bracket (M/T), as per the following procedure. A
arrow shown in the figure, remove shift cable from cable mount-
ing bracket (M/T). B
arrow shown in the figure, remove select cable from cable
mounting bracket (M/T).
C
10. Remove cable mounting bracket (M/T) from transaxle assembly.
JPDIC0793ZZ
TM
11. Remove heat shield plate .
: Vehicle front E
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5214ZZ
H
bracket (floor) .
: Vehicle front
I
13. Remove cable mounting bracket (floor).
JSDIA5764ZZ
K
14. Disengage the pawls of grommet , and pull downwards to
remove.
15. Remove shift cable and select cable from the vehicle. L
N
JPDIC0844ZZ
INSTALLATION
O
• For each tightening torque, refer to TM-31, "Exploded View".
• Before working, set transaxle and M/T shift selector assembly to the neutral position.
• No occurrence of interference between cables and other parts, bent with a radius of 120 mm (4.72 in) or P
less, and twist of 180 degrees or more.
• Do not damage the boot of each cable and prevent the occurrence of twist of 90 degrees or more.
• Tapping work for tapping bolts is not applied to new transaxle case. Do not perform tapping by other than
screwing tapping bolts because tapping is formed by screwing tapping bolts into transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Never reuse tapping bolt.
TM-33
CONTROL LINKAGE
• From under the vehicle, press grommet into place until the
pawls securely.
CAUTION:
Check that pulling down on the grommet does not fall out it.
JPDIC0844ZZ
• Insert the each socket part of cable until it reaches the cable
mounting bracket (M/T) and M/T shift selector assembly
securely.
CAUTION:
Check that pulling up on the socket does not disconnect it.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5773ZZ
• Install select cable (M/T shift selector assembly side), as per the following procedure.
When M/T shift selector assembly is replaced with new one:
1. Install the select cable to the M/T shift selector assembly.
2. Shift the shift lever to the neutral position.
3. Install the lock pin to the M/T shift selector assembly as
shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
Select cable cannot be adjusted accurately without using
the lock pin.
4. Check that shift lever does not move in the direction of the
select. If it moves, re-install lock pin.
JSDIA5774ZZ
5. Push the stopper until it reaches the select cable.

6. Remove the lock pin from M/T shift selector assembly.
7. Shift shift lever to each gear position to check that there are no
bindings. If any, re-install select cable with lock pin.
JSDIA5775ZZ
When M/T shift selector assembly is reused or without lock pin:

2. Shift the shift lever to the 4th gear position.
TM-34
CONTROL LINKAGE
3. Adjust the clearance (C) between the stopper and the lever
to the standard value. A
Clearance : 3.8 – 4.0 mm (0.150 – 0.157 in)

B
JSDIA6477ZZ
TM
bindings. If any, re-install select cable and re-adjust the clear- E
ance.
• Perform inspection after installation. Refer to TM-35, "Inspection".
F
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5775ZZ
H
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION

• When the shift lever is shifted to each position, check that the shift lever moves smoothly (no-hook up, no-
noise, no-backlash and non-contact to other parts). If any malfunction is detected, repair the malfunctioning I
parts or replace cable assembly.
• When the shift lever is shifted to reverse gear side and 5th-6th side, confirm the shift lever returns to neutral
position. When the shift lever does not return to the neutral position smoothly, check M/T shift selector J
assembly and select cable condition. If any malfunction is detected, repair or replace the malfunctioning
part.
K
TM-35
POSITION SWITCH
POSITION SWITCH
JSDIA5665GB
cardiagn.com
Position switch Transaxle assembly
: Vehicle front
: Apply Genuine Liquid Gasket, Three Bond 1215 or equivalent.
REMOVAL
1. Remove battery and battery trays. Refer to PG-148, "EXCEPT FOR R9M : Removal and Installation".
3. Remove position switch .
4. Perform inspection after removal. Refer to TM-37, "Inspection".
JSDIA5917ZZ
INSTALLATION
1. Apply recommended sealant to threads of position switch .
• For sealant to use, refer to TM-36, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Remove old sealant and oil adhering to threads.
JSDIA5918ZZ
TM-36
POSITION SWITCH
2. Install position switch .
3. Tighten position switch to the specified torque. Refer to TM-36, A
"Exploded View".
4. For the next step and after, install in the reverse order of
removal. B
5. Perform inspection after installation. Refer to TM-37, "Inspec-
tion".
C
JSDIA5917ZZ
TM
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL E

Check continuity between position switch terminals. Refer to TM-24, "Component Inspection".
Check the oil leakage. Refer to TM-27, "Inspection". F
cardiagn.com
G
TM-37
DIFFERENTIAL SIDE OIL SEAL
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5666ZZ
Differential side oil seal Transaxle assembly
: Vehicle front
: Always replace after every disassembly.
REMOVAL
1. Remove front drive shafts. Refer to FAX-36, "MR20DD : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove differential side oil seals from clutch housing and
transaxle case, using oil seal remover (commercial service tool).
CAUTION:
Never damage transaxle case and clutch housing.
SCIA7625E
INSTALLATION
• Install differential side oil seals to clutch housing and transaxle
case, using the drift (Stamping number: B.vi 1666-B) of the drift set
(SST: KV32500QAA).
: Transaxle case side

: Clutch housing side
Dimension (L1) : 1.2 – 1.8 mm (0.047 – 0.071 in)

Dimension (L2) : 2.7 – 3.3 mm (0.106 – 0.130 in)
JPDIC0454ZZ
CAUTION:
• Never incline differential side oil seal.
TM-38
• Never damage clutch housing and transaxle case.
• Perform inspection after installation. Refer to TM-39, "Inspection". A
B
Check the oil level and oil leakage. Refer to TM-27, "Inspection".
TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-39
AIR BREATHER
AIR BREATHER
JSDIA5667ZZ
cardiagn.com
Air breather cap Air breather hose Transaxle assembly
: Vehicle front
REMOVAL
1. Remove battery and battery trays. Refer to PG-148, "EXCEPT FOR R9M : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove air breather hose from transaxle assembly.
3. Remove air breather cap from air breather hose.
INSTALLATION
• When inserting air breather cap to air breather hose , be sure
to insert the hose until end of the cap.
JSDIA5801ZZ
• Install air breather hose so that the paint mark is faced for-
ward of the vehicle as shown in the figure.
: Vehicle front
• When inserting air breather hose to transaxle assembly, be sure to

insert it fully until its end reaches the stop.
• When installing air breather hose, make sure there are no pinched
or restricted areas on air breather hose caused by bending or
winding.
JSDIA5798ZZ
TM-40
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
B
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5822GB
H
Transaxle assembly

I
CAUTION: J
time when removing transaxle assembly. At this timing, dust on the sliding parts may damage a seal of
CSC and may cause clutch fluid leakage. Refer to CL-30, "Removal and Installation". K
NOTE:
When removing components such as hoses, tubes/lines, etc., cap or plug openings to prevent fluid from spill-
ing.
L
REMOVAL
2. Remove engine assembly together with transaxle assembly from vehicle. Refer to EM-56, "Removal and M
Installation".
3. Remove air breather hose. Refer to TM-40, "Removal and Installation".
4. Remove starter motor. Refer to STR-27, "MR20DD : Removal and Installation". N
5. Remove clutch tube from CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder). Refer to CL-27, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Keep painted surface on the body or other parts free of clutch fluid. If it spills, wipe up immediately O
and wash the affected area with water.
6. Remove the bolts that fasten the transaxle assembly and engine assembly.
7. Remove transaxle assembly from the engine assembly. P
8. Remove engine mounting bracket (LH). Refer to EM-56, "Removal and Installation".
9. Remove CSC. Refer to CL-30, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• The transaxle assembly must not interfere with the wire harnesses and clutch tube.
TM-41
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F94R]
• When installing transaxle assembly, never bring input shaft into contact with clutch cover.
• When installing the transaxle assembly to the engine assembly,
install mounting bolts following the standard below, tighten bolts to
the specified torque. For each tightening torque, refer to TM-41,
"Exploded View".
Bolt symbol
Quantity 3 6
Bolt length
60 (2.36) 50 (1.97)
“ ” mm (in)
JPDIC0837ZZ
Insertion direction Transaxle to engine Engine to transaxle

Check the oil leakage and the oil level. Refer to TM-27, "Inspection".
cardiagn.com
TM-42
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F94R]
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY A

TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
B
CASE AND HOUSING

C
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JPDIC0437GB
O
Filler plug Gasket Transaxle case
Bushing Snap ring Oil channel
Oil gutter Position switch Bracket P
Differential side oil seal Magnet Drain plug
Input shaft oil seal Clutch housing 2 way connector
Plug Pinion shaft Pinion gear
TM-43
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY

: Select with proper thickness.
: Apply Genuine Liquid Gasket, Three Bond 1215 or an equivalent.
SHAFT AND GEAR
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0407GB
Input shaft front bearing Input shaft 3rd input gear

Spacer Snap ring 3rd baulk ring
3rd-4th coupling sleeve 3rd-4th synchronizer hub Insert key
4th baulk ring 4th input gear 5th input gear
5th baulk ring 5th-6th coupling sleeve 5th-6th synchronizer hub
6th baulk ring Needle bearing 6th input gear
Input shaft rear bearing
First step Final step

TM-44
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
: Apply gear oil.

A
: Replace the parts as a set.
TM
cardiagn.com
G
L
SFIA3293E
Mainshaft front bearing outer Mainshaft front bearing inner race Mainshaft
race M
1st main gear 1st inner baulk ring 1st synchronizer cone
1st outer baulk ring 1st-2nd coupling sleeve Insert key
N
1st-2nd synchronizer hub 2nd outer baulk ring 2nd synchronizer cone
2nd inner baulk ring 2nd main gear Bushing
3rd main gear Mainshaft adjusting shim 4th main gear O
5th main gear 6th main gear Mainshaft rear bearing inner race
Mainshaft rear bearing outer race Snap ring Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting
shim P
: Apply gear oil.

TM-45
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0425GB
Reverse output gear Snap ring Reverse baulk ring

Return spring Needle bearing Seal washer
Reverse idler shaft Spacer Reverse input gear
Lock washer Spring washer

SHIFT FORK AND FORK ROD
TM-46
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
TM
cardiagn.com
G
H
JSDIA5985ZZ
Shift lever (outer) Shift lever (inner) Retaining pin

Selector Select lever Reverse fork rod
I
1st-2nd fork rod Fork rod
: Always replace after every disassembly. J

FINAL DRIVE K
TM-47
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5987GB
Shim Differential side bearing outer race Differential side bearing inner race
(transaxle case side) (transaxle case side)
Final gear Differential assembly Differential side bearing inner race
(clutch housing side)
Differential side bearing outer race

Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000010842463
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove drain plug and gasket from clutch housing, then drain gear oil.
2. Remove filler plug and gasket from transaxle case.
3. Remove retaining pin with a pin punch to remove select lever .
JSDIA6129ZZ
TM-48
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
4. Remove bracket and position switch from transaxle case.
A
JSDIA6130ZZ
TM
5. Remove transaxle case mounting bolts ( ).
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1694E
6. Remove reverse idler shaft mounting bolt ( ) and seal washer. H
PCIB1695E
K
7. Remove transaxle case while rotating shift lever (outer) in
the direction as shown in the figure.
L
N
JPDIC0444ZZ
8. Remove selector spring from return bushing . O
JPDIC0445ZZ
TM-49
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
9. Shift 1st-2nd fork rod , fork rod , and reverse fork rod to
the neutral position.
: Selector
10. Remove selector from clutch housing.
PCIB1698E
11. Remove reverse idler shaft assembly , as per the following

procedure.
: Input shaft assembly

: Mainshaft assembly
: Fork rod
: 1st-2nd fork rod
cardiagn.com
: Reverse fork rod
a. Pull up input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, fork rod, and JPDIC0606ZZ
1st-2nd fork rod.
NOTE:
It is easier to pull up when shifting each fork rod to each shaft side.
b. Remove reverse idler shaft assembly and reverse fork rod from clutch housing.
12. Remove spring washer from clutch housing.
13. Pull up and remove input shaft assembly , mainshaft assem-
bly , fork rod , and 1st-2nd fork rod from clutch housing.
NOTE:
It is easier to pull up when shifting each fork rod to each shaft
side.
JPDIC0607ZZ
14. Remove final drive assembly from clutch housing.

15. Remove magnet from clutch housing.
PCIB1703E
TM-50
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
16. Remove differential side oil seals from clutch housing and
transaxle case, using oil seal remover (commercial service tool). A
CAUTION:
Never damage clutch housing and transaxle case.
B
PCIB1704E
TM
17. Remove differential side bearing outer race from clutch hous-
ing, using a brass rod.
CAUTION: E
Never damage clutch housing.
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1716E
18. Remove differential side bearing outer race from transaxle H

case, using a brass rod.
: Shim
I
CAUTION:
Never damage transaxle case.
19. Remove shim from transaxle case. J
PCIB1705E
K
20. Remove retaining pin from shift lever (outer) , using a pin
punch.
L
21. Remove shift lever (outer) from transaxle case.
N
JPDIC0106ZZ
22. Remove shift lever (inner) from transaxle case. O
PCIB1712E
TM-51
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
23. Remove oil gutter from transaxle case.
PCIB1707E
24. Remove bushings from transaxle case, using a remover

(commercial service tool).
CAUTION:
cardiagn.com
PCIB1710E
25. Remove mainshaft rear bearing outer race from transaxle case,
using a remover (commercial service tool).
CAUTION:
26. Remove mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim from transaxle
case.
PCIB1706E
27. Remove snap ring and oil channel from transaxle case.
PCIB1708E
28. Remove input shaft oil seal from clutch housing, using oil seal
remover (commercial service tool).
CAUTION:
PCIB1714E
TM-52
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
29. Remove mainshaft front bearing outer race from clutch hous-
ing, using the puller (A) (SST: KV381054S0) and a spacer (B) A
: Oil channel B
CAUTION:
30. Remove oil channel from clutch housing. C
JPDIC0107ZZ
TM
31. Remove bushing from clutch housing, using a remover (com-
mercial service tool).
CAUTION: E
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1717E
32. Remove 2 way connector from clutch housing. H

33. Remove plug from clutch housing.
PCIB1720E K
34. Remove pinion gear and pinion shaft from clutch housing.
L
PCIB1719E
ASSEMBLY O
CAUTION:
Replace transaxle assembly when replacing clutch housing.
P
TM-53
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
1. Install pinion gear and pinion shaft to clutch housing.
2. Install plug to clutch housing.
PCIB1719E
3. Install 2 way connector to clutch housing.
cardiagn.com
PCIB1720E
4. Install bushings so that they becomes even to clutch housing

edge surface, using a drift (A) (commercial service tool).
5. Install oil channel to clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Never reuse oil channel.
JPDIC0108ZZ
6. Install mainshaft front bearing outer race to clutch housing,

using the drift (A) (SST: KV38100200).
CAUTION:
Replace mainshaft front bearing outer race and mainshaft
front bearing inner race as a set.
PCIB1724E
7. Install input shaft oil seal to clutch housing, using the drift (A)
(SST: ST33220000).
PCIB1721E
TM-54
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
8. Install snap ring and oil channel to transaxle case.

CAUTION: A
• Select and install snap ring that has the same thickness
as previous one.
• Replace transaxle assembly when replacing transaxle B
case.
9. Install mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim to transaxle case.
CAUTION: C
Select mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim, as per the fol-
lowing procedure when replacing mainshaft adjusting
shim, 6th main gear, 5th main gear, or 4th main gear. PCIB1729E
• Replace mainshaft adjusting shim. TM
- If new mainshaft adjusting shim is thinner than previous one, offset the thickness difference by
selecting thicker mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim.
- If new mainshaft adjusting shim is thicker than previous one, offset the thickness difference by E
selecting thinner mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim.
• Replace 6th main gear, 5th main gear, or 4th main gear.
- Measure the thickness of the main gear used before and the new main gear.
- Increase the thickness of the mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim, if the difference is smaller F
than 0.025 mm (0.0010 in).
- Decrease the thickness of the mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim, if the difference is greater
cardiagn.com
than 0.025 mm (0.0010 in). G
10. Install mainshaft rear bearing outer race to transaxle case, using
the drift (A) (SST: KV38100200).
CAUTION: H
Replace mainshaft rear bearing outer race and mainshaft
rear bearing inner race as a set.
I
PCIB1728E
11. Install bushings to transaxle case, using a drift (A) (commer- K

cial service tool).
N
JPDIC0109ZZ
12. Install oil gutter to transaxle case.

O
PCIB1730E
TM-55
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
13. Install shift lever (inner) to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Replace shift lever (outer) and shift lever (inner) as a set.
14. Install shift lever (outer) to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Replace shift lever (outer) and shift lever (inner) as a set.
PCIB1712E
15. Install retaining pin to shift lever (outer) , using a pin punch.
CAUTION:
Never reuse retaining pin.
16. Install shim to transaxle case.
cardiagn.com
BCIA0047E
17. Install differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side)
to transaxle case, using the drift (A) (SST: ST33400001).
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing outer race and differential
side bearing inner race as a set.
PCIB1726E
18. Install differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing side) to
clutch housing, using the drift (A) (SST: KV38100200).
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing outer race and differential
side bearing inner race as a set.
PCIB1722E
19. Install differential side oil seals to clutch housing and tran-
saxle case, using the drift (Stamping number: B.vi 1666-B) of the
drift set (SST: KV32500QAA).

: Clutch housing side
Dimension (L1) : 1.2 – 1.8 mm (0.047 – 0.071 in)

Dimension (L2) : 2.7 – 3.3 mm (0.106 – 0.130 in)
JPDIC0454ZZ
CAUTION:
TM-56
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
• Never damage clutch housing and transaxle case. A
20. Install magnet to clutch housing.
21. Install final drive assembly to clutch housing.
22. Set fork rod to input shaft assembly , and then install them B
to clutch housing.
TM
JPDIC0608ZZ
E
23. Install mainshaft assembly , as per the following procedure.

F
: Fork rod
cardiagn.com
: 1st-2nd fork rod G
a. Pull up input shaft assembly and fork rod.

b. Set 1st-2nd fork rod to mainshaft assembly, and then install H
them to clutch housing.
JPDIC0609ZZ
I
24. Install reverse idler shaft assembly , as per the following pro-
cedure.
J
: Mainshaft assembly
: Fork rod K
: 1st-2nd fork rod
: Reverse fork rod
L
a. Install spring washer to clutch housing. JPDIC0606ZZ
b. Pull up input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, fork rod, and

1st-2nd fork rod.
M
NOTE:
It is easier to pull up when shifting each fork rod to each shaft side.
c. Set reverse fork rod to reverse idler shaft assembly, and then install them to clutch housing.
N
25. Shift 1st-2nd fork rod , fork rod , and reverse fork rod to
the neutral position.
O
: Selector
26. Install selector to clutch housing.

CAUTION: P
Replace select lever and selector as a set.
SCIA7782E
TM-57
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
27. Install selector spring to return bushing .
28. Apply recommended sealant to mounting surface of transaxle
case.
CAUTION:
• Never allow old liquid gasket, moisture, oil, or foreign
matter to remain on mounting surface.
• Check that mounting surface is not damaged.
• Apply sealant bead continuously.
JPDIC0445ZZ
29. Install transaxle case to clutch housing while rotating shift lever
(outer) in the direction as shown in the figure.
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0110ZZ
30. Install reverse idler shaft mounting bolt ( ), as per the following
procedure.
a. Install seal washer to reverse idler shaft mounting bolt, and
install reverse idler shaft mounting bolt to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Never reuse seal washer.
b. Tighten reverse idler shaft mounting bolt to the specified torque.
PCIB1695E
31. Tighten transaxle case mounting bolts ( ) to the specified

torque.
PCIB1694E
32. Install position switch, as per the following procedure.
TM-58
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
a. Apply recommended sealant to threads of position switch .
• For sealant to use, refer to TM-43, "Exploded View". A
CAUTION:
Never allow old liquid gasket, moisture, oil, or foreign mat-
ter to remain on thread.
B
JSDIA5918ZZ
TM
b. Install position switch to transaxle case, and tighten it to the
specified torque.
E
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5917ZZ
33. Install bracket to transaxle case, and tighten mounting bolt to H

the specified torque.
: Position switch
I
JSDIA6130ZZ
K
34. Install select lever , as per the following procedure.
a. Install select lever to transaxle case.
CAUTION: L
Replace select lever and selector as a set.
b. Install retaining pin to select lever, using a pin punch.
CAUTION: M
35. Install drain plug, as per the following procedure.
a. Install gasket to drain plug. N
CAUTION: JSDIA6129ZZ
Never reuse gasket.
b. Install drain plug to clutch housing. O
c. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque.
36. Install filler plug, as per the following procedure.
a. Install gasket to filler plug, and then install them to transaxle case. P
CAUTION:
Never reuse gasket.
b. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Fill with gear oil before tightening filler plug to the specified torque.
TM-59
INPUT SHAFT AND GEAR
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0407GB
Input shaft front bearing Input shaft 3rd input gear

Spacer Snap ring 3rd baulk ring
3rd-4th coupling sleeve 3rd-4th synchronizer hub Insert key
4th baulk ring 4th input gear 5th input gear
5th baulk ring 5th-6th coupling sleeve 5th-6th synchronizer hub
6th baulk ring Needle bearing 6th input gear
Input shaft rear bearing
First step Final step

: Apply gear oil.

TM-60
A
DISASSEMBLY
CAUTION:
• Fix input shaft in a vise with back plate, and then remove gears and snap rings. B
• For removal of snap ring, set snap ring pliers and flat pliers at
both sides of snap ring. While expanding snap ring with snap
ring pliers, move snap ring with flat pliers. C
• Disassemble gear components putting direction marks on the
parts that do not affect any functions.
TM
E
SCIA1755J
1. Remove input shaft rear bearing mounting bolt , using the drift F
(A) (SST: KV32300QAM).
cardiagn.com
G
JPDIC0449ZZ I
2. Remove input shaft rear bearing, as per the following procedure.

a. Set a separator (commercial service tool) to input shaft rear bearing. J
b. Remove input shaft rear bearing , using a drift (A) (commercial
service tool).
K
M
JPDIC0111ZZ
3. Remove spacer , 6th input gear , needle bearing, 6th baulk N

ring, and 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly .
4. Remove insert keys and 5th-6th coupling sleeve from 5th-6th
synchronizer hub. O
PCIB1750E
TM-61
5. Remove snap ring .
: 5th input gear
6. Remove spacer, 5th baulk ring, 5th input gear, and spacer.
PCIB1754E
: 4th input gear

: 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly
8. Remove spacer, 4th input gear, 4th baulk ring, and 3rd-4th syn-
chronizer hub assembly.
9. Remove insert keys and 3rd-4th coupling sleeve from 3rd-4th
cardiagn.com
synchronizer hub.
PCIB1753E
: 3rd input gear
11. Remove spacer, 3rd baulk ring, and 3rd input gear.
PCIB1752E
12. Set a separator (commercial service tool) to input shaft front

bearing , and then remove input shaft front bearing.
PCIB1751E
ASSEMBLY
Note the following procedures, and assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
CAUTION:
• Replace transaxle assembly when replacing input shaft.
TM-62
• For installation of snap ring, set snap ring pliers and flat pliers
at both sides of snap ring. While expanding snap ring with A
snap ring pliers, move snap ring with flat pliers.
• Never reuse snap ring.
• Check that snap ring is securely installed in a groove.
B
• Replace 3rd-4th coupling sleeve and 3rd-4th synchronizer
hub as a set.
• Replace 5th-6th coupling sleeve and 5th-6th synchronizer hub
as a set. C
SCIA1755J
TM
• Be careful to install 3rd-4th synchronizer hub according to the
specified direction.
E
: 3rd input gear side
: 4th input gear side
F
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1748E
• Be careful to install 5th-6th synchronizer hub according to the H

specified direction.
: 5th input gear side I

PCIB1749E
K
• Install input shaft front bearing , using a drift (A) (commercial ser-
vice tool). L
JPDIC0112ZZ
TM-63
• Install input shaft rear bearing , using a drift (A) (commercial ser-
vice tool) and the drift (B) (SST: ST36720030).
• Apply gear oil to 3rd baulk ring, 4th baulk ring, 5th baulk ring, and
6th baulk ring.
JPDIC0113ZZ
• Install input shaft rear bearing mounting bolt , as per the follow-
ing procedure.
CAUTION:
Follow the procedures. Otherwise it may cause a transaxle
malfunction.
1. Fix the drift (A) (SST: KV32300QAM) in a vise, and then set
input shaft assembly.
2. Install input shaft rear bearing mounting bolt, and then tighten it
to the specified torque of the first step.
cardiagn.com
3. Loosen input shaft rear bearing mounting bolt by a half turn.
4. Tighten input shaft rear bearing mounting bolt to the specified JPDIC0449ZZ
torque of the final step.
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY

Input Shaft and Gear
Check the following items and replace if necessary.
• Damage, peeling, bend, uneven wear, and distortion of shaft.
• Excessive wear, damage, and peeling of gear.
SCIA7736E
Synchronizer Hub and Coupling Sleeve

• Breakage, damage, and unusual wear on contact surface of cou-
pling sleeve, synchronizer hub, and insert key.
• Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub move smoothly.
SCIA1753J
Baulk Ring
TM-64
Check contact surface of baulk ring cam and insert key for excessive
wear, uneven wear, bend, and damage. Replace if necessary. A
SCIA0608J
TM
Bearing
Check bearing for damage and unsmooth rotation. Replace if neces-
sary.
E
cardiagn.com
G
MTF0041D
TM-65
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
cardiagn.com
SFIA3293E
Mainshaft front bearing outer Mainshaft front bearing inner race Mainshaft
race
1st main gear 1st inner baulk ring 1st synchronizer cone
1st outer baulk ring 1st-2nd coupling sleeve Insert key
2nd inner baulk ring 2nd main gear Bushing
3rd main gear Mainshaft adjusting shim 4th main gear
5th main gear 6th main gear Mainshaft rear bearing inner race
Mainshaft rear bearing outer race Snap ring Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting
shim
: Apply gear oil.

TM-66
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
A
DISASSEMBLY
CAUTION:
• Fix mainshaft in a vise with back plate, and then remove gears and snap rings. B
• For removal of snap ring, set snap ring pliers and flat pliers at
both sides of snap ring. While expanding snap ring with snap
ring pliers, move snap ring with flat pliers. C
• Disassemble gear components putting direction marks on the
parts that never affect any functions.
TM
E
SCIA1755J
1. Remove snap ring . F
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1745E I
2. Remove 6th main gear and mainshaft rear bearing inner race, as per the following procedure.
a. Set a separator (commercial service tool) to 6th main gear. J
b. Remove mainshaft rear bearing inner race and 6th main gear
, using the drift (A) (SST: ST33052000).
K
M
PCIB1744E
3. Remove 4th main gear and 5th main gear, as per the following procedure. N
a. Set a separator (commercial service tool) to 4th main gear.
b. Remove 4th main gear and 5th main gear , using the drift
(A) (SST: ST33052000). O
4. Remove mainshaft adjusting shim.
PCIB1743E
TM-67
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
5. Remove 1st main gear , 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assembly
, 2nd main gear , and 3rd main gear , as per the following
procedure.
a. Set a separator (commercial service tool) to 1st main gear.
b. Remove 3rd main gear, busing, 2nd main gear, 2nd inner baulk
ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, 2nd outer baulk ring, 1st-2nd syn-
chronizer hub assembly, 1st outer baulk ring, 1st synchronizer
cone, 1st inner baulk ring, and 1st main gear, using the drift (A)
(SST: ST33052000).
c. Remove insert keys and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve from 1st-2nd
PCIB1742E
synchronizer hub.
6. Remove mainshaft front bearing inner race, as per the following procedure.
a. Set a separator (commercial service tool) to mainshaft front bearing inner race.
b. Remove mainshaft front bearing inner race ,, using the drift
(A) (SST: ST33052000).
cardiagn.com
PCIB1741E
ASSEMBLY
CAUTION:
• Select mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim, as per the following procedure when replacing main-
shaft adjusting shim, 6th main gear, 5th main gear, or 4th main gear.
- Replace mainshaft adjusting shim.
• If new mainshaft adjusting shim is thinner than previous one, offset the thickness difference by
selecting thicker mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim.
• If new mainshaft adjusting shim is thicker than previous one, offset the thickness difference by
selecting thinner mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim.
- Replace 6th main gear, 5th main gear, or 4th main gear.
• Measure the thickness of the main gear used before and the new main gear.
• Increase the thickness of the mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim, if the difference is smaller than
0.025 mm (0.0010 in).
• Replace transaxle assembly when replacing mainshaft.
• For installation of snap ring, set snap ring pliers and flat pliers
at both sides of snap ring. While expanding snap ring with
snap ring pliers, move snap ring with flat pliers.
SCIA1755J
TM-68
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
1. Install mainshaft front bearing inner race , using the drift (A)
(SST: ST36720030). A
CAUTION:
Replace mainshaft front bearing outer race and mainshaft
B
2. Apply gear oil to 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, 1st
outer baulk ring, 2nd inner baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone,
and 2nd outer baulk ring.
CAUTION: C
• Replace 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, and
1st outer baulk ring as a set. PCIB1733E
• Replace 2nd inner baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and TM
2nd outer baulk ring as a set.
3. Install insert keys and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve to 1st-2nd synchronizer hub.
CAUTION: E
Replace 1st-2nd synchronizer hub and 1st-2nd coupling sleeve as a set.
4. Assemble 1st main gear , 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchro-
nizer cone, 1st outer baulk ring, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub F
assembly , 2nd inner baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and
2nd outer baulk ring then install bushing , using the drift (A)
cardiagn.com
(SST: KV32102700).
G
PCIB1734E
I
5. Install 3rd main gear and 2nd main gear , using the drift (A)
(SST: KV32102700).
J
L
PCIB1735E
6. Measure dimension “L” as shown in the figure. Select mainshaft

adjusting shim according to the following list, and then install M
it to mainshaft.
: Mainshaft N
: 3rd main gear
Unit: mm (in)
O
Dimension “L” Mainshaft adjusting shim thickness
147.690 – 147.666 (5.8146 – 5.8136) 1.500 (0.0591)
PCIB1736E
147.665 – 147.641 (5.8136 – 5.8126) 1.525 (0.0600) P
147.640 – 147.616 (5.8126 – 5.8116) 1.550 (0.0610)
147.615 – 147.591 (5.8116 – 5.8107) 1.575 (0.0620)
147.590 – 147.566 (5.8106 – 5.8097) 1.600 (0.0630)
147.565 – 147.541 (5.8096 – 5.8087) 1.625 (0.0640)
147.540 – 147.516 (5.8086 – 5.8077) 1.650 (0.0650)
TM-69
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
Dimension “L” Mainshaft adjusting shim thickness
147.515 – 147.491 (5.8077 – 5.8067) 1.675 (0.0659)
147.490 – 147.466 (5.8067 – 5.8057) 1.700 (0.0669)
147.465 – 147.441 (5.8057 – 5.8048) 1.725 (0.0679)
147.440 – 147.416 (5.8047 – 5.8038) 1.750 (0.0689)
147.415 – 147.391 (5.8037 – 5.8028) 1.775 (0.0699)
7. Install 4th main gear , using the drift (A) (SST: KV32102700).
PCIB1737E
cardiagn.com
PCIB1738E
PCIB1739E
10. Install mainshaft rear bearing inner race , using the drift (A)
(SST: ST30901000).
CAUTION:
Replace mainshaft rear bearing inner race and mainshaft
rear bearing outer race as a set.
11. Install snap ring.
CAUTION:
Never reuse snap ring.
PCIB1740E
TM-70
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
Mainshaft and Gear
Check the following items and replace if necessary. A
• Damage, peeling, bend, uneven wear, and distortion of shaft.
• Excessive wear, damage, and peeling of gear.
B
PCIB1775E TM
• Breakage, damage, and unusual wear on contact surface of cou- E
pling sleeve, synchronizer hub, and insert key.
• Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub move smoothly.
F
cardiagn.com
G
SCIA1753J
H
Baulk Ring
Check contact surface of baulk ring cam and insert key for excessive
wear, uneven wear, bend, and damage. Replace if necessary.
I
SCIA0608J
Bearing L
sary.
CAUTION:
M
• Replace mainshaft front bearing outer race and mainshaft
• Replace mainshaft rear bearing inner race and mainshaft rear
bearing outer race as a set. N
O
SPD715
TM-71
REVERSE IDLER SHAFT AND GEAR
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0425GB
Reverse output gear Snap ring Reverse baulk ring

Return spring Needle bearing Seal washer
Reverse idler shaft Spacer Reverse input gear
Lock washer Spring washer

DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove reverse output gear .
PCIB1760E
TM-72

A
PCIB1759E
TM
3. Remove reverse baulk ring and return spring .
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1758E
4. Remove snap ring , lock washer , and reverse input gear . H
PCIB1757E K
5. Remove needle bearings and washer.

L
PCIB1761E
ASSEMBLY O
Note the following procedures, and assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
CAUTION:
• Never reuse snap ring. P
• Check that snap ring is securely installed in a groove.
• Replace reverse output gear, snap ring, reverse baulk ring, return spring, needle bearing, reverse
idler shaft, spacer, reverse input gear, and lock washer as a set.
TM-73
Shaft and Gear
Check the following items. Replace reverse output gear, snap ring, reverse baulk ring, return spring, needle
bearing, reverse idler shaft, spacer, reverse input gear, and lock washer as a set, if necessary.
• Damage, peeling, bend, uneven wear, and distortion of shaft
• Excessive wear, damage, and peeling of gear
Bearing
Check damage and rotation of bearing. Replace reverse output gear, snap ring, reverse baulk ring, return
spring, needle bearing, reverse idler shaft, spacer, reverse input gear, and lock washer as a set, if necessary.
cardiagn.com
TM-74
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
I
JSDIA5985ZZ
Shift lever (outer) Shift lever (inner) Retaining pin J

Selector Select lever Reverse fork rod
1st-2nd fork rod Fork rod
K
L
For disassembly and assembly procedures, refer to TM-48, "Disassembly and Assembly".
M
INSPECTION AFTER DISASSEMBLY N
TM-75
Check contact surface and sliding surface for excessive wear,
uneven wear, bend, and damage. Replace if necessary.
cardiagn.com
SCIA7785E
TM-76
FINAL DRIVE
FINAL DRIVE
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
I
JSDIA5987GB
Shim Differential side bearing outer race Differential side bearing inner race J
(transaxle case side) (transaxle case side)
Final gear Differential assembly Differential side bearing inner race
K
Differential side bearing outer race
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) L


M
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side), as per the following procedure. N
a. Set a puller (commercial service tool) and a separator (commercial service tool) to differential side bearing
inner race (clutch housing side).
b. Remove differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side) O
, using the drift (A) (SST: ST33061000).
PCIB1767E
TM-77
FINAL DRIVE
2. Remove final gear mounting bolts, and then remove final gear
.
JPDIC0446ZZ
3. Remove differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side), as per the following procedure.
a. Set a puller (commercial service tool) and a separator (commercial service tool) to differential side bearing
inner race (transaxle case side).
b. Remove differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case
side) , using a drift (A) (commercial service tool).
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0114ZZ
ASSEMBLY
1. Install final gear, and then tighten final gear mounting bolts to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Replace final gear and differential assembly as a set.
2. Install differential side bearing inner race (clutch housing side),
using a drift (A) (commercial service tool).
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing inner race and differential
side bearing outer race as a set.
JPDIC0115ZZ
3. Install differential side bearing inner race (transaxle case side),

using a drift (A) (commercial service tool).
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing inner race and differential
side bearing outer race as a set.
JPDIC0116ZZ
TM-78
FINAL DRIVE
Gear and Case
Check final gear and differential case. Replace if necessary. A
Bearing
sary. B
TM
SPD715
E
cardiagn.com
G
TM-79
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS)
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [6MT: RS6F94R]

General Specifications INFOID:0000000010842479
Applied model Axle 2WD

Engine MR20DD
Transaxle model RS6F94R
Number of speed 6
Synchromesh type Warner
Shift pattern
cardiagn.com
PCIB1769E
Gear ratio 1st 3.7273

2nd 2.1053
3rd 1.5185
4th 1.1714
5th 0.9143
6th 0.7674
Reverse 3.6865
Final gear 4.7333
Number of teeth Input gear 1st 11
2nd 19
3rd 27
4th 35
5th 35
6th 43
Reverse 11
Main gear 1st 41
2nd 40
3rd 41
4th 41
5th 32
6th 33
Reverse 42
Reverse idler gear Input/Output 28/29
Final gear Final gear/Pinion 71/16
Side gear/Pinion mate gear 13/10
Oil capacity Refer to MA-23, "Fluids and Lubricants".
Remarks Reverse synchronizer Installed
Triple-cone synchronizer 1st and 2nd
TM-80
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [6MT: RS6F52A]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: TM
F
cardiagn.com
connectors. G
WARNING: H
serious injury.
INFOID:0000000010921068
K
CAUTION:
cannot be turned.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
O
NOTE:
NOTE:
TM-81
PRECAUTIONS
windshield.
cardiagn.com
PIIB3706J
NOTE:
NOTE:
SEF289H
NOTE:
INSTRUCTION 1
1. Open the hood.

TM-82
PRECAUTIONS
B
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
TM
NOTE:
3. Open the hood.
F
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
CAUTION: H
Precaution for Stop/Start System Service INFOID:0000000011045997
I
CAUTION:
When performing an inspection and its related work with the engine at idle, always turn the stop/start
OFF switch ON or open the hood to release the stop/start system. J
Service Notice or Precautions for Manual Transaxle INFOID:0000000010921071
CAUTION: K
CSC and may cause clutch fluid leakage. Refer to CL-30, "Removal and Installation". L
• Use recommended gear oil only, refer to MA-23, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Never reuse transaxle gear oil, once it has been drained.
• Check oil level or replace gear oil with vehicle on level surface.
• During removal or installation, keep inside of transaxle clear of dust or dirt. M
• Check for the correct installation status prior to removal or disassembly. If matching marks are required, be
certain they never interfere with the function of the parts when applied.
• Overhaul should be done in a clean work area, it is preferable to work in dustproof area. N
• Before disassembly, using steam or white gasoline, completely remove sand and mud from the exterior of
the unit, preventing them from entering into the unit during disassembly or assembly.
• Check appearance of the disassembled parts for damage, deformation, and unusual wear. Replace them
with a new ones if necessary. O
• Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time when the unit is disassembled.
• In principle, tighten bolts or nuts gradually in several steps working diagonally from inside to outside. If tight-
ening sequence is specified, observe it. P
• Clean and flush the parts sufficiently and blow-dry them.
• Never damage sliding surfaces and mating surfaces.
• When applying sealant, remove the old sealant from the mounting surface; then remove any moisture, oil,
and foreign materials from the application and mounting surfaces.
• During assembly, observe the specified tightening torque, and apply new gear oil, petroleum jelly, or multi-
purpose grease as specified for each vehicle, if necessary.
TM-83
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [6MT: RS6F52A]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Tool number
Description
Tool name
KV381054S0 • Removing differential side bearing outer
Puller race (transaxle case side)
• Removing mainshaft front bearing
• Removing differential side bearing outer
race (clutch housing side)
ZZA0601D
ST33400001 Installing differential side oil seal (clutch hous-

Drift ing side)
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia.
cardiagn.com
ZZA0814D
ST35321000 • Installing input shaft oil seal

Drift • Installing reverse main gear
a: 49 mm (1.93 in) dia. • Installing 1st main gear bushing
b: 41 mm (1.61 in) dia. • Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assem-
bly
• Installing 2nd main gear bushing
• Installing 3rd main gear
ZZA1000D
KV40105320 Installing differential side bearing outer race

Drift (clutch housing side)
a: 88 mm (3.46 in) dia.
b: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia.
ZZA1000D
ST33200000 • Installing mainshaft front bearing

Drift • Installing 6th input gear bushing
a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia. • Installing 4th main gear
b: 44.5 mm (1.752 in) dia. • Installing 5th main gear
ZZA1002D
ST30720000 • Installing differential side oil seal (transaxle

Drift case side)
a: 77 mm (3.03 in) dia. • Installing differential side bearing outer race
b: 55.5 mm (2.185 in) dia. (clutch housing side)
• Installing differential side bearing outer race
(transaxle case side)
• Installing mainshaft rear bearing
• Installing differential side bearing (clutch
ZZA0811D
housing side)
• Installing differential side bearing (transaxle
case side)
TM-84
PREPARATION
Tool number
Description
Tool name A
ST33061000 • Installing bore plug
Drift • Removing differential side bearing (transax-
a: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia. le case side) B
b: 28.5 mm (1.122 in) dia. • Removing differential side bearing (clutch
housing side)
C
ZZA1000D
ST33052000 • Removing input shaft rear bearing

Drift • Removing 6th input gear, 6th input gear TM
a: 22 mm (0.87 in) dia. bushing, 5th-6th synchronizer hub assem-
b: 28 mm (1.10 in) dia. bly, and 5th input gear
• Removing 5th input gear bushing, 4th input
gear, 4th input gear bushing, 3rd-4th syn-
E
chronizer hub assembly, and 3rd input gear
• Installing input shaft front bearing
ZZA1023D
• Removing mainshaft rear bearing
F
• Removing 4th main gear and 5th main gear
cardiagn.com
KV40105020 Removing 3rd main gear, 2nd main gear, 2nd
Drift main gear bushing, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub G
a: 39.7 mm (1.563 in) dia. assembly, 1st main gear, 1st main gear bush-
b: 35 mm (1.38 in) dia. ing, and reverse main gear
c: 15 mm (0.59 in)
H
ZZA1133D
I
ST30031000 Measuring wear of inner baulk ring
Puller
K
ZZA0537D
KV40105710 • Installing 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assem-

Press stand bly
L
a: 46 mm (1.81 in) dia. • Installing 4th input gear bushing
b: 41 mm (1.61 in) • Installing 5th input gear bushing
• Installing 5th-6th synchronizer hub assem-
bly M
• Installing 2nd main gear bushing
• Installing 3rd main gear
ZZA1058D
ST30901000 • Installing input shaft rear bearing N

Drift • Installing 4th main gear
a: 79 mm (3.11 in) dia. • Installing 5th main gear
b: 45 mm (1.77 in) dia. • Installing 6th main gear
c: 35.2 mm (1.386 in) dia. • Installing mainshaft rear bearing O
ZZA0978D P
TM-85
PREPARATION
Tool number
Description
Tool name
ST30032000 Installing input shaft front bearing
Drift
a: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia.
b: 38 mm (1.50 in) dia.
c: 31 mm (1.22 in) dia.
ZZA0978D
ST38220000 • Installing reverse main gear

Press stand • Installing 1st main gear bushing
a: 63 mm (2.48 in) dia. • Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assem-
b: 65 mm (2.56 in) bly
ZZA1058D
KV40101630 Installing reverse main gear

Drift
a: 68 mm (2.68 in) dia.
cardiagn.com
b: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
ZZA1003D
KV38102510 • Installing 1st main gear bushing

Drift • Installing 1st-2nd synchronizer hub assem-
a: 71 mm (2.80 in) dia. bly
b: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia. • Installing differential side bearing (transaxle
case side)
ZZA0838D
ST15243000 Measuring the clearance of side gear

Drift
a: 30 mm (1.18 in) dia.
SCIA1088J
ST30612000 Removing output gear bearing

Drift
b: 62 mm (2.44 in) dia.
b: 40 mm (1.57 in) dia.
ZZA1000D
TM-86
PREPARATION

Oil seal remover • Removing differential side oil seal B
• Removing shift lever oil seal
• Removing striking rod oil seal
• Removing input shaft oil seal
C
JSDIA4998ZZ TM
Pin punch Removing and installing retaining pin
a: 4.5 mm (0.177 in) dia.
E
F
NT410
cardiagn.com
Pin punch Removing and installing retaining pin of selec-
a: 5.5 mm (0.217 in) dia. tor lever G
NT410
I
Pin punch Removing and installing retaining pin of each
a: 7.5 mm (0.295 in) dia. shift lever
K
NT410
Drift Installing striking rod oil seal and shift lever oil
a: 24.5 mm (0.965 in) dia. seal
L
S-NT063
Drift Installing differential side bearing (clutch hous- N

a: 57 mm (2.24 in) dia. ing side)
b: 51 mm (2.01 in) dia.
S-NT474 P
TM-87
PREPARATION
Drift Installing output gear bearing
a: 80 mm (3.15 in) dia.
b: 70 mm (2.76 in) dia.
S-NT474
Separator Removing each bearing, gear, and bushing
ZZA0537D
Puller Removing each bearing, gear, and bushing
cardiagn.com
NT077
Lubricant or/and Sealant INFOID:0000000010921074
Item Use
• Application to threads of back-up lamp switch
Genuine Liquid Gasket
• Application to threads of neutral position switch
(Three Bond 1215 or equivalent)
• Application to mating surface of clutch housing
TM-88
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [6MT: RS6F52A]
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010921075
B
TM
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6185ZZ
G
Transaxle assembly
H

Neutral position switch It detects that the transaxle is in neutral position. I
Back-up lamp switch It detects that the transaxle is in reverse gear position.
TM-89
Sectional View INFOID:0000000010921076
2WD
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0468ZZ
Transaxle case 3rd input gear 3rd-4th synchronizer hub

3rd-4th coupling sleeve 4th input gear 5th input gear
5th-6th synchronizer hub 5th-6th coupling sleeve 6th input gear
Input shaft rear bearing Mainshaft rear bearing 6th main gear
5th main gear 4th main gear 3rd main gear
2nd main gear 1st-2nd synchronizer hub 1st-2nd coupling sleeve
1st main gear Reverse main gear Differential side bearing
Differential assembly Final gear Mainshaft front bearing
Mainshaft Input shaft Input shaft front bearing
Clutch housing Reverse idler shaft Reverse idler gear (front)
Reverse coupling sleeve Reverse idler gear (rear)
4WD
TM-90
TM
cardiagn.com
G
L
JPDIC0046ZZ
Transaxle case 3rd input gear 3rd-4th synchronizer hub M

3rd-4th coupling sleeve 4th input gear 5th input gear
5th-6th synchronizer hub 5th-6th coupling sleeve 6th input gear
N
Input shaft rear bearing Mainshaft rear bearing 6th main gear
5th main gear 4th main gear 3rd main gear
2nd main gear 1st-2nd synchronizer hub 1st-2nd coupling sleeve O
1st main gear Reverse main gear Differential side bearing
Differential assembly Final gear Output gear assembly
P
Reduction gear Mainshaft front bearing Mainshaft
Input shaft Input shaft front bearing Clutch housing
Reverse idler shaft Reverse idler gear (front) Reverse coupling sleeve
Reverse idler gear (rear)
TM-91
System Description INFOID:0000000010921077
DOUBLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER
Double-cone synchronizer is adopted for 3rd gear to reduce operating force of the shift lever.
TRIPLE-CONE SYNCHRONIZER
Triple-cone synchronizers are adopted for 1st and 2nd gears to reduce operating force of the shift lever.
PCIB1454E
REVERSE GEAR NOISE PREVENTION FUNCTION (SYNCHRONIZING METHOD)

Reverse gear noise prevention makes smooth operation possible
and restrains the gear's grating noise by stopping the rotation of
cardiagn.com
each gear when gear is shifted to reverse position.
: Synchronizer hub of reverse idler gear (rear)

: Reverse coupling sleeve
: Reverse baulk ring
: Reverse insert spring
: Reverse idler gear (rear)
PCIB1909E
: Reverse idler gear (front)
TM-92
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [6MT: RS6F52A]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH
B
1.REVERSE POSITION SIGNAL OUTPUT CHECK

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. C
2. Disconnect back-up lamp switch harness connector.
between back-up lamp switch terminals. TM

Reverse gear position Existed E
1 2
Except reverse gear position Not existed
F
JSDIA6267ZZ
cardiagn.com
G

H
Check back-up lamp switch. Refer to TM-93, "Component Inspection".
YES >> Repair shift control function or transaxle for mechanical malfunction. I
NO >> Replace back-up lamp switch. Refer to TM-114, "Removal and Installation".
J
2. Disconnect back-up lamp switch harness connector. K
3. Remove back-up lamp switch. Refer to TM-114, "Removal and Installation".
4. Check continuity between back-up lamp switch terminals.
L
Plunger is pressed. Existed

1 2 M
Plunger is released. Not existed
NOTE:
When shift lever is in reverse gear position, plunger is pressed. N
YES >> INSPECTION END JSDIA6325ZZ
NO >> Replace back-up lamp switch. Refer to TM-114, O

TM-93
NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [6MT: RS6F52A]
1.NEUTRAL POSITION SIGNAL OUTPUT CHECK

2. Disconnect neutral position switch harness connector.
between neutral position switch terminals.

Neutral gear position Existed
1 2
Except neutral gear position Not existed
JSDIA6270ZZ
cardiagn.com
1.CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH
Check neutral position switch. Refer to TM-94, "Component Inspection".
YES >> Repair shift control function or transaxle for mechanical malfunction.
NO >> Replace neutral position switch. Refer to TM-116, "Removal and Installation".
1.CHECK NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH

3. Remove neutral position switch. Refer to TM-116, "Removal and Installation".
4. Check continuity between neutral position switch terminals.
Plunger is pressed. Not existed

1 2
Plunger is released. Existed
NOTE:
When shift lever is in neutral gear position, plunger is released.
YES >> INSPECTION END JSDIA6326ZZ
NO >> Replace neutral position switch. Refer to TM-116,

TM-94
SHIFTING IS DIFFICULT OR GEAR SQUEAL OCCURS WHEN SHIFTING TO
THE 2ND GEAR
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [6MT: RS6F52A]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
SHIFTING IS DIFFICULT OR GEAR SQUEAL OCCURS WHEN SHIFTING
TO THE 2ND GEAR
B
Description INFOID:0000000010980339
• The shift lever shifting is heavy or difficult during driving when the shift lever is shifted from 1st gear to 2nd C
gear position or 3rd gear to 2nd gear position.
• Gear squeal occurs during driving when the shift lever is shifted from 1st gear to 2nd gear position or from
3rd gear to 2nd gear position.
TM
1.CHECK SYMPTOM E
When the clutch pedal is fully depressed, check whether or not this malfunction occurs. Refer to TM-95,
"Description".
Does the malfunction occur? F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check for malfunction on the following parts and repair or replace the malfunctioning part, if any.
cardiagn.com
• M/T shift selector assembly, shift cable, and select cable. Refer to TM-113, "Inspection". G
• Clutch disc and clutch cover. Refer to CL-39, "R9M : Inspection".
2.CHECK THE OIL TYPE
H
Check that the gear oil is genuine NISSAN oil. Refer to MA-23, "Fluids and Lubricants".
Is the gear oil genuine NISSAN oil?
YES >> GO TO 3.
I
NO >> Replace the gear oil. Refer to TM-103, "2WD : Draining"/TM-103, "2WD : Refilling" (2WD) or TM-
104, "4WD : Draining"/TM-104, "4WD : Refilling" (4WD).
3.CHECK THE OIL LEVEL J
Check the oil level. Refer to TM-103, "2WD : Inspection" (2WD) or TM-104, "4WD : Inspection" (4WD).
YES >> GO TO 4. K
NO >> Adjust the gear oil to the specified level. Refer to TM-103, "2WD : Refilling" (2WD) or TM-104,
"4WD : Refilling" (4WD).
4.CHECK THE SHIFTING OPERATION L
Check the gear position that causes the following malfunctions when the shift lever is shifted to each gear
position.
• The shift lever shifting is heavy or difficult. M
• Gear squeaks.
In what gear position does the malfunction occur?
All gear positions>>Check the clutch disc and clutch cover, and repair or replace malfunctions, if any. Refer N
to CL-39, "R9M : Inspection".
Specific gear positions>>GO TO 5.
5.CHECK THE M/T SHIFT SELECTOR ASSEMBLY, SHIFT CABLE AND SELECT CABLE O
Check the M/T shift selector assembly, shift cable, and select cable for damage or trapped foreign material.
Refer to TM-113, "Inspection".
P
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair or replace the error-detected parts.
6.CHECK SYMPTOM AGAIN (1)
When the shift lever is shifted to the 2nd gear position, check that rough touch (rough and scraping feel) can
be felt in all of the following situations.
• Rough touch can only be felt in cold start and it is reduced after warming up.
TM-95
THE 2ND GEAR
• Rough touch occurs in slow shifting and does not occur in quick shifting.
• Rough touch occurs and does not occur depending on the situation.
Does rough touch apply to all situations?
YES >> • Change the gear oil and fill the gear oil to the lowest limit of the specified level. Refer to TM-103,
"2WD : Refilling" (2WD) or TM-104, "4WD : Refilling" (4WD).
NOTE:
When oil level is the lowest limit, viscosity resistance of the gear oil is reduced, resulting in
improvement of the shift lever operability.
NO >> GO TO 7.
When the shift lever is shifted to the 2nd gear position, check that gear squeal (rasping noise is heard) applies
to all of the following situations.
• Gear squeal occurs when cold starting and after warming up.
• Gear squeal occurs when slow shifting and quick shifting.
Does gear squeal apply to all situations?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> INSPECTION END.
8.CHECK THE 2ND BAULK RING CLEARANCE
cardiagn.com
Check the 2nd baulk ring clearance. Refer to TM-200, "Inspection".
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> • Replace the following parts. Refer to TM-194, "Disassembly and Assembly".
- 1st-2nd spread spring
- 1st-2nd shifting insert
- 1st-2nd synchronizer hub
- 1st-2nd coupling sleeve
- 2nd outer baulk ring
- 2nd synchronizer cone
- 2nd inner baulk ring
- 2nd main gear
- 1st-2nd shift fork
TM-96
THE 3RD GEAR
SHIFTING IS DIFFICULT OR GEAR SQUEAL OCCURS WHEN SHIFTING
A
TO THE 3RD GEAR
B
• The shift lever shifting is heavy or difficult during driving when the shift lever is shifted from 2nd gear to 3rd
gear position or 4th gear to 3rd gear position.
• Gear squeal occurs during driving when the shift lever is shifted from 2nd gear to 3rd gear position or from C
4th gear to 3rd gear position.
TM
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
When the clutch pedal is fully depressed, check whether or not this malfunction occurs. Refer to TM-97,
"Description". E
Does the malfunction occur?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Check for malfunction on the following parts and repair or replace the malfunctioning part, if any. F
• M/T shift selector assembly, shift cable, and select cable. Refer to TM-113, "Inspection".
cardiagn.com
2.CHECK THE OIL TYPE G
Is the gear oil genuine NISSAN oil? H
YES >> GO TO 3.
I
3.CHECK THE OIL LEVEL
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 4.
"4WD : Refilling" (4WD). K
4.CHECK THE SHIFTING OPERATION
Check the gear position that causes the following malfunctions when the shift lever is shifted to each gear L
position.
• The shift lever shifting is heavy or difficult.
• Gear squeaks.
M
In what gear position does the malfunction occur?
All gear positions>>Check the clutch disc and clutch cover, and repair or replace malfunctions, if any. Refer
to CL-39, "R9M : Inspection".
Specific gear positions>>GO TO 5. N
5.CHECK THE M/T SHIFT SELECTOR ASSEMBLY, SHIFT CABLE AND SELECT CABLE
Check the M/T shift selector assembly, shift cable, and select cable for damage or trapped foreign material. O
YES >> GO TO 6. P
When the shift lever is shifted to the 3rd gear position, check that rough touch (rough and scraping feel) can be
felt in all of the following situations.
• Rough touch can only be felt in cold start and it is reduced after warming up.
• Rough touch occurs in slow shifting and does not occur in quick shifting.
• Rough touch occurs and does not occur depending on the situation.
TM-97
THE 3RD GEAR
Does rough touch apply to all situations?
YES >> • Change the gear oil and fill the gear oil to the lowest limit of the specified level. Refer to TM-103,
"2WD : Refilling" (2WD) or TM-104, "4WD : Refilling" (4WD).
NOTE:
When oil level is the lowest limit, viscosity resistance of the gear oil is reduced, resulting in
improvement of the shift lever operability.
NO >> GO TO 7.
When the shift lever is shifted to the 3rd gear position, check that gear squeal (rasping noise is heard) applies
to all of the following situations.
• Gear squeal occurs when cold starting and after warming up.
• Gear squeal occurs when slow shifting and quick shifting.
Does gear squeal apply to all situations?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> INSPECTION END.
8.CHECK THE 3RD BAULK RING CLEARANCE
Check the 3rd baulk ring clearance. Refer to TM-191, "Inspection".
cardiagn.com
YES >> INSPECTION END.
NO >> • Replace the following parts. Refer to TM-186, "Disassembly and Assembly".
- 3rd-4th spread spring
- 3rd-4th shifting insert
- 3rd-4th synchronizer hub
- 3rd-4th coupling sleeve
- 3rd outer baulk ring
- 3rd synchronizer cone
- 3rd inner baulk ring
- 3rd main gear
- 3rd-4th shift fork
TM-98
GEAR SHIFT TO 1ST OR 2ND IS HARD OR LEVER BECOMES STUCK
GEAR SHIFT TO 1ST OR 2ND IS HARD OR LEVER BECOMES STUCK
A
• When the shift lever is shifted during driving or while stopped (engine stopped) as per the following, shifting B
is heavy, difficult or sticks.
- From neutral to 1st gear position
- From 1st gear position to 2nd gear position
- From 3rd gear position to 2nd gear position C
- From 2nd gear position to 1st gear position
TM
Check that the gear oil is genuine NISSAN oil. Refer to MA-23, "Fluids and Lubricants". E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the gear oil. Refer to TM-103, "2WD : Draining"/TM-103, "2WD : Refilling" (2WD) or TM- F
2.CHECK THE M/T SHIFT SELECTOR ASSEMBLY, SHIFT CABLE AND SELECT CABLE
cardiagn.com
Check the M/T shift selector assembly, shift cable, and select cable for damage or trapped foreign material. G
YES >> Adjust the select cable (the M/T shift selector assembly side). Refer to TM-109, "Removal and H
Installation".
I
TM-99
UNUSUAL NOISE OCCURS DURING DRIVING
UNUSUAL NOISE OCCURS DURING DRIVING
Whine noise occurs at all gear positions or specific gear positions during driving.
NOTE:
• Whine noise occurs during driving while the gear of the manual transmission is engaged. It is different from
unusual noise during gear shifting.
• Whine noise occurs due to wear or bend of gear teeth.
1.CHECK SYMPTOM
Check that unusual noise disappears when the clutch is disengaged during driving.
Does unusual noise disappear with the clutch disengaged in driving?
YES >> GO TO 2.
• M/T shift selector assembly, shift cable, and select cable. Refer to TM-113, "Inspection".
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THE OIL LEVEL
YES >> GO TO 4.
"4WD : Refilling" (4WD).
Check that unusual noise applies to any of the following situations.
• Unusual noise changes in proportion to the vehicle speed.
• Unusual noise occurs only at constant speed and during acceleration.
• Unusual noise occurs only during deceleration.
Does unusual noise apply to any of the following situations?
YES >> GO TO 5.
• Input shaft, input shaft front bearing, and input shaft rear bearing. Refer to TM-191, "Inspection".
• Mainshaft, mainshaft front bearing, and mainshaft rear bearing. Refer to TM-200, "Inspection".
Check the gear position in which unusual noise occurs.
In what gear position does unusual noise occur?
All gear positions>>Check gear teeth of all gears and the mainshaft, final gear for wear and bend, and repair
or replace malfunctioning part, if any. Refer to TM-129, "2WD : Disassembly and Assembly"
(2WD) or TM-159, "4WD : Disassembly and Assembly" (4WD).
Specific gear positions>>Check gear teeth of the gear that is causing unusual noise for wear and bend, and
repair or replace malfunctioning part, if any. Refer to TM-129, "2WD : Disassembly and Assembly"
TM-100
A
NVH Troubleshooting Chart INFOID:0000000010980338
Use the chart below to find the cause of the symptom. The numbers indicate the order of the inspection. If nec- B
essary, repair or replace these parts.
TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-101
Reference
Symptoms
(Possible cause)
SUSPECTED PARTS
Noise
Oil leakage
Jumps out of gear

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS >
Hard to shift or will not shift

OIL (Oil level is low)
1
TM-103, "2WD : Inspection" (2WD), TM-104, "4WD : Inspection" (4WD) OIL (Wrong oil)
2
3
2
OIL (Oil level is high)
2
1
GASKET (Damaged)
TM-102
TM-124, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-153, "4WD : Exploded View" (4WD)
OIL SEAL (Worn or damaged)
2
TM-113, "Inspection" SHIFT CONTROL LINKAGE (Worn or damaged, defect of adjustment)
1
1
STRIKING ROD ASSEMBLY (Worn or damaged)
2
3
TM-124, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-153, "4WD : Exploded View" (4WD)
SHIFT FORK (Worn or damaged)
3
3
GEAR (Worn or damaged)
3
3
CAM SIDE OF CLUTCH GEAR (Worn or damaged)
3
TM-124, "2WD : Exploded View" (2WD), TM-153, "4WD : Exploded View" (4WD) BEARING (Worn or damaged)
3
BAULK RING (Worn or damaged)
3
INSERT SPRING (Damaged)
3
[6MT: RS6F52A]
cardiagn.com
M/T OIL
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [6MT: RS6F52A]
M/T OIL
2WD
B
2WD : Inspection INFOID:0000000010921081
OIL LEAKAGE C
Make sure that gear oil is not leaking from transaxle or around it.
OIL LEVEL
TM
1. Remove plug .
2. Measure the oil level (L) using a suitable gauge (A) as shown in
the figure and check if it is within the specifications. E
Oil level : Refer to TM-223, "General Specifica-
tions".
F
CAUTION:
• Turn the ignition switch OFF while checking oil level.
cardiagn.com
• Attach the suitable gauge to the wall of the plug mounting
hole for accurate measurement. G
JPDIC0138ZZ
3. Set O-ring on plug and install it to transaxle assembly.
CAUTION:
Never reuse O-ring. H
4. Tighten plug mounting bolt to the specified torque. Refer to TM-124, "2WD : Exploded View".
2WD : Draining INFOID:0000000010921082
I
1. Start engine and let it run to warm up transaxle.

2. Stop engine. Remove drain plug and gasket, then drain gear J
oil.
3. Set a gasket on drain plug and install it to transaxle assembly.
CAUTION: K
Never reuse gasket.
4. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-124,
"2WD : Exploded View".
L
JSDIA6146ZZ M
2WD : Refilling INFOID:0000000010921083
1. Remove plug . N
2. Fill with new gear oil.
Recommended oil and : Refer to MA-23, "Fluids and O

capacity (reference) Lubricants".
NOTE:
Oil capacity is reference. Because oil level is controlled by oil P
surface position.
3. After refilling gear oil, check the oil level. Refer to TM-103, "2WD
: Inspection". JSDIA6147ZZ
4. Set O-ring on plug and install it to transaxle assembly.

CAUTION:
Never reuse O-ring.
TM-103
M/T OIL
5. Tighten plug mounting bolt to the specified torque. Refer to TM-124, "2WD : Exploded View".
4WD
OIL LEAKAGE
Make sure that gear oil is not leaking from transaxle or around it.
OIL LEVEL
1. Remove filler plug .
: Vehicle front
2. Measure the oil level (L) using a suitable gauge (A) as shown in
the figure and check if it is within the specifications.
Oil level : Refer to TM-223, "General Specifica-

tions".
CAUTION:
• Turn the ignition switch OFF while checking oil level. JPDIC0139ZZ
cardiagn.com
• Attach the suitable gauge to the wall of the plug mounting
hole for accurate measurement.
3. Set gasket on filler plug and install it to transaxle assembly.
CAUTION:
Never reuse gasket.
4. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-153, "4WD : Exploded View".
4WD : Draining INFOID:0000000010924929
1. Start engine and let it run to warm up transaxle.

2. Stop engine. Remove drain plug and gasket, then drain gear
oil.
3. Set a gasket on drain plug and install it to transaxle assembly.
CAUTION:
Never reuse gasket.
4. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-153,
"4WD : Exploded View".
JSDIA6154ZZ
4WD : Refilling INFOID:0000000010924930
1. Remove filler plug .

2. Fill with new gear oil.
Recommended oil and : Refer to MA-23, "Fluids and

capacity (reference) Lubricants".
NOTE:
Oil capacity is reference. Because oil level is controlled by oil
surface position.
3. After refilling gear oil, check the oil level. Refer to TM-104, "4WD
: Inspection". JSDIA6155ZZ
4. Set gasket on filler plug and install it to transaxle assembly.

CAUTION:
Never reuse gasket.
TM-104
M/T OIL
5. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-153, "4WD : Exploded View".
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-105
M/T SHIFT SELECTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F52A]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

M/T SHIFT SELECTOR
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6131GB
Ornament Retainer Shift lever knob

M/T shift selector assembly M/T shift selector bracket
REMOVAL
2. Remove ornament from shift lever knob .
CAUTION:
Never damage ornament and shift lever knob.
JSDIA6132ZZ
3. Pull out retainer using suitable pliers.
JSDIA6134ZZ
TM-106
M/T SHIFT SELECTOR
4. Turn shift lever knob counterclockwise (30 degrees) and
remove it straight from the shift lever . A
5. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-25, "Removal and
Installation" (LHD models), IP-52, "Removal and Installation"
(RHD models). B
6. Disconnect and remove shift cable and select cable from M/T
shift selector assembly. Refer to TM-109, "Removal and Installa-
tion". C
JSDIA6135ZZ
TM
7. Remove M/T shift selector assembly from M/T shift selector
bracket .
E
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5749ZZ
8. Remove M/T shift selector bracket . H
JSDIA5750ZZ
K
INSTALLATION
• For each tightening torque, refer to TM-106, "Exploded View". L
• Install shift lever knob to the shift lever, as per the following procedure.
CAUTION:
Never reuse shift lever knob.
M
1. Set retainer and ornament into shift lever knob.
2. Displace shift lever knob counterclockwise (30 degrees) and
insert it straight to the shift lever without pressing the orna- N
ment .
: Vehicle front
O
JSDIA6032ZZ
TM-107
M/T SHIFT SELECTOR
3. Protrude the ornament of shift lever knob .
: Vehicle front
JSDIA6033ZZ
4. Turn shift lever knob clockwise (30 degrees) until coming to a

stop.
: Vehicle front
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6034ZZ
5. Press the ornament down and lock shift lever knob .
: Vehicle front
CAUTION:
Be careful with orientation of shift lever knob.
JSDIA6035ZZ
TM-108
CONTROL LINKAGE
CONTROL LINKAGE
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
L
JSDIA6332GB
Select cable Cable mounting bracket (floor) Tapping bolt M

Cable mounting bracket (M/T) Shift lever Select lever
Cable mounting bracket (M/T) Grommet Shift cable
M/T shift selector assembly
N
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) O

Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010921087 P
REMOVAL
2. Remove center console assembly. Refer to IP-25, "Removal and Installation" (LHD models), IP-52,
"Removal and Installation" (RHD models).
TM-109
CONTROL LINKAGE
3. Pull up the stopper of the select cable in the direction of the
arrow as shown in the figure.
JSDIA5762ZZ
4. Pull out and disconnect shift cable and select cable from
each pin of M/T shift selector assembly.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5763ZZ
5. Remove shift cable and select cable from M/T shift selector
assembly, as per the following procedure.
arrow shown in the figure, remove shift cable from M/T shift
selector assembly.
arrow shown in the figure, remove select cable from M/T shift
selector assembly.
6. Remove battery and battery trays. Refer to PG-143, "R9M :
Removal and Installation".
JPDIC0793ZZ
7. Remove air duct and air cleaner body. Refer to EM-308,
8. Pull out and disconnect the each cable from shift lever and
select lever .
JSDIA6328ZZ
TM-110
CONTROL LINKAGE
bracket (M/T), as per the following procedure. A
arrow shown in the figure, remove shift cable from cable mount-
ing bracket (M/T). B
arrow shown in the figure, remove select cable from cable
mounting bracket (M/T).
C
10. Remove cable mounting brackets (M/T) from transaxle assem-
bly.
JPDIC0793ZZ
TM
11. Remove heat shield plate . (2WD models)
: Vehicle front E
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5214ZZ
H
bracket (floor) .
: Vehicle front
I
13. Remove cable mounting bracket (floor).
JSDIA6337ZZ
K
14. Disengage the pawls of grommet , and pull downwards to
remove.
15. Remove shift cable and select cable from the vehicle. L
N
JPDIC0844ZZ
INSTALLATION
O
• For each tightening torque, refer to TM-109, "Exploded View".
• Before working, set transaxle and M/T shift selector assembly to the neutral position.
• No occurrence of interference between cables and other parts, bent with a radius of 120 mm (4.72 in) or P
less, and twist of 180 degrees or more.
• Do not damage the boot of each cable and prevent the occurrence of twist of 90 degrees or more.
• Tapping work for tapping bolts is not applied to new transaxle case. Do not perform tapping by other than
screwing tapping bolts because tapping is formed by screwing tapping bolts into transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Never reuse tapping bolt.
TM-111
CONTROL LINKAGE
• From under the vehicle, press grommet into place until the
pawls securely.
CAUTION:
Check that pulling down on the grommet does not fall out it.
JPDIC0844ZZ
• Insert the each socket part of cable until it reaches the cable
mounting brackets (M/T) and M/T shift selector assembly
securely.
CAUTION:
Check that pulling up on the socket does not disconnect it.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6329ZZ
• Install select cable (M/T shift selector assembly side), as per the following procedure.
When M/T shift selector assembly is replaced with new one:
3. Install the lock pin to the M/T shift selector assembly as
CAUTION:
Select cable cannot be adjusted accurately without using
the lock pin.
4. Check that shift lever does not move in the direction of the
select. If it moves, re-install lock pin.
JSDIA5774ZZ

6. Remove the lock pin from M/T shift selector assembly.
bindings. If any, re-install select cable with lock pin.
JSDIA5775ZZ
When M/T shift selector assembly is reused or without lock pin:

2. Shift the shift lever to the 4th gear position.
TM-112
CONTROL LINKAGE
3. Adjust the clearance (C) between the stopper and the lever
to the standard value. A
Clearance : 3.8 – 4.0 mm (0.150 – 0.157 in)

B
JSDIA6477ZZ
TM
bindings. If any, re-install select cable and re-adjust the clear- E
ance.
F
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5775ZZ
H

• When the shift lever is shifted to each position, check that the shift lever moves smoothly (no-hook up, no-
noise, no-backlash and non-contact to other parts). If any malfunction is detected, repair the malfunctioning I
parts or replace cable assembly.
• When the shift lever is shifted to reverse gear side and 5th-6th side, confirm the shift lever returns to neutral
position. When the shift lever does not return to the neutral position smoothly, check M/T shift selector J
assembly and select cable condition. If any malfunction is detected, repair or replace the malfunctioning
part.
K
TM-113
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH
JSDIA6266GB
cardiagn.com
Transaxle assembly Back-up lamp switch
: Vehicle front
REMOVAL
1. Remove battery and battery trays. Refer to PG-143, "R9M : Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect back-up lamp switch harness connector.
3. Remove back-up lamp switch .
JSDIA6267ZZ
INSTALLATION
1. Apply recommended sealant to threads of back-up lamp switch
.
CAUTION:
JSDIA6268ZZ
TM-114
BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH
2. Install back-up lamp switch .
3. Tighten back-up lamp switch to the specified torque. Refer to A
TM-114, "Exploded View".
removal. B
tion".
C
JSDIA6267ZZ
TM

Check continuity between back-up lamp switch terminals. Refer to TM-93, "Component Inspection".
Check the oil leakage. Refer to TM-103, "2WD : Inspection" (2WD), TM-104, "4WD : Inspection" (4WD). F
cardiagn.com
G
TM-115
JSDIA6269GB
cardiagn.com
Neutral position switch Transaxle assembly
: Vehicle front
REMOVAL
3. Remove neutral position switch .
JSDIA6270ZZ
INSTALLATION
1. Apply recommended sealant to threads of neutral position
switch .
CAUTION:
JSDIA6268ZZ
TM-116
2. Install neutral position switch .
3. Tighten neutral position switch to the specified torque. Refer to A
TM-116, "Exploded View".
removal. B
tion".
C
JSDIA6270ZZ
TM

Check continuity between neutral position switch terminals. Refer to TM-94, "Component Inspection".
Check the oil leakage. Refer to TM-103, "2WD : Inspection" (2WD), TM-104, "4WD : Inspection" (4WD). F
cardiagn.com
G
TM-117
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6348ZZ
Differential side oil seal Transaxle assembly

Oil seal lip
: Vehicle front
: Apply multi-purpose grease.
REMOVAL
1. Remove front drive shafts. Refer to FAX-50, "R9M : Removal and Installation" (2WD), FAX-125, "R9M :
Removal and Installation" (4WD).
2. Remove differential side oil seals from clutch housing and tran-
saxle case, using oil seal remover (commercial service tool).
CAUTION:
Never damage transaxle case and clutch housing.
SCIA0824E
INSTALLATION
TM-118
• Install differential side oil seals to clutch housing and transaxle
case, using the tool. A

: Clutch housing side B
Dimension (C) : 0 ±0.5 mm (0 ±0.020 in)

Dimension (D) : 0 ±0.5 mm (0 ±0.020 in) C
JSDIA6349ZZ
Tool to use
TM
Transaxle case side : Drift (SST: ST30720000)
Clutch housing side : Drift (SST: ST33400001)
CAUTION: E
• Never reuse differential side oil seal.
• Apply multi-purpose grease onto oil seal lip.
• Never damage clutch housing and transaxle case. F
cardiagn.com
G
Check the oil level and oil leakage. Refer to TM-103, "2WD : Inspection".
H
TM-119
AIR BREATHER
AIR BREATHER
JSDIA6341ZZ
cardiagn.com
Air breather cap Air breather hose Hose clamp
Transaxle assembly
: Vehicle front
REMOVAL
2. Loosen hose clamp, and remove air breather hose from transaxle assembly.
3. Remove air breather cap and hose clamp from air breather hose.
INSTALLATION
• When inserting air breather cap to air breather hose , be sure
to insert the hose until end of the cap.
JSDIA5801ZZ
TM-120
AIR BREATHER
• Install air breather hose so that the paint mark and hose
clamp tab are faced forward of the vehicle as shown in the fig- A
ure.
: Vehicle front B
• When inserting air breather hose to transaxle assembly, be sure to
insert it fully until its end reaches the stop.
• When installing air breather hose, make sure there are no pinched C
or restricted areas on air breather hose caused by bending or
winding.
JSDIA6344ZZ
TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-121
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F52A]
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6351GB
Transaxle assembly Stud bolt
CAUTION:
CSC and may cause clutch fluid leakage. Refer to CL-30, "Removal and Installation".
NOTE:
ing.
REMOVAL
2. Remove engine assembly together with transaxle assembly from vehicle. Refer to EM-366, "Removal and
Installation".
3. Remove starter motor. Refer to STR-39, "R9M : Removal and Installation".
4. Remove clutch tube from CSC (Concentric Slave Cylinder). Refer to CL-27, "Removal and Installation".
CAUTION:
Keep painted surface on the body or other parts free of clutch fluid. If it spills, wipe up immediately
and wash the affected area with water.
5. Remove air breather hose. Refer to TM-120, "Removal and Installation".
TM-122
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [6MT: RS6F52A]
6. Remove transfer gusset . (4WD models only)
7. Remove the bolts that fasten the transaxle assembly and engine A
assembly.
8. Remove transaxle assembly from the engine assembly.
NOTE: B
For 4WD models, remove together with transfer assembly.
9. Remove transfer assembly. (4WD models only) Refer to DLN-
181, "Removal and Installation". C
10. Remove engine mounting bracket (LH). Refer to EM-365,
"Exploded View". JSDIA6418ZZ
11. Remove CSC. Refer to CL-30, "Removal and Installation". TM

INSTALLATION
CAUTION: E
• The transaxle assembly must not interfere with the wire harnesses and clutch tube.
• When installing transaxle assembly, never bring input shaft into contact with clutch cover.
• When installing the transaxle assembly to the engine assembly, F
install mounting bolts and nuts following the standard below,
tighten bolts to the specified torque. For each tightening torque,
cardiagn.com
refer to TM-122, "Exploded View".
G
Bolt/Nut symbol
Quantity 2 2 4 H
Bolt length
— 55 (2.17) 55 (2.17)
“ ” mm (in)
Insertion direction Transaxle to engine Engine to transaxle JSDIA6357ZZ I
NOTE:
Symbol is composed a stud bolt and a nut.
J
• When installing engine mounting bracket (LH) to transaxle
assembly, temporarily tighten the short bolt then tighten the
mounting bolts to the specified torque in the order shown in the fig-
ure. For tightening torque, refer to EM-365, "Exploded View". K
M
JSDIA6364ZZ
N
Check the oil leakage and the oil level. Refer to TM-103, "2WD : Inspection".
O
TM-123
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [6MT: RS6F52A]
UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY

TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
2WD
2WD : Exploded View INFOID:0000000010919402
CASE AND HOUSING
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6360GB
Differential side oil seal Clutch housing Input shaft oil seal
Oil channel Oil gutter A Back-up lamp switch
Plunger Gasket Plug
Bore plug Striking rod oil seal Transaxle case
Oil gutter B Air breather tube Neutral position switch
Shift lever oil seal Drain plug Magnet
O-ring Plug
Oil seal lip
TM-124
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY

A

B
SHAFT AND GEAR
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA6366ZZ J
Input shaft front bearing Input shaft 3rd needle bearing

3rd input gear 3rd inner baulk ring 3rd synchronizer cone K
3rd outer baulk ring 3rd-4th spread spring 3rd-4th shifting insert
3rd-4th synchronizer hub 4th baulk ring 3rd-4th coupling sleeve
L
4th input gear bushing 4th needle bearing 4th input gear
Thrust washer 5th input gear bushing 5th needle bearing
5th input gear 5th baulk ring 5th-6th spread spring M
5th-6th shifting insert 5th-6th synchronizer hub 5th-6th coupling sleeve
6th baulk ring 6th input gear 6th needle bearing
N
6th input gear bushing Snap ring Input shaft rear bearing
Oil channel Input shaft rear bearing adjusting
shim
O
: Replace the parts as a set. P
CAUTION:
Apply gear oil to gears, shafts, synchronizers, and bearings when assembly.
TM-125
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
cardiagn.com
PCIB1889E
Mainshaft front bearing Mainshaft bearing retainer Mainshaft

Reverse main gear 1st main gear 1st main gear bushing
1st needle bearing 1st inner baulk ring 1st synchronizer cone
1st outer baulk ring 1st-2nd spread spring 1st-2nd shifting insert
2nd inner baulk ring 1st-2nd coupling sleeve 2nd main gear bushing
2nd needle bearing 2nd main gear 3rd main gear
3rd-4th mainshaft spacer 4th main gear adjusting shim 4th main gear
5th main gear 5th-6th mainshaft spacer 6th main gear
6th main gear adjusting shim Mainshaft rear bearing Mainshaft C-ring
C-ring holder Snap ring Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting
shim

CAUTION:
TM-126
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
TM
E
JSDIA6367ZZ
Retaining pin Reverse idler shaft Thrust needle bearing

F
Reverse idler gear needle bearing Reverse insert spring Reverse idler gear (front)
Reverse baulk ring Reverse coupling sleeve Reverse idler gear (rear)
cardiagn.com
Reverse idler gear adjusting shim G

: Select with proper thickness. H
CAUTION:
I

J
TM-127
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
cardiagn.com
PCIB1806E
Clutch housing Retaining pin Reverse shift fork

Reverse fork rod Return spring Striking rod
Striking rod shim Striking rod adjusting shim Shift lever (outer)
Shift lever (inner) Guide bolt Select lever
Transaxle case 3rd-4th shift fork 3rd-4th fork rod
1st-2nd shift fork 1st-2nd fork rod 5th-6th shift fork
5th-6th fork rod

FINAL DRIVE
TM-128
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
TM
cardiagn.com
G
H
JPDIC0467GB
Differential side bearing outer race Differential side bearing (clutch hous- Differential case
(clutch housing side) ing side) I
Final gear Differential side bearing (transaxle Differential side bearing outer race
case side) (transaxle case side)
Differential side bearing adjusting Pinion mate shaft Side gear J
shim
Side gear thrust washer Pinion mate gear Pinion mate thrust washer
Retaining pin K
: Always replace after every disassembly. L
M
CAUTION:
Apply gear oil to gears, shafts, and bearings when assembly.
2WD : Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000010919403 N
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove drain plug with gasket from clutch housing and then O
drain gear oil.
JSDIA6146ZZ
TM-129
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
2. Remove plug with O-ring from clutch housing.
JSDIA6147ZZ
3. Remove plug with gasket from transaxle case.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6483ZZ
4. Remove neutral position switch from transaxle case.
JSDIA6484ZZ
5. Remove back-up lamp switch and plunger from transaxle

case.
CAUTION:
Never lose plunger.
JSDIA6485ZZ
6. Remove air breather tube from transaxle case.
JSDIA6486ZZ
TM-130
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
7. Remove guide bolt from transaxle case.
A
PCIB1836E
TM
8. Remove retaining pin using a pin punch (commercial service
tool) and then remove select lever from transaxle case.
E
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1837E
9. Remove transaxle case mounting bolts. H
PCIB1838E K
10. Remove bore plug from transaxle case.

CAUTION:
• Never damage transaxle case. L
• Access bore plug from cutout of transaxle case when
removing.
M
PCIB1839E
11. Remove transaxle case, as per the following procedure. O
TM-131
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
a. Expand snap ring at mainshaft rear bearing accessing from the
bore plug hole. Then pull up transaxle case from clutch housing
until snap ring comes off.
PCIB1840E
b. While rotating shift lever (outer) in the direction of the arrow in

the figure, remove transaxle case from clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Never drop each adjusting shim.
NOTE:
Make sure to hold shift lever (outer) in the position shown in the
figure. Otherwise transaxle case cannot be removed from clutch
housing.
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0140ZZ
12. Remove oil gutter A and oil gutter B from transaxle case.
: Tab of oil gutter
PCIB1841E
13. Remove snap ring from transaxle case.
PCIB1842E

tool) and then remove shift lever (outer) and shift lever (inner)
from transaxle case.
PCIB1844E
TM-132
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
15. Remove differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case
side) from transaxle case using the puller (A) (SST: A
KV381054S0) and then remove differential side bearing adjust-
ing shim from transaxle case.
CAUTION:
B
Never damage transaxle case and differential side bearing
outer race.
JSDIA6487ZZ
TM
16. Remove differential side oil seal from transaxle case, using oil
seal remover (commercial service tool).
CAUTION:
E
cardiagn.com
G
SCIA0397E
17. Remove shift lever oil seal and striking rod oil seal from H
CAUTION:
I
PCIB1846E
K
18. Remove striking rod shim , striking rod adjusting shim ,
mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim , input shaft rear bear-
ing adjusting shim , and reverse idler gear adjusting shim . L
N
PCIB1858E
19. Remove retaining pin of reverse shift fork using a pin punch O
: Reverse fork rod P
PCIB1850E
TM-133
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
20. Rotate striking lever of striking rod as shown in the figure. Then
rotate reverse fork rod to a position where bracket of reverse
fork rod does not interfere with striking lever of striking rod.
21. Pull out reverse shift fork and reverse fork rod.
PCIB1851E
22. Remove retaining pin of 5th-6th shift fork using a pin punch
: 5th-6th fork rod
cardiagn.com
PCIB1852E
23. Remove retaining pin of 3rd-4th shift fork using a pin punch
: 3rd-4th fork rod
24. Pull out 3rd-4th fork rod.
PCIB1853E
25. Pull out 5th-6th shift fork and 5th-6th fork rod .
PCIB1854E
26. Pull out 3rd-4th shift fork .
PCIB1855E
TM-134
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
27. Remove retaining pin of 1st-2nd shift fork using a pin punch
(commercial service tool). A
: 1st-2nd fork rod

B
28. Pull out 1st-2nd shift fork and 1st-2nd fork rod.
PCIB1856E
TM
29. Remove striking rod assembly .
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1857E
30. Remove gear components from clutch housing, as per the fol-
H
lowing procedure.
a. Remove a set of input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, and
reverse idler gear assembly by tapping the tip of input shaft from
the back of the clutch housing with a plastic hammer. I
CAUTION:
Always withdraw mainshaft straight out. Failure to do so
can damage resin oil channel on clutch housing side. J
b. Remove final drive assembly.
SCIA0964E
K
N
PCIB1859E
32. Remove mainshaft bearing retainer and then mainshaft front O

bearing from clutch housing using the puller (A) (SST:
KV381054S0).
CAUTION: P
Never damage clutch housing, mainshaft front bearing, and
oil channel.
33. Remove oil channel from clutch housing.
JSDIA6488ZZ
TM-135
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
34. Remove differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing
side) from clutch housing using the puller (A) (SST:
KV381054S0).
CAUTION:
Never damage clutch housing and differential side bearing
outer race.
JSDIA6489ZZ
CAUTION:
cardiagn.com
SCIA0398E
36. Remove differential side oil seal from clutch housing, using oil
CAUTION:
PCIB1874E
ASSEMBLY
TM-136
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
1. Install differential side oil seal to clutch housing using the drift
(A) (SST: ST33400001). A
Dimension (H) : −0.5 – 0.5 mm (−0.020 – 0.020 in)

CAUTION: B
• Never incline differential side oil seal. C
• Never damage clutch housing.
TM
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1864E
2. Install input shaft oil seal to clutch housing using the drift (A)
(SST: ST35321000). H
Dimension (H) : 1.1 – 2.1 mm (0.043 – 0.083 in)

I
CAUTION:
• Never reuse input shaft oil seal.
• Never incline input shaft oil seal. J
N
PCIB1814E

O
clutch housing using the drift (A) (SST: ST30720000).
CAUTION:
Replace differential side bearing and differential side bear-
ing outer race as a set. P
JSDIA6490ZZ
TM-137
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
4. Install oil channel on mainshaft side.
CAUTION:
When installing oil channel, fit the rib of oil channel into
the processed area of the spot facing .
PCIB1921E
5. Install mainshaft front bearing to clutch housing using the

drift (A) (SST: ST33200000).
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of mainshaft front bearing.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6491ZZ
6. Install mainshaft bearing retainer to clutch housing and

tighten mounting bolt to the specified torque.
: Mainshaft front bearing

: Oil channel
CAUTION:
Install with punched surface facing up.
PCIB1938E
PCIB1859E
8. Install final drive assembly into clutch housing.
JSDIA6493ZZ
TM-138
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
9. Install input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, and reverse
idler gear assembly into clutch housing. A
CAUTION:
• Wrap a tape, etc. to the spline of input shaft so as not to
damage the input shaft oil seal. B
• Be careful with the orientation of reverse idler shaft.
SCIA0964E
TM
10. Install striking rod assembly into clutch housing.
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1857E
CAUTION: H
Check that return spring is securely seated in the groove on
return pin.
I
K
PCIB1866E
11. Install 1st-2nd shift fork and 1st-2nd fork rod and then L
install retaining pin to 1st-2nd shift fork.
CAUTION:
• Never reuse retaining pin.
• Be careful with the orientation of 1st-2nd shift fork and M
1st-2nd fork rod.
• Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the
arrow in the figure until it becomes flush with the end sur- N
face of 1st-2nd shift fork.
PCIB1856E O
TM-139
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
12. Install 3rd-4th shift fork to 3rd-4th coupling sleeve.
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th shift fork.
PCIB1855E
13. Install 5th-6th shift fork and 5th-6th fork rod and then install
retaining pin to 5th-6th shift fork.
CAUTION:
• Be careful with the orientation of 5th-6th shift fork and
5th-6th fork rod.
arrow in the figure until it becomes flush with the end sur-
face of 5th-6th shift fork.
cardiagn.com
PCIB1852E
14. Install 3rd-4th fork rod and then install retaining pin to 3rd-4th
shift fork .
CAUTION:
• Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th fork rod.
face of 3rd-4th shift fork.
PCIB1853E
15. Install reverse shift fork and reverse fork rod .

CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of reverse shift fork and
reverse fork rod.
PCIB1875E
PCIB1851E
TM-140
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
17. Install retaining pin to reverse shift fork .

A
: Reverse fork rod
CAUTION:
B
face of reverse shift fork. C
PCIB1850E
TM
18. Install selected differential side bearing adjusting shim and differential side bearing outer race (transaxle
case side).
• For selection of adjusting shim, refer to TM-147, "2WD : Inspection and Adjustment". E
19. Install selected reverse idler gear adjusting shim onto reverse idler gear assembly.
• For selection of adjusting shim, refer to TM-147, "2WD : Inspection and Adjustment".
20. Install selected input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim onto input shaft. F
21. Install selected striking rod adjusting shim and striking rod shim onto striking rod assembly.
cardiagn.com
• For selection of adjusting shim, refer to TM-147, "2WD : Inspection and Adjustment". G
22. Install shift lever oil seal and striking rod oil seal to tran-
saxle case using a drift (commercial service tool).
H
Dimension (H) : 0 – 1.0 mm (0 – 0.039 in)
CAUTION:
• Never reuse shift lever oil seal and striking rod oil seal. I
• Never incline shift lever oil seal and striking rod oil seal.
• Never damage transaxle case.
J
PCIB1818E
23. Install differential side oil seal to transaxle case using the drift
K
(A) (SST: ST30720000).
Dimension (H) : −0.5 – 0.5 mm (−0.020 – 0.020 in)

L
CAUTION:
• Never incline differential side oil seal. M
PCIB1878E
TM-141
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
24. Install shift lever (inner) and shift lever (outer) to transaxle
case.
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of shift lever (inner) and shift
lever (outer).
PCIB1843E
25. Install retaining pin to shift lever (outer).

CAUTION:
face of shift lever (outer).
cardiagn.com
PCIB1844E
26. Install transaxle case, as per the following procedure.

a. Install selected mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim into transaxle case.
b. Install oil gutter A and oil gutter B to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
Insert the tab of oil gutter A and oil gutter B into transaxle
case.
PCIB1841E
c. Temporarily install snap ring of mainshaft rear bearing into tran-

saxle case.
CAUTION:
PCIB1842E
TM-142
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
d. Apply recommended sealant to mating surface of clutch housing
as shown in the figure. A
• For sealant to use, refer to TM-124, "2WD : Exploded View".
CAUTION:
• Remove old sealant adhering to the mounting surfaces.
B
Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adher-
ing to both mounting surfaces.
• Apply sealant so as not to break the bead.
• The width of sealant bead is 1 – 2 mm (0.04 – 0.08 in). C
• The height of sealant bead is 0.4 – 1 mm (0.016 – 0.04 in).
• The overlap length of both ends of sealant bead is 3 – 5
PCIB1807E
mm (0.12 – 0.20 in). TM
e. With shift lever (outer) held in the position shown in the figure,
temporarily assemble transaxle case to clutch housing.
CAUTION: E
Never damage striking rod oil seal.
NOTE:
Make sure to hold shift lever (outer) in the position shown in the F
figure. Otherwise transaxle case cannot be installed to clutch
housing.
cardiagn.com
G
JPDIC0140ZZ
f. While rotating shift lever (outer) in the direction of the arrow in H

the figure, assemble transaxle case to clutch housing.
: Shift lever (inner) I

NOTE:
The shift lever (inner) can be inserted into the groove of striking
rod. J
JPDIC0141ZZ K
g. Accessing from the bore plug hole, expand snap ring at main-
shaft rear bearing so that the ring catches the periphery of main- L
shaft rear bearing.
h. Temporarily tighten transaxle case mounting bolts.
M
PCIB1840E
O
i. Shift the shift lever (outer) to 2nd gear position.
NOTE:
• The 2nd gear position is attained when shift lever (outer) is in
the position shown in the figure. P
PCIB1809E
TM-143
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
• When transaxle is shifted to the 2nd gear position, mainshaft

assembly is lifted.
j. Seat snap ring in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing. If snap
ring is not seated in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing,
remove transaxle case and repeat the procedure from step d.
PCIB1923E
k. Tighten transaxle case mounting bolts to the specified torque.
cardiagn.com
PCIB1838E
l. Shift the shift lever (outer) to neutral position.

NOTE:
The neutral position is attained when shift lever (outer) is in the
position shown in the figure.
PCIB1930E
27. Install bore plug to transaxle case using the drift (A) (SST:
ST33061000).
CAUTION:
Never reuse bore plug.
JSDIA6492ZZ
28. Install select lever to transaxle case and then install retaining pin
to select lever.
CAUTION:
face of select lever.
PCIB1837E
TM-144
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
29. Install guide bolt, as per the following procedure.
a. Shift the shift lever (outer) and select lever to neutral position. A
b. Visually confirm from the guide bolt mounting hole that the
lever is securely set to neutral position. If it is not in the neutral
position, repeat the procedure from step a. B
: Neutral position
: Except neutral position C
: Groove of striking rod
CAUTION: TM
The guide bolt may damage striking rod by running into
outer-groove points, if guide bolt is tightened in the state of
(B) shown in the figure.
E
c. Check continuity between terminals of neutral position switch to
confirm it in the neutral position. If it is not in the neutral position,
repeat the procedure from step a. Refer to TM-94, "Component
Function Check". F
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1890E H
d. Install guide bolt to transaxle case and then tighten guide bolt to
I
CAUTION:
Never reuse guide bolt.
PCIB1836E
L
switch . Then install it to transaxle case and tighten to the
specified torque.
• For sealant to use, refer to TM-124, "2WD : Exploded View". M
CAUTION:
N
O
JSDIA6484ZZ
TM-145
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
. Then install it with plunger to transaxle case and tighten to
CAUTION:
JSDIA6485ZZ
32. Install air breather tube to transaxle case.

CAUTION:
• Never reuse air breather tube.
• Assemble air breather tube until its collar element con-
tacts with transaxle case.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6486ZZ
33. Install gasket onto plug and then install them into transaxle
case. Tighten plug to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Never reuse gasket.
PCIB1865E
34. Install gasket onto drain plug and then install them into clutch
housing. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Never reuse gasket.
PCIB1834E
35. Install O-ring onto plug and then install it into clutch housing.
Tighten mounting bolt to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
• Never reuse O-ring.
• After oil is filled, tighten mounting bolt to specified
torque.
PCIB1969E
TM-146
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
2WD : Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000010919405
A
Case and Housing
B
• Check the bearing mounting surface for wear, cracks, and damages. Replace if necessary.
• Check the mating surface for wear, cracks, and damages. Replace if necessary.
• Check the oil seal mounting surface for wear, cracks, and damages. Replace if necessary.
C
Bearing
Check the bearing for damage and unsmooth rotation. Replace if necessary.
ADJUSTMENT TM
Differential Side Bearing Preload
• When adjusting differential side bearing preload, select adjusting
shim for differential side bearing. To select adjusting shim , mea- E
sure clearance (L) between transaxle case and differential side
bearing outer race . For selecting adjusting shim, refer to the lat-
est parts information. F
CAUTION:
Up to 2 adjusting shims can be selected.
cardiagn.com
• Calculate dimension (L) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the fol-
lowing procedure to satisfy specification of preload for differential G
side bearing.
JPDIC0351ZZ
Preload : Refer to TM-226, "Differential Side Bearing H

Preload".
Dimension (L) = [(L1) − (L2)] + Preload
L : Thickness of adjusting shim I
L1 : Distance between transaxle case end face

and mounting face of adjusting shim
J
L2 : Distance between differential side bearing
outer race and clutch housing end face
1. Using a depth micrometer and a straightedge, measure dimen- K
sion (L1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of
adjusting shim.
CAUTION:
L
L1: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and use
the average value.
2. Install differential side bearing outer race onto differential side
bearing on transaxle case side. Holding lightly differential side M
bearing outer race horizontally by hand, rotate final gear five
times or more (for smooth movement of bearing roller).
SCIA1078E N
3. Using a depth micrometer and a straightedge as shown in the

figure, measure dimension (L2) between differential side bearing
O
outer race and clutch housing end face.
CAUTION:
the average value. P
SCIA1079E
TM-147
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
4. Install selected differential side bearing adjusting shim and then
install differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side)
using the drift (A) (SST: ST30720000).
CAUTION:
ing outer race as a set.
JSDIA6494ZZ
Reverse Idler Gear End Play

• When adjusting reverse idler gear end play, select adjusting shim
for reverse idler gear. To select adjusting shim , measure clear-
ance between transaxle case and reverse idler gear (rear) .
For selecting adjusting shim, refer to the latest parts information.
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected.
• Calculate dimension (Q) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the fol-
lowing procedure to satisfy specification of end play for reverse
cardiagn.com
idler gear.
End play : Refer to TM-224, "End Play". PCIB1925E
Dimension (Q) = [(Q1) − (Q2)] − End play

Q : Thickness of adjusting shim
Q1 : Distance between transaxle case end face
Q2 : Distance between clutch housing end face
and end face of reverse idler gear (rear)
1. Using a depth micrometer and a straightedge, measure dimen-
sion (Q1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of
adjusting shim.
SCIA1003E

figure, measure dimension (Q2) between clutch housing end
face and end face of reverse idler gear (rear) .
CAUTION:
Q2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
use the average value.
3. Install selected reverse idler gear adjusting shim onto reverse
idler gear (rear).
PCIB1879E
Input Shaft End Play
TM-148
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
• When adjusting input shaft end play, select adjusting shim for input
shaft rear bearing. To select adjusting shim, measure clearance A
between transaxle case and input shaft rear bearing. For selecting
adjusting shim, refer to the latest parts information.
CAUTION:
B
• Calculate dimension (O) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the fol-
lowing procedure to satisfy specification of end play for input shaft
rear bearing. C
End play : Refer to TM-224, "End Play". SCIA1001E
Dimension (O) = [(O1) − (O2)] − End play TM

O : Thickness of adjusting shim
O1 : Distance between transaxle case end face
and mounting face of adjusting shim E
O2 : Distance between clutch housing end face
and end face of input shaft rear bearing
F
sion (O1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of
cardiagn.com
adjusting shim.
CAUTION: G
O1: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
H
I
SCIA1002E

J
figure, measure dimension (O2) between clutch housing end
face and end face of input shaft rear bearing.
CAUTION:
O2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and K
3. Install selected input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim onto input
shaft. L
PCIB0792E
M
Striking Rod End Play
• When adjusting striking rod end play, select adjusting shim for
striking rod. To select adjusting shim , measure clearance N
between transaxle case and striking rod shim . For selecting
O
: Striking rod
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected. P
• Calculate dimension (R) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the fol-
lowing procedure to satisfy specification of end play for striking
JPDIC0365ZZ
rod.
End play : Refer to TM-224, "End Play".

Dimension (R) = [(R1) − (R2)] − End play
TM-149
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
R : Thickness of adjusting shim
R1 : Distance between transaxle case end face
R2 : Distance between clutch housing end face
and end face of striking rod shim
1. Using a depth micrometer (A) and a straightedge (B), measure
dimension (R1) between transaxle case end face and mount-
ing face of adjusting shim.
CAUTION:
R1: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
PCIB1824E
2. Using a depth micrometer (A) and a straightedge (B) as shown

in the figure, measure dimension (R2) between clutch housing
cardiagn.com
end face and end face of striking rod shim .
CAUTION:
• R2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
• When measuring, be careful for the inclination of striking
rod assembly and striking rod shim.
3. Install selected striking rod adjusting shim onto striking rod
assembly.
PCIB1825E
Mainshaft End Play

• When adjusting mainshaft end play, select adjusting shim for main-
shaft rear bearing. To select adjusting shim , measure clearance
(M) between transaxle case and dummy adjusting shim on
mainshaft rear bearing . For selecting adjusting shim, refer to the
latest parts information.
: Snap ring
: Mainshaft
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected. JPDIC0366ZZ
• Calculate dimension (P) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the fol-
lowing procedure to satisfy specification of end play for mainshaft rear bearing.

Dimension (P) = [(M) + (N)] − End play
P : Thickness of adjusting shim
M : Distance between dummy adjusting shim on
mainshaft rear bearing end face and transaxle
case end face
N* : Thickness of dummy adjusting shim
*: Refer to the latest parts information to use a dummy adjusting shim of which part number is the thinnest in thickness.
TM-150
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
a. Temporarily install snap ring of mainshaft rear bearing into tran-
saxle case. A
CAUTION:
B
PCIB1842E
TM
b. Install dummy adjusting shim to mainshaft assembly.
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1826E
c. With shift lever (outer) held in the position shown in the figure, H
CAUTION:
NOTE: I
housing. J
JPDIC0140ZZ
K
d. While rotating shift lever (outer) in the direction of the arrow
shown in the figure, assemble transaxle case to clutch housing.
L
: Shift lever (inner)
NOTE:
The shift lever (inner) can be inserted into the groove of striking M
rod.
N
JPDIC0141ZZ
e. Accessing from the bore plug hole, expand snap ring at main- O
shaft rear bearing so that the ring catches the periphery of main-
shaft rear bearing.
f. Temporarily tighten transaxle case mounting bolts. P
PCIB1840E
TM-151
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
2. Shift the shift lever (outer) to 2nd gear position.

NOTE:
the position shown in the figure.
PCIB1809E

assembly is lifted.
cardiagn.com
PCIB1923E
3. Seat snap ring in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing. If snap ring is not seated in the groove on main-
shaft rear bearing, remove transaxle case and repeat the procedure 1 from step c.
4. Shift the shift lever (outer) to 1st gear position, and then shift it to 2nd gear position. Repeat 3 times.
NOTE:
• The mainshaft rear bearing position will be stabilized by shifting between 1st gear position and 2nd gear
position alternately.
• The 1st gear position is attained when shift lever (outer) is
in the position shown in the figure.
PCIB1881E
• When transaxle is shifted to the 1st gear position, mainshaft

assembly is declined.
PCIB1934E
TM-152
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
5. Set the dial indicator (A) to dummy adjusting shim through the
bore plug mounting hole. A
: Mainshaft rear bearing

: Snap ring B
: Distance between dummy adjusting shim on mainshaft
M
rear bearing end face and transaxle case end face
C
PCIB1827E
TM
6. Shift the shift lever (outer) to 2nd gear position , and then
rotate it in the direction of the arrow in the figure until it stops.
Using this position as the reference point, measure the amount
of movement when shifting shift lever (outer) to 1st gear position E
and rotating it in the direction of the arrow in the figure until
it stops. This measurement is the (M) dimension.
7. When measurement (M) is 0 – 0.06 mm (0 – 0.0024 in), adjust- F
ment terminates, and the dummy adjusting shim becomes regu-
lar adjusting shim. Select adjusting shim from the computed
cardiagn.com
expressions when measurement (M) is over 0.06 mm (0.0024 G
in).
PCIB1935E
K
4WD
L
CASE AND HOUSING
TM-153
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6361GB
Differential side oil seal Clutch housing Input shaft oil seal
Oil channel Oil gutter A Back-up lamp switch
Plunger Gasket Plug
Bore plug Striking rod oil seal Transaxle case
Oil gutter B Filler plug Air breather tube
Neutral position switch Shift lever oil seal Drain plug
Magnet
Oil seal lip

SHAFT AND GEAR
TM-154
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
TM
cardiagn.com
G
H
JSDIA6366ZZ
Input shaft front bearing Input shaft 3rd needle bearing

3rd input gear 3rd inner baulk ring 3rd synchronizer cone
I
3rd-4th synchronizer hub 4th baulk ring 3rd-4th coupling sleeve J
Thrust washer 5th input gear bushing 5th needle bearing
5th input gear 5th baulk ring 5th-6th spread spring K
6th baulk ring 6th input gear 6th needle bearing L
Oil channel Input shaft rear bearing adjusting
shim M
N
CAUTION:
Apply gear oil to gears, shafts, synchronizers, and bearings when assembly. O
TM-155
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
cardiagn.com
PCIB1889E
Mainshaft front bearing Mainshaft bearing retainer Mainshaft

2nd inner baulk ring 1st-2nd coupling sleeve 2nd main gear bushing
C-ring holder Snap ring Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting
shim

CAUTION:
TM-156
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
TM
E
JSDIA6367ZZ
Retaining pin Reverse idler shaft Thrust needle bearing

F
Reverse baulk ring Reverse coupling sleeve Reverse idler gear (rear)
cardiagn.com
Reverse idler gear adjusting shim G

: Select with proper thickness. H
CAUTION:
I

J
TM-157
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
cardiagn.com
PCIB1806E

Reverse fork rod Return spring Striking rod assembly
5th-6th fork rod

FINAL DRIVE
TM-158
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
TM
cardiagn.com
G
H
JSDIA6362GB
Differential side bearing adjusting Differential side bearing outer race Differential side bearing (transaxle
shim (transaxle case side) case side) I
Final gear Retaining pin Differential case
Reduction gear Differential side bearing (clutch hous- Differential side bearing outer race
ing side) (clutch housing side) J
Side gear Pinion mate shaft Output gear
Output gear bearing Snap ring K

: Always replace after every disassembly. L
: Replace the parts as a set. M
CAUTION:
N
4WD : Disassembly and Assembly INFOID:0000000010919407
DISASSEMBLY
O
1. Remove drain plug with gasket from clutch housing and then
drain gear oil.
P
JSDIA6154ZZ
TM-159
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
2. Remove filler plug with gasket from transaxle case.
JSDIA6155ZZ
3. Remove plug with gasket from transaxle case.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6483ZZ
4. Remove neutral position switch from transaxle case.
JSDIA6484ZZ
5. Remove back-up lamp switch and plunger from transaxle

case.
CAUTION:
Never lose plunger.
JSDIA6485ZZ
6. Remove air breather tube from transaxle case.
JSDIA6486ZZ
TM-160
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
7. Remove guide bolt from transaxle case.
A
PCIB1836E
TM
tool) and then remove select lever from transaxle case.
E
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1837E
9. Remove transaxle case mounting bolts. H
PCIB1838E K
10. Remove bore plug from transaxle case.

CAUTION:
• Never damage transaxle case. L
• Access bore plug from cutout of transaxle case when
removing.
M
PCIB1839E
11. Remove transaxle case, as per the following procedure. O
TM-161
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
a. Expand snap ring at mainshaft rear bearing accessing from the
bore plug hole. Then pull up transaxle case from clutch housing
until snap ring comes off.
PCIB1840E
b. While rotating shift lever (outer) in the direction of the arrow in

the figure, remove transaxle case from clutch housing.
CAUTION:
Never drop each adjusting shim.
NOTE:
figure. Otherwise transaxle case cannot be removed from clutch
housing.
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0140ZZ
12. Remove oil gutter A and oil gutter B from transaxle case.
: Tab of oil gutter
PCIB1841E
13. Remove snap ring from transaxle case.
PCIB1842E

tool) and then remove shift lever (outer) and shift lever (inner)
from transaxle case.
PCIB1844E
TM-162
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
15. Remove differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case
side) from transaxle case using the puller (A) (SST: A
KV381054S0) and then remove differential side bearing adjust-
ing shim from transaxle case.
CAUTION:
B
Never damage transaxle case and differential side bearing
outer race.
JSDIA6487ZZ
TM
16. Remove differential side oil seal from transaxle case, using oil
CAUTION:
E
cardiagn.com
G
SCIA0397E
17. Remove shift lever oil seal and striking rod oil seal from H
CAUTION:
I
PCIB1846E
K
18. Remove striking rod shim , striking rod adjusting shim ,
mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim , input shaft rear bear-
ing adjusting shim , and reverse idler gear adjusting shim . L
N
PCIB1858E
19. Remove retaining pin of reverse shift fork using a pin punch O
: Reverse fork rod P
PCIB1850E
TM-163
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
21. Pull out reverse shift fork and reverse fork rod.
PCIB1851E
22. Remove retaining pin of 5th-6th shift fork using a pin punch
: 5th-6th fork rod
cardiagn.com
PCIB1852E
23. Remove retaining pin of 3rd-4th shift fork using a pin punch
: 3rd-4th fork rod
24. Pull out 3rd-4th fork rod.
PCIB1853E
25. Pull out 5th-6th shift fork and 5th-6th fork rod .
PCIB1854E
26. Pull out 3rd-4th shift fork .
PCIB1855E
TM-164
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
27. Remove retaining pin of 1st-2nd shift fork using a pin punch
: 1st-2nd fork rod

B
28. Pull out 1st-2nd shift fork and 1st-2nd fork rod.
PCIB1856E
TM
29. Remove striking rod assembly .
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1857E
30. Remove gear components from clutch housing, as per the fol-
H
lowing procedure.
a. Remove a set of input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, and
reverse idler gear assembly by tapping the tip of input shaft from
the back of the clutch housing with a plastic hammer. I
CAUTION:
Always withdraw mainshaft straight out. Failure to do so
can damage resin oil channel on clutch housing side. J
b. Remove final drive assembly.
SCIA0964E
K
N
PCIB1859E
32. Remove mainshaft bearing retainer and then mainshaft front O

bearing from clutch housing using the puller (A) (SST:
KV381054S0).
CAUTION: P
Never damage clutch housing, mainshaft front bearing, and
oil channel.
33. Remove oil channel from clutch housing.
JSDIA6488ZZ
TM-165
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
34. Remove differential side bearing outer race (clutch housing
side) from clutch housing using the puller (A) (SST:
KV381054S0).
CAUTION:
JSDIA6489ZZ
CAUTION:
cardiagn.com
SCIA0398E
36. Remove snap ring from clutch housing.

CAUTION:
JPDIC0044ZZ
37. With output gear assembly held by hand, turn clutch housing
upside down as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
• When turning clutch housing upside down, hold output
gear assembly by hand so that it will not become
detached.
NOTE:
Output gear assembly spontaneously falls when changing the
clutch housing direction as shown in the figure.
38. With output gear assembly held by hand, slowly remove output JPDIC0075ZZ
gear assembly from clutch housing. If output gear assembly can
not be removed, tap it with a plastic hammer from the transaxle case contact surface side of clutch hous-
ing for removal.
TM-166
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
39. Remove differential side oil seal from clutch housing, using oil
seal remover (commercial service tool). A
CAUTION:
B
JPDIC0076ZZ
TM
ASSEMBLY
1. Install differential side oil seal to clutch housing using the drift
(A) (SST: ST33400001). E
Dimension (H) : −0.5 – 0.5 mm (−0.020 – 0.020 in)

CAUTION: F
cardiagn.com
• Never incline differential side oil seal. G
K
JPDIC0077ZZ

L
clutch housing using the drifts.
A : Drift (SST: ST30720000)

B : Drift (SST: KV40105320) M
CAUTION:
• Never reuse differential side bearing outer race.
• Replace differential side bearing and differential side N
bearing outer race as a set.
JPDIC0822ZZ
O
TM-167
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
3. Install final drive assembly into clutch housing.
4. Select differential side bearing adjusting shim. Refer to TM-178,
"4WD : Inspection and Adjustment".
CAUTION:
Never select differential side bearing adjusting shim with
output gear assembly installed on clutch housing.
5. Remove final drive assembly.
JSDIA6493ZZ
6. Turn clutch housing upside down as shown in the figure. And

then install output gear assembly into clutch housing.
CAUTION:
• Gently install it, aligning the clutch housing hole with the
center of output gear assembly.
• Install output gear assembly, straightening it with a mag-
net.
• Never damage clutch housing and output gear assembly.
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0074ZZ
7. Install snap ring onto clutch housing and make sure that end
play (gap between snap ring and groove) of output gear assem-
bly satisfies the standard value.
End play (L) : Refer to TM-224, "End Play".

CAUTION:
• Only one snap ring can be selected.
JPDIC0043ZZ
8. Install input shaft oil seal to clutch housing using the drift (A)
(SST: ST35321000).
Dimension (H) : 1.1 – 2.1 mm (0.043 – 0.083 in)

CAUTION:
• Never reuse input shaft oil seal.
• Never incline input shaft oil seal.
PCIB1814E
TM-168
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
9. Install oil channel on mainshaft side.
CAUTION: A
When installing oil channel, fit the rib of oil channel into
the processed area of the spot facing .
B
PCIB1921E
TM
10. Install mainshaft front bearing to clutch housing using the
drift (A) (SST: ST33200000).
CAUTION: E
Be careful with the orientation of mainshaft front bearing.
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA6491ZZ
11. Install mainshaft bearing retainer to clutch housing and H

tighten mounting bolt to the specified torque.
: Mainshaft front bearing

I
: Oil channel
CAUTION:
Install with punched surface facing up. J
PCIB1938E
K
N
PCIB1859E
13. Install final drive assembly into clutch housing. O

CAUTION:
Engage reduction gear teeth in output gear teeth.
P
JSDIA6493ZZ
TM-169
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
14. Install input shaft assembly, mainshaft assembly, and reverse
idler gear assembly into clutch housing.
CAUTION:
• Wrap a tape, etc. to the spline of input shaft so as not to
damage the input shaft oil seal.
• Be careful with the orientation of reverse idler shaft.
SCIA0964E
15. Install striking rod assembly into clutch housing.
cardiagn.com
PCIB1857E
CAUTION:
Check that return spring is securely seated in the groove on
return pin.
PCIB1866E
16. Install 1st-2nd shift fork and 1st-2nd fork rod and then
install retaining pin to 1st-2nd shift fork.
CAUTION:
• Be careful with the orientation of 1st-2nd shift fork and
1st-2nd fork rod.
face of 1st-2nd shift fork.
PCIB1856E
TM-170
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
17. Install 3rd-4th shift fork to 3rd-4th coupling sleeve.
CAUTION: A
Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th shift fork.
PCIB1855E
TM
18. Install 5th-6th shift fork and 5th-6th fork rod and then install
retaining pin to 5th-6th shift fork.
CAUTION: E
• Be careful with the orientation of 5th-6th shift fork and
5th-6th fork rod.
• Assemble retaining pin from the direction shown by the F
face of 5th-6th shift fork.
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1852E
19. Install 3rd-4th fork rod and then install retaining pin to 3rd-4th H
shift fork .
CAUTION:
• Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th fork rod. I
face of 3rd-4th shift fork. J
PCIB1853E
K
20. Install reverse shift fork and reverse fork rod .
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of reverse shift fork and L
reverse fork rod.
N
PCIB1875E
21. Rotate striking lever of striking rod as shown in the figure. Then O
P
PCIB1851E
TM-171
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
22. Install retaining pin to reverse shift fork .
: Reverse fork rod
CAUTION:
face of reverse shift fork.
PCIB1850E
23. Install selected differential side bearing adjusting shim and differential side bearing outer race (transaxle
case side).
24. Install selected reverse idler gear adjusting shim onto reverse idler gear assembly.
25. Install selected input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim onto input shaft.
26. Install selected striking rod adjusting shim and striking rod shim onto striking rod assembly.
cardiagn.com
27. Install shift lever oil seal and striking rod oil seal to tran-
saxle case using a drift (commercial service tool).
Dimension (H) : 0 – 1.0 mm (0 – 0.039 in)

CAUTION:
• Never reuse shift lever oil seal and striking rod oil seal.
• Never incline shift lever oil seal and striking rod oil seal.
PCIB1818E
28. Install differential side oil seal to transaxle case using the drift
(A) (SST: ST30720000).
Dimension (H) : −0.5 – 0.5 mm (−0.020 – 0.020 in)

CAUTION:
PCIB1878E
TM-172
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
29. Install shift lever (inner) and shift lever (outer) to transaxle
case. A
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of shift lever (inner) and shift
lever (outer).
B
PCIB1843E
TM
30. Install retaining pin to shift lever (outer).
CAUTION:
E
face of shift lever (outer).
F
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1844E

H
a. Install selected mainshaft rear bearing adjusting shim into transaxle case.
b. Install oil gutter A and oil gutter B to transaxle case. I
CAUTION:
Insert the tab of oil gutter A and oil gutter B into transaxle
case.
J
PCIB1841E
L
c. Temporarily install snap ring of mainshaft rear bearing into tran-
saxle case.
CAUTION: M
O
PCIB1842E
TM-173
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
d. Apply recommended sealant to mating surface of clutch housing
as shown in the figure.
CAUTION:
• Remove old sealant adhering to the mounting surfaces.
Also remove any moisture, oil, or foreign material adher-
ing to both mounting surfaces.
• Apply sealant so as not to break the bead.
• The width of sealant bead is 1 – 2 mm (0.04 – 0.08 in).
• The height of sealant bead is 0.4 – 1 mm (0.016 – 0.04 in).
• The overlap length of both ends of sealant bead is 3 – 5
PCIB1807E
mm (0.12 – 0.20 in).
e. With shift lever (outer) held in the position shown in the figure,
CAUTION:
NOTE:
housing.
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0140ZZ
f. While rotating shift lever (outer) in the direction of the arrow in

the figure, assemble transaxle case to clutch housing.
NOTE:
rod.
JPDIC0141ZZ
g. Accessing from the bore plug hole, expand snap ring at main-
shaft rear bearing.
h. Temporarily tighten transaxle case mounting bolts.
PCIB1840E
i. Shift the shift lever (outer) to 2nd gear position.

NOTE:
PCIB1809E
TM-174
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
• When transaxle is shifted to the 2nd gear position, mainshaft A

assembly is lifted.
j. Seat snap ring in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing. If snap
ring is not seated in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing,
B
remove transaxle case and repeat the procedure from step d.
PCIB1923E
TM
k. Tighten transaxle case mounting bolts to the specified torque.
E
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1838E
l. Shift the shift lever (outer) to neutral position. H

NOTE:
The neutral position is attained when shift lever (outer) is in the
position shown in the figure. I
PCIB1930E
K
32. Install bore plug to transaxle case using the drift (A) (SST:
ST33061000). L
CAUTION:
Never reuse bore plug.
M
JSDIA6492ZZ
O
33. Install select lever to transaxle case and then install retaining pin
to select lever.
CAUTION:
• Never reuse retaining pin. P
face of select lever.
PCIB1837E
TM-175
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
34. Install guide bolt, as per the following procedure.
a. Shift the shift lever (outer) and select lever to neutral position.
b. Visually confirm from the guide bolt mounting hole that the
lever is securely set to neutral position. If it is not in the neutral
position, repeat the procedure from step a.
: Neutral position
: Except neutral position
: Groove of striking rod
CAUTION:
The guide bolt may damage striking rod by running into
outer-groove points, if guide bolt is tightened in the state of
c. Check continuity between terminals of neutral position switch to
confirm it in the neutral position. If it is not in the neutral position,
repeat the procedure from step a. Refer to TM-94, "Component
Function Check".
cardiagn.com
PCIB1890E
d. Install guide bolt to transaxle case and then tighten guide bolt to
CAUTION:
Never reuse guide bolt.
PCIB1836E

switch . Then install it to transaxle case and tighten to the
specified torque.
CAUTION:
JSDIA6484ZZ
TM-176
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
. Then install it with plunger to transaxle case and tighten to A
CAUTION:
B
JSDIA6485ZZ
TM
37. Install air breather tube to transaxle case.
CAUTION:
• Never reuse air breather tube. E
• Assemble air breather tube until its collar element con-
tacts with transaxle case.
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA6486ZZ
38. Install gasket onto plug and then install them into transaxle
H
case. Tighten plug to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
Never reuse gasket.
I
PCIB1865E
K
39. Install gasket onto drain plug and then install them into clutch
housing. Tighten drain plug to the specified torque.
CAUTION: L
Never reuse gasket.
N
JPDIC0073ZZ
40. Install gasket onto filler plug and then install them into transaxle O
case. Tighten filler plug to the specified torque.
CAUTION:
• Never reuse gasket. P
• After gear oil is filled, tighten filler plug to specified
torque.
JPDIC0047ZZ
TM-177
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
4WD : Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000010919409

Case and Housing
• Check the bearing mounting surface for wear, cracks, and damages. Replace if necessary.
• Check the mating surface for wear, cracks, and damages. Replace if necessary.
• Check the oil seal mounting surface for wear, cracks, and damages. Replace if necessary.
Bearing
Check the bearing for damage and unsmooth rotation. Replace if necessary.
ADJUSTMENT
Differential Side Bearing Preload
• When adjusting differential side bearing preload, select adjusting
shim for differential side bearing. To select adjusting shim , mea-
sure clearance (L) between transaxle case and differential side
bearing outer race . For selecting adjusting shim, refer to the lat-
est parts information.
CAUTION:
Up to 2 adjusting shims can be selected.
cardiagn.com
• Calculate dimension (L) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the fol-
lowing procedure to satisfy specification of preload for differential
side bearing.
JPDIC0351ZZ
Preload : Refer to TM-226, "Differential Side Bearing

Preload".
Dimension (L) = [(L1) − (L2)] + Preload
L : Thickness of adjusting shim
L1 : Distance between transaxle case end face
L2 : Distance between differential side bearing
outer race and clutch housing end face
sion (L1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of
adjusting shim.
CAUTION:
the average value.
2. Install differential side bearing outer race onto differential side
bearing on transaxle case side. Holding lightly differential side
bearing outer race horizontally by hand, rotate final gear five
times or more (for smooth movement of bearing roller).
SCIA1078E

figure, measure dimension (L2) between differential side bearing
outer race and clutch housing end face.
CAUTION:
the average value.
SCIA1079E
TM-178
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
4. Install selected differential side bearing adjusting shim and then
install differential side bearing outer race (transaxle case side) A
using the drift (A) (SST: ST30720000).
CAUTION:
B
JSDIA6494ZZ
TM
Reverse Idler Gear End Play
• When adjusting reverse idler gear end play, select adjusting shim
for reverse idler gear. To select adjusting shim , measure clear-
ance between transaxle case and reverse idler gear (rear) . E
For selecting adjusting shim, refer to the latest parts information.
CAUTION:
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected. F
• Calculate dimension (Q) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the fol-
lowing procedure to satisfy specification of end play for reverse
cardiagn.com
idler gear.
G
End play : Refer to TM-224, "End Play". PCIB1925E
Dimension (Q) = [(Q1) − (Q2)] − End play

H
Q : Thickness of adjusting shim
Q1 : Distance between transaxle case end face
and mounting face of adjusting shim I
Q2 : Distance between clutch housing end face
and end face of reverse idler gear (rear)
1. Using a depth micrometer and a straightedge, measure dimen- J
sion (Q1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of
adjusting shim.
K
SCIA1003E
M

figure, measure dimension (Q2) between clutch housing end N
face and end face of reverse idler gear (rear) .
CAUTION:
Q2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
O
3. Install selected reverse idler gear adjusting shim onto reverse
idler gear (rear).
P
PCIB1879E
Input Shaft End Play
TM-179
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
• When adjusting input shaft end play, select adjusting shim for input
shaft rear bearing. To select adjusting shim, measure clearance
between transaxle case and input shaft rear bearing. For selecting
CAUTION:
• Calculate dimension (O) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the fol-
lowing procedure to satisfy specification of end play for input shaft
rear bearing.
End play : Refer to TM-224, "End Play". SCIA1001E
Dimension (O) = [(O1) − (O2)] − End play

O : Thickness of adjusting shim
O1 : Distance between transaxle case end face
O2 : Distance between clutch housing end face
and end face of input shaft rear bearing
sion (O1) between transaxle case end face and mounting face of
cardiagn.com
adjusting shim.
CAUTION:
SCIA1002E

figure, measure dimension (O2) between clutch housing end
face and end face of input shaft rear bearing.
CAUTION:
3. Install selected input shaft rear bearing adjusting shim onto input
shaft.
PCIB0792E
Striking Rod End Play

• When adjusting striking rod end play, select adjusting shim for
striking rod. To select adjusting shim , measure clearance
between transaxle case and striking rod shim . For selecting
: Striking rod
CAUTION:
• Calculate dimension (R) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the fol-
lowing procedure to satisfy specification of end play for striking
JPDIC0365ZZ
rod.

Dimension (R) = [(R1) − (R2)] − End play
TM-180
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
R : Thickness of adjusting shim
A
R1 : Distance between transaxle case end face
R2 : Distance between clutch housing end face
B
and end face of striking rod shim
1. Using a depth micrometer (A) and a straightedge (B), measure
dimension (R1) between transaxle case end face and mount- C
ing face of adjusting shim.
CAUTION:
R1: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
use the average value. TM
PCIB1824E
F
2. Using a depth micrometer (A) and a straightedge (B) as shown
in the figure, measure dimension (R2) between clutch housing
cardiagn.com
end face and end face of striking rod shim .
CAUTION: G
• R2: Measure at 4 point by approximately 90 degrees and
• When measuring, be careful for the inclination of striking H
rod assembly and striking rod shim.
3. Install selected striking rod adjusting shim onto striking rod
assembly. I
PCIB1825E
Mainshaft End Play

J
• When adjusting mainshaft end play, select adjusting shim for main-
shaft rear bearing. To select adjusting shim , measure clearance
(M) between transaxle case and dummy adjusting shim on
mainshaft rear bearing . For selecting adjusting shim, refer to the K
latest parts information.
: Snap ring L
: Mainshaft
CAUTION:
M
Only 1 adjusting shim can be selected. JPDIC0366ZZ
• Calculate dimension (P) (thickness of adjusting shim) using the fol-
lowing procedure to satisfy specification of end play for mainshaft rear bearing.
N
Dimension (P) = [(M) + (N)] − End play
P : Thickness of adjusting shim O
M : Distance between dummy adjusting shim on
mainshaft rear bearing end face and transaxle
case end face P
N* : Thickness of dummy adjusting shim

*: Refer to the latest parts information to use a dummy adjusting shim of which part number is the thinnest in thickness.
TM-181
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
a. Temporarily install snap ring of mainshaft rear bearing into tran-
saxle case.
CAUTION:
PCIB1842E
b. Install dummy adjusting shim to mainshaft assembly.
cardiagn.com
PCIB1826E
c. With shift lever (outer) held in the position shown in the figure,
CAUTION:
NOTE:
housing.
JPDIC0140ZZ
d. While rotating shift lever (outer) in the direction of the arrow

shown in the figure, assemble transaxle case to clutch housing.
NOTE:
rod.
JPDIC0141ZZ
e. Accessing from the bore plug hole, expand snap ring at main-
shaft rear bearing.
f. Temporarily tighten transaxle case mounting bolts.
PCIB1840E
TM-182
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
2. Shift the shift lever (outer) to 2nd gear position.

NOTE: A
B
PCIB1809E
TM
assembly is lifted.
E
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1923E
3. Seat snap ring in the groove on mainshaft rear bearing. If snap ring is not seated in the groove on main- H
shaft rear bearing, remove transaxle case and repeat the procedure 1 from step c.
4. Shift the shift lever (outer) to 1st gear position, and then shift it to 2nd gear position. Repeat 3 times.
NOTE: I
• The mainshaft rear bearing position will be stabilized by shifting between 1st gear position and 2nd gear
position alternately.
• The 1st gear position is attained when shift lever (outer) is J
in the position shown in the figure.
PCIB1881E
M
• When transaxle is shifted to the 1st gear position, mainshaft

assembly is declined. N
PCIB1934E
TM-183
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
5. Set the dial indicator (A) to dummy adjusting shim through the
bore plug mounting hole.
: Mainshaft rear bearing

: Snap ring
: Distance between dummy adjusting shim on mainshaft
M
rear bearing end face and transaxle case end face
PCIB1827E
6. Shift the shift lever (outer) to 2nd gear position , and then
rotate it in the direction of the arrow in the figure until it stops.
Using this position as the reference point, measure the amount
of movement when shifting shift lever (outer) to 1st gear position
and rotating it in the direction of the arrow in the figure until
it stops. This measurement is the (M) dimension.
7. When measurement (M) is 0 – 0.06 mm (0 – 0.0024 in), adjust-
ment terminates, and the dummy adjusting shim becomes regu-
lar adjusting shim. Select adjusting shim from the computed
cardiagn.com
expressions when measurement (M) is over 0.06 mm (0.0024
in).
PCIB1935E
TM-184
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
J
PCIB1888E
Input shaft front bearing Input shaft 3rd needle bearing K

3rd input gear 3rd inner baulk ring 3rd synchronizer cone
L
3rd-4th synchronizer hub 4th baulk ring 3rd-4th coupling sleeve
Thrust washer 5th input gear bushing 5th needle bearing M
5th input gear 5th baulk ring 5th-6th spread spring
N
6th baulk ring 6th input gear 6th needle bearing
Oil channel Input shaft rear bearing adjusting Retaining pin O
shim
Reverse idler shaft Thrust needle bearing Reverse idler gear needle bearing
Reverse insert spring Reverse idler gear (front) Reverse baulk ring P
Reverse coupling sleeve Reverse idler gear (rear) Reverse idler gear adjusting shim

CAUTION:
TM-185
DISASSEMBLY
1. Before disassembling, measure end play for 3rd, 4th, 5th, and
6th input gears.

2. Remove oil channel.
SCIA0966E
3. Press out input shaft rear bearing using the drift (A) (SST:
ST33052000) and separator (B) (commercial service tool).
4. Remove snap ring.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6509ZZ
5. Press out 6th input gear, 6th needle bearing, 6th input gear
bushing, 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly, and 5th input gear
using the drift (A) (SST: ST33052000) and separator (B) (com-
mercial service tool).
6. Remove 5th needle bearing.
PCIB1882E
7. Press out 5th input gear bushing, thrust washer, 4th input gear,
4th needle bearing, 4th input gear bushing, 3rd-4th synchronizer
hub assembly, and 3rd input gear using the drift (A) and separa-
tor (B) (commercial service tool).
8. Remove 3rd needle bearing.
JSDIA6510ZZ
TM-186
9. Press out input shaft front bearing using separator (A) (commer-
cial service tool). A
JSDIA6511ZZ
TM
ASSEMBLY
1. Install 3rd needle bearing to input shaft.
2. Install 3rd input gear, 3rd inner baulk ring, 3rd synchronizer cone, and 3rd outer baulk ring to input shaft. E
CAUTION:
Replace 3rd inner baulk ring, 3rd synchronizer cone, and 3rd outer baulk ring as a set.
3. Install 3rd-4th spread springs, 3rd-4th shifting inserts, and 3rd-4th synchronizer hub onto 3rd-4th coupling
F
sleeve.
CAUTION:
• Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th synchronizer
cardiagn.com
hub. G
• Never reuse 3rd-4th synchronizer hub and 3rd-4th cou-
pling sleeve.
• Replace 3rd-4th synchronizer hub and 3rd-4th coupling H
sleeve as a set.
SCIA0921E
J
• Be careful with the orientation of 3rd-4th coupling sleeve.
M
PCIB0799E
N
• Be sure not to hook center projection of 2 spread springs
on same shifting insert.
SCIA1083E
TM-187
4. Press-fit 3rd-4th synchronizer hub assembly using the press
stand (A) (SST: KV40105710).
CAUTION:
Align grooves of 3rd-4th shifting insert and 3rd outer baulk
ring.
JSDIA6512ZZ
5. Press-fit 4th input gear bushing using the press stand (A)
(SST: KV40105710).
6. Install 4th baulk ring.
7. Install 4th needle bearing and 4th input gear to input shaft.
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0352ZZ
8. Select thrust washer so that dimension (C2) satisfies the

standard value below. Then install thrust washer onto input
shaft. For selecting thrust washer, refer to the latest parts infor-
mation.
: 4th input gear
Dimension (C2) : Refer to TM-225, "Dimension".

CAUTION:
Only one thrust washer can be selected.
JPDIC0353ZZ
9. Press-fit 5th input gear bushing using the press stand (A) (SST:
KV40105710).
CAUTION:
Never reuse 5th input gear bushing.
10. Install 5th needle bearing and 5th input gear to input shaft.
11. Install 5th baulk ring.
JSDIA6513ZZ
TM-188
12. Install 5th-6th synchronizer hub, 5th-6th spread springs, and 5th-6th shifting inserts onto 5th-6th coupling
sleeve. A
CAUTION:
• Be careful with the orientation of 5th-6th synchronizer
hub.
B
:Transaxle front side
:Transaxle rear side
C
• Never reuse 5th-6th synchronizer hub and 5th-6th cou-
pling sleeve.
• Replace 5th-6th synchronizer hub and 5th-6th coupling TM
sleeve as a set.
PCIB1883E
E
• Be careful with the orientation of 5th-6th coupling sleeve.

F
cardiagn.com
G
H
PCIB1884E
• Be sure not to hook center projection of 2 spread springs I

on same shifting insert.
SCIA1083E L
13. Press-fit 5th-6th synchronizer hub assembly using the press

stand (A) (SST: KV40105710).
CAUTION: M
Align grooves of 5th-6th shifting insert and 5th baulk ring.
JSDIA6514ZZ
TM-189
14. Install 6th needle bearing, 6th input gear, 6th baulk ring onto 6th
input gear bushing and then press-fit 6th input gear bushing
onto input shaft using the drift (A) (SST: ST33200000).
JPDIC0354ZZ
15. Install snap ring onto input shaft and make sure that end play
(gap between snap ring and groove) of 6th input gear bushing
satisfies the standard value.

• If measurement is outside the standard range, select snap
ring. For selecting snap ring, refer to the latest parts informa-
tion.
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
SCIA0970E
16. Press-fit input shaft rear bearing using the drift (A) (SST:
ST30901000).
CAUTION:
Install input shaft rear bearing with its brown surface facing
the 6th input gear side.
JPDIC0355ZZ
17. Press-fit input shaft front bearing using the drift (A) (SST:
ST33052000) and the drift (B) (SST: ST30032000).
18. Install oil channel onto input shaft.
JSDIA6515ZZ
19. Check end play of 3rd, 4th, 5th, and 6th input gears.
SCIA0966E
TM-190
A
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones.
• Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, etc. of shaft. B
• Excessive wear, damage, peeling, etc. of gears.
• Excessive wear, damage, peeling, etc. of cam side of clutch gears.
C
TM
JPDIC0142ZZ
E
SYNCHRONIZER
Check items below. If necessary, replace them with new ones. F
• Damage and excessive wear of contact surfaces of coupling
sleeve, synchronizer hub and shifting insert.
cardiagn.com
• Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly.
G
SMT387A I
Baulk Ring and Spread Spring
Check damage or excessive wear on cam face of baulk ring or work-
ing face of insert. If necessary, replace it with new ones. J
SMT867D
M
Baulk Ring Clearance for Single Cone Synchronizer (4th, 5th, and 6th)
Push baulk ring on the cone and measure the clearance between
baulk ring and cone. If measurement is below limit, replace it with a
new one. N
Clearance : Refer to TM-224, "Baulk Ring Clear-

ance". O
SMT140
Baulk Ring Clearance for Double Cone Synchronizer (3rd)
TM-191
Check the clearance between outer baulk ring , synchronizer cone
, and inner baulk ring as follows.
CAUTION:
The clearances (A) and (B) are controlled with outer baulk ring,
synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as a set. Replace them
as a set if the clearances are outside the limit value.
JPDIC0357ZZ
1. Measure the clearance (A) at 2 points or more diagonally oppo-

site using a dial indicator (B) and the puller (C) (SST:
ST30031000). And then calculate mean value.
: Inner baulk ring

: Synchronizer cone
Clearance (A) : Refer to TM-224, "Baulk Ring Clear-
cardiagn.com
ance".
JPDIC0306ZZ
2. Measure the clearance (B) at 2 points or more diagonally oppo-

site using a feeler gauge (A). And then calculate mean value.
: Outer baulk ring

: Synchronizer cone
Clearance (B) : Refer to TM-224, "Baulk Ring Clear-

ance".
JPDIC0307ZZ
BEARING
Check for bearing damage and rough rotation. If necessary, replace
with a new one.
MTF0041D
TM-192
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
J
PCIB1889E
Mainshaft front bearing Mainshaft bearing retainer Mainshaft K

L
2nd inner baulk ring 1st-2nd coupling sleeve 2nd main gear bushing M
N
C-ring holder Snap ring Mainshaft rear bearing adjusting O
shim

P
CAUTION:
TM-193
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
DISASSEMBLY
1. Before disassembling, measure the end play of 1st and 2nd
main gears.
SCIA0973E
2. Remove snap ring , C-ring holder and then remove main-

shaft C-rings .
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0358ZZ
3. Press out mainshaft rear bearing, 6th main gear adjusting shim,
and 6th main gear using the drift (A) (SST: ST33052000) and a
separator (commercial service tool).
4. Remove 5th-6th mainshaft spacer.
JSDIA6499ZZ
5. Press out 4th main gear and 5th main gear using the drift (SST)
and a separator (commercial service tool).
6. Remove 4th main gear adjusting shim.
7. Remove 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer.
JSDIA6500ZZ
TM-194
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
8. Press out 3rd main gear and 2nd main gear using the drift (A)
(SST: KV40105020) and a separator (B) (commercial service A
tool).
9. Remove 2nd needle bearing.
B
PCIB1885E
TM
10. Press out 2nd main gear bushing, 1st-2nd synchronizer hub
assembly, 1st main gear, 1st needle bearing, 1st main gear
bushing, and reverse main gear using the drift (A) (SST:
E
KV40105020).
cardiagn.com
G
PCIB1886E
ASSEMBLY
H
1. Press-fit reverse main gear using the drifts (A and B) and the
press stand (C).
A : Drift (SST: ST35321000) I

B : Drift (SST: KV40106330)
C : Press stand (SST: ST38220000)
J
K
JSDIA6501ZZ
CAUTION:
• Be careful with the orientation of reverse main gear. L
• Never reuse reverse main gear.
SCIA0992E
O
TM-195
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
2. Press-fit 1st main gear bushing using the drifts (A and B) and
the press stand (C).

3. Install 1st needle bearing and then 1st main gear.
JSDIA6502ZZ
4. Install 1st-2nd spread springs, 1st-2nd shifting inserts, and 1st-2nd synchronizer hub onto 1st-2nd cou-
pling sleeve.
CAUTION:
• Be careful with the orientation of 1st-2nd synchronizer
hub.
• Never reuse 1st-2nd synchronizer hub and 1st-2nd cou-
pling sleeve.
• Replace 1st-2nd synchronizer hub and 1st-2nd coupling
sleeve as a set.
cardiagn.com
SCIA0921E
• Be careful with the orientation of 1st-2nd coupling sleeve.
PCIB0803E
• Be sure not to hook center projection of 2 spread springs

on same 1st-2nd shifting insert.
SCIA1083E
TM-196
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
5. Install 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, and 1st outer
baulk ring onto mainshaft and then press-fit 1st-2nd synchro- A
nizer hub assembly onto mainshaft using the drifts (A and B)
and the press stand (C).
B
C
CAUTION:
• Outer baulk ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring
on 2nd gear-side must have been removed. JSDIA6503ZZ
• Be careful with the orientation of coupling sleeve. TM

• Replace 1st inner baulk ring, 1st synchronizer cone, and 1st outer baulk ring as a set.
6. Press-fit 2nd main gear bushing using the drift (A) and the press E
stand (B).
A : Drift (SST: ST35321000) F

B : Press stand (SST: KV40105710)
7. Install 2nd outer baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and 2nd
cardiagn.com
inner baulk ring. G
CAUTION:
Replace 2nd outer baulk ring, 2nd synchronizer cone, and
2nd inner baulk ring as a set.
JSDIA6504ZZ H
8. Install 2nd needle bearing and 2nd main gear.
9. Press-fit 3rd main gear using the drift (A) and the press stand
(B). I
: Transaxle front side

J
B : Press stand (SST: KV40105710)
K
CAUTION:
• Be careful with the orientation of 3rd main gear.
• Never reuse 3rd main gear. JSDIA6505ZZ
L
10. Install 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer.
TM-197
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
11. Select 4th main gear adjusting shim so that dimension (C1) sat-
isfies the standard value below and install 4th main gear adjust-
ing shim onto mainshaft. For selecting 4th main gear
: 3rd-4th mainshaft spacer
Dimension (C1) : Refer to TM-225, "Dimension".

CAUTION:
Only one adjusting shim can be selected.
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0359ZZ
12. Press-fit 4th main gear using the drifts (A and B).

B : Drift (SST: ST30901000)
CAUTION:
• Be careful with the orientation of 4th main gear.
• Never reuse 4th main gear.
JSDIA6506ZZ

CAUTION:
14. Install 5th-6th mainshaft spacer. JSDIA6507ZZ

CAUTION:
JPDIC0372ZZ
TM-198
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
16. Select 6th main gear adjusting shim and then install it onto mainshaft.
• Calculate thickness (S) of 6th main gear adjusting shim, as per A
the following procedure so that end play dimension between
6th main gear and mainshaft rear bearing becomes the dimen-
sion shown below. For selecting 6th main gear adjusting shim, B
refer to the latest parts information.

C
Dimension (S) = [(S1) − (S2)] − End play
S : Thickness of adjusting shim
S1 : Dimension from mainshaft standard face to TM
mainshaft rear bearing press-fit end face
S2 : Dimension from mainshaft standard face to
6th main gear end face E
A : Height gauge
B : Pick tester F
CAUTION:
Only one adjusting shim can be selected.
cardiagn.com
a. Measure dimension (S1) and (S2) using a height gauge and a G
pick tester.
JPDIC0373ZZ
b. Install selected 6th main gear adjusting shim to mainshaft.
H
17. Press-fit mainshaft rear bearing using the drifts (A and B).
A : Drift (SST: ST30720000) I

K
JSDIA6508ZZ
18. Install mainshaft C-rings onto mainshaft and check that end play
L
of mainshaft rear bearing satisfies the standard value.

M
• If measurement is outside the standard range, reselect main-
shaft C-rings. For selecting mainshaft C-ring, refer to the latest
parts information.
N
SCIA0979E
O
TM-199
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
19. Install C-ring holder and then install snap ring .
JPDIC0371ZZ
20. Check end play of 1st and 2nd main gears.
cardiagn.com
SCIA0973E
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR

• Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, etc. of shaft.
JPDIC0143ZZ
SYNCHRONIZER
sleeve, synchronizer hub and shifting insert.
• Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub must move smoothly.
SMT387A
Baulk Ring and Spread Spring
TM-200
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
ing face of insert. If necessary, replace it with new ones. A
SMT867D
TM
Baulk Ring Clearance for Triple Cone Synchronizer (1st and 2nd)
Check the clearance between outer baulk ring , synchronizer cone
, and inner baulk ring as follows.
CAUTION: E
The clearances (A), (B), and (C) are controlled with outer baulk
ring, synchronizer cone, and inner baulk ring as a set. Replace
them as a set if the clearances are outside the limit value. F
cardiagn.com
G
JPDIC0308ZZ
H
1. Measure the clearance (A) at 2 points or more diagonally oppo-
site using a feeler gauge (B) when pressing outer baulk ring ,
synchronizer cone , and inner baulk ring toward gear taper
cone . And then calculate mean value. I
Clearance (A) : Refer to TM-224, "Baulk Ring Clear-

ance". J
K
JPDIC0034ZZ
2. Measure the clearance (B) at 2 points or more diagonally oppo-

site using a feeler gauge (A). And then calculate mean value. L
: Outer baulk ring

: Synchronizer cone M
Clearance (B) : Refer to TM-224, "Baulk Ring Clear-

N
ance".
JPDIC0307ZZ
O
TM-201
MAINSHAFT AND GEAR
3. Measure the clearance (C) at 2 points or more diagonally oppo-
site using a feeler gauge (A) when pressing outer baulk ring ,
synchronizer cone , and inner baulk ring toward gear taper
cone . And then calculate mean value.
Clearance (C) : Refer to TM-224, "Baulk Ring Clear-

ance".
JPDIC0035ZZ
BEARING
with a new one.
cardiagn.com
MTF0041D
TM-202
A
TM
JSDIA6367ZZ
cardiagn.com
Retaining pin Reverse idler shaft Thrust needle bearing G
Reverse baulk ring Reverse coupling sleeve Reverse idler gear (rear) H
Reverse idler gear adjusting shim

I
CAUTION: J

K
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove reverse idler gear (rear), reverse coupling sleeve, and reverse insert springs simultaneously. L
2. Remove reverse idler gear needle bearing of the rear side.
3. Remove thrust needle bearing of the rear side.
4. Remove reverse baulk ring. M
5. Remove reverse idler gear (front).
6. Remove reverse idler gear needle bearing of the front side.
N
7. Remove thrust needle bearing of the front side.
8. Remove retaining pin from reverse idler shaft.
ASSEMBLY O
Note the following, and assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
CAUTION:
P
TM-203
• Be careful with the orientation of reverse insert spring.
PCIB1924E

• Damage, peeling, dent, uneven wear, bending, etc. of shaft.
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0144ZZ
SYNCHRONIZER
sleeve, synchronizer hub of reverse idler gear (rear), and insert
spring.
• Coupling sleeve and synchronizer hub of reverse idler gear (rear)
must move smoothly.
SMT637A
Baulk Ring
ing face of insert. If necessary, replace it with new ones.
SMT867D
Baulk Ring Clearance for Single Cone Synchronizer (Reverse)
TM-204
Push baulk ring on the cone and measure the clearance between
baulk ring and cone. If the measurement is below limit, replace it with A
a new one.
Clearance : Refer to TM-224, "Baulk Ring Clear- B

ance".
SMT140
TM
BEARING
Check for bearing damage and rough rotation. If necessary, replace with a new one.
E
cardiagn.com
G
TM-205
cardiagn.com
PCIB1806E

Reverse fork rod Return spring Striking rod
5th-6th fork rod

DISASSEMBLY
TM-206
For disassembly procedures other than the following items, refer to TM-129, "2WD : Disassembly and Assem-
bly" (2WD) or TM-159, "4WD : Disassembly and Assembly" (4WD). A
Striking Rod
Remove return spring to striking rod.
B
TM
PCIB1867E
E
ASSEMBLY
For assembly procedures other than the following items, refer to TM-129, "2WD : Disassembly and Assembly"
F
Striking Rod
1. Temporarily install return spring to striking rod.
cardiagn.com
CAUTION: G
Be careful with the orientation of return spring.
PCIB1830E
J
2. Attach one end of the return spring to striking interlock of striking
rod while holding return spring.
K
M
PCIB1831E
CAUTION: N
When installing, check that return spring is securely seated
in the groove of striking interlock of striking rod.
O
PCIB1833E
TM-207
STRIKING ROD AND RETURN SPRING

Check contact surfaces and sliding area for wear, damage, bending,
etc. If necessary, replace parts.
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0145ZZ
FORK ROD AND SHIFT FORK

• Check contact surfaces and sliding area for wear, damage, bend-
ing, etc. If necessary, replace parts.
PCIB1869E
TM-208
• Check if the width of shift fork hook (sliding area with coupling
sleeve) is within allowable specification below. A
One-side wear specification : Refer to TM-225, "Di-

mension". B
Sliding width of new part : Refer to TM-225, "Di-
mension".
C
SMT801D
TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-209
FINAL DRIVE
FINAL DRIVE
2WD
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0467GB
Differential side bearing outer race Differential side bearing (clutch hous- Differential case
(clutch housing side) ing side)
Final gear Differential side bearing (transaxle Differential side bearing outer race
case side) (transaxle case side)
Differential side bearing adjusting Pinion mate shaft Side gear
shim
Retaining pin

CAUTION:
DISASSEMBLY
1. Remove final gear mounting bolts and then separate the final gear from differential case.
TM-210
FINAL DRIVE
2. Remove differential side bearing (clutch housing side) using drift
(A), puller (B), and separator (C). A

B : Puller (commercial service tool) B
C : Separator (commercial service tool)
CAUTION:
• Hook a separator on the inner race of differential side C
bearing.
• Never damage differential side bearing.
JSDIA6495ZZ
TM
3. Remove differential side bearing (transaxle case side) using drift
(A), puller (B), and separator (C).
E
B : Puller (commercial service tool)
F
CAUTION:
• Hook a separator on the inner race of differential side
cardiagn.com
bearing.
• Never damage differential side bearing. G
JSDIA6496ZZ
4. Remove retaining pin from differential case using a pin punch

H
(A) (commercial service tool) and then remove pinion mate
shaft.
5. Rotate pinion mate gears and remove pinion mate gears, pinion
mate thrust washers, side gears, and side gear thrust washers I
from differential case.
JSDIA6497ZZ
K
ASSEMBLY
1. Apply gear oil to sliding area of differential case, each gear, and thrust washer.
2. Install side gear thrust washers and side gears into differential case. L
3. While rotating pinion mate thrust washers and pinion mate
gears, aligning them diagonally, install them into differential
case. M
O
SMT839
TM-211
FINAL DRIVE
4. Insert pinion mate shaft into differential case.
CAUTION:
Be sure not to damage pinion mate thrust washers.
MTK0132D
5. Measure the end play of side gears, as per the following procedure. Then select side gear thrust washer.
a. Put differential case vertically so that its side gear to be measured faces upward.
b. Place the drift (A) (SST: ST15243000) and a dial indicator (B)
onto side gears.
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0360ZZ
c. Move side gears up and down to measure the clearance and

select side gear thrust washer so that it satisfies the standard
value. For selecting side gear thrust washer, refer to the latest
parts information.
Allowable Clearance be- : Refer to TM-226, "Differen-

tween side gear and dif- tial Side Gear Clearance".
ferential case with thrust
washer
CAUTION:
SMT611A
• There should be no resistance and gears should rotate
freely.
• Place differential case upside down. Measure the end play for opposite side gears likewise
securely.
• Only one thrust washer can be selected.
6. Install retaining pin into pinion mate shaft using a pin punch (A)
CAUTION:
JSDIA6497ZZ
TM-212
FINAL DRIVE
7. Press-fit differential side bearing (transaxle case side) to differ-
ential case using the drifts (A and B). A

B : Drift (SST: KV38102510) B
CAUTION:
ing outer race as a set. C
JSDIA6498ZZ
TM
8. Press-fit differential side bearing (clutch housing side) to differ-
ential case using the drifts (A and B).
E
CAUTION: F
cardiagn.com
G
JPDIC0079ZZ
9. Install final gear into differential case and tighten final gear
H
mounting bolts to the specified torque.
SCIA0912E
K
INSPECTION BEFORE DISASSEMBLY L

Check the clearance between side gears and differential case as follows.
1. Clean final drive assembly sufficiently to prevent side gear thrust washer, differential case, side gear, and
other parts from sticking by gear oil. M
2. Put differential case vertically so that its side gear to be measured faces upward.
3. Place the drift (A) (SST: ST15243000) and a dial indicator (B)
onto side gear.
N
JPDIC0360ZZ
TM-213
FINAL DRIVE
4. Move side gear up and down, and measure the clearance.

washer
CAUTION:
There should be no resistance and gears should rotate
freely.
5. If not within specification, adjust the clearance by changing side
SMT611A
gear thrust washer thickness. For selecting side gear thrust
washer, refer to the latest parts information.
6. Turn differential case upside down and measure the clearance between side gear and differential case on
the other side in the same way.
Gear, Washer, Shaft, and Case
Check side gears, side gear thrust washers, pinion mate shaft, pin-
ion mate gears, pinion mate thrust washers and differential case. If
necessary, replace with a new one.
cardiagn.com
MTK0135D
Bearing
with a new one.
CAUTION:
When replacing tapered roller bearing, replace outer and inner
races as a set.
SPD715
4WD
TM-214
FINAL DRIVE
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA6362GB
I
Differential side bearing adjusting Differential side bearing outer race Differential side bearing (transaxle
shim (transaxle case side) case side)
Final gear Retaining pin Differential case J
Reduction gear Differential side bearing (clutch hous- Differential side bearing outer race
ing side) (clutch housing side)
Side gear thrust washer Pinion mate gear Pinion mate thrust washer K
Side gear Pinion mate shaft Output gear
Output gear bearing Snap ring
L
M
CAUTION: N

O
DISASSEMBLY
Differential Case P
1. Remove final gear mounting bolts and then separate the final gear from differential case.
TM-215
FINAL DRIVE
2. Remove reduction gear mounting bolts.
JPDIC0036ZZ
3. Remove differential side bearing (clutch housing side) using the

drift (A), puller (B), and separator (C).

CAUTION:
Hook a separator on the inner race of differential side bear-
cardiagn.com
ing.
4. Remove reduction gear. JSDIA6495ZZ
5. Remove differential side bearing (transaxle case side) using drift

(A), puller (B), and separator (C).

CAUTION:
• Hook a separator on the inner race of differential side
bearing.
• Never damage differential side bearing.
JSDIA6496ZZ
6. Remove retaining pin from differential case using a pin punch

(A) (commercial service tool) and then remove pinion mate
shaft.
7. Rotate pinion mate gears and remove pinion mate gears, pinion
mate thrust washers, side gears, and side gear thrust washers
from differential case.
JSDIA6497ZZ
Output Gear
TM-216
FINAL DRIVE
A
: Output gear
JPDIC0104ZZ
TM
: Output gear groove

E
: Snap ring notch
cardiagn.com
G
JPDIC0040ZZ
3. Remove output gear bearing using the drift (A) (SST:

ST30612000) and separator (B) (commercial service tool). H
JPDIC0038ZZ
K
ASSEMBLY
Differential Case
1. Apply gear oil to sliding area of differential case, each gear, and thrust washer. L
2. Install side gear thrust washers and side gears into differential case.
3. While rotating pinion mate thrust washers and pinion mate
gears, aligning them diagonally, install them into differential M
case.
SMT839
P
TM-217
FINAL DRIVE
4. Insert pinion mate shaft into differential case.
CAUTION:
Be sure not to damage pinion mate thrust washers.
MTK0132D
5. Measure the end play of side gears, as per the following procedure. Then select side gear thrust washer.
a. Put differential case vertically so that its side gear to be measured faces upward.
b. Place the drift (A) (SST: ST15243000) and a dial indicator (B)
onto side gear.
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0360ZZ
c. Move side gears up and down to measure the clearance and

select side gear thrust washer so that it satisfies the standard
value. For selecting side gear thrust washer, refer to the latest
parts information.

washer
CAUTION:
SMT611A
• There should be no resistance and gears should rotate
freely.
• Place differential case upside down. Measure the end play for opposite side gears likewise
securely.
• Only one thrust washer can be selected.
6. Install retaining pin into pinion mate shaft using a pin punch (A)
CAUTION:
JSDIA6497ZZ
TM-218
FINAL DRIVE
7. Install reduction gear into differential case and tighten reduction
gear mounting bolts to the specified torque. A
JPDIC0036ZZ
TM
8. Press-fit differential side bearing (clutch housing side) to differ-
E
B : Drift (commercial service tool)
CAUTION: F
• Never reuse differential side bearing.
• Replace differential side bearing and differential side
cardiagn.com
bearing outer race as a set.
G
JSDIA6370ZZ
9. Press-fit differential side bearing (transaxle case side) to differ-

H

B : Drift (SST: KV38102510) I
CAUTION:
ing outer race as a set. J
JPDIC0079ZZ
K
10. Install final gear to differential case and tighten final gear mount-
ing bolts to the specified torque.
L
N
JPDIC0149ZZ
Output Gear O
TM-219
FINAL DRIVE
1. Install output gear bearing to output gear using a drift (A)
CAUTION:
Be careful with the orientation of output gear bearing.
JPDIC0039ZZ
2. Install snap ring onto output gear and make sure that the end
play (gap between snap ring and groove) of output gear bearing
satisfies the standard value.

CAUTION:
• Only one snap ring can be selected.
cardiagn.com
• Never align snap ring notch with output gear groove
when assembling.
JPDIC0040ZZ
3. Install snap ring, as per the following procedure.

CAUTION:
If the following steps b and c are not performed when installing snap ring, it may become detached
from output gear.
a. Press of the snap ring against of the output gear .
CAUTION:
JSDIA6521ZZ
b. Press snap ring from the direction shown in the figure. Tem-
porarily install it so that the rim of snap ring contacts with of
output gear .
CAUTION:
• When compressing snap ring, outside diameter of snap
ring must not become 46 mm (1.81 in) or less.
• Never press snap ring excessively.
• Never insert snap ring in of output gear.
JSDIA6522ZZ
TM-220
FINAL DRIVE
c. Evenly press snap ring in the axial direction to install it on
of output gear . A
CAUTION:
• Securely install snap ring on of output gear.
B
JSDIA6523ZZ
TM
• Snap ring must not lie off of output gear .
cardiagn.com
G
JPDIC0042ZZ

H
INSPECTION BEFORE DISASSEMBLY

Check the clearance between side gears and differential case as follows. I
1. Clean final drive assembly sufficiently to prevent side gear thrust washer, differential case, side gear, and
other parts from sticking by gear oil.
2. Put differential case vertically so that its side gear to be measured faces upward.
3. Place the drift (A) (SST: ST15243000) and a dial indicator (B) J
onto side gear.
JPDIC0360ZZ
M
4. Move side gear up and down, and measure the clearance.

N
ferential case with thrust O
washer
CAUTION:
There should be no resistance and gears should rotate P
freely.
5. If not within specification, adjust the clearance by changing side
SMT611A
gear thrust washer thickness. For selecting side gear thrust
washer, refer to the latest parts information.
6. Turn differential case upside down and measure the clearance between side gear and differential case on
the other side in the same way.
TM-221
FINAL DRIVE
Gear, Washer, Shaft, and Case
Check side gears, side gear thrust washers, pinion mate shaft, pin-
ion mate gears, pinion mate thrust washers and differential case. If
necessary, replace with a new one.
MTK0135D
Output Gear and Reduction Gear

Check output gear and reduction gear. If necessary, replace with a new one.
Bearing
Check for bearings damage and rough rotation. If necessary, replace
with a new one.
CAUTION:
When replacing tapered roller bearing, replace outer and inner
races as a set.
cardiagn.com
SPD715
TM-222
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [6MT: RS6F52A]
SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) A

General Specifications INFOID:0000000010921117
B
Applied model Axle 2WD 4WD

C
Engine R9M
Transaxle model RS6F52A
Number of speed 6 TM
Synchromesh type Warner
Shift pattern
E
cardiagn.com
PCIB1769E
G
Gear ratio 1st 3.727
2nd 2.043
3rd 1.322 H
4th 0.947
5th 0.723
6th 0.596 I
Reverse 3.641
Final gear 4.428
J
Number of teeth Input gear 1st 11
2nd 23
3rd 31 K
4th 38
5th 47
L
6th 52
Reverse 11
Main gear 1st 41 M
2nd 47
3rd 41
N
4th 36
5th 34
6th 31 O
Reverse 39
Reverse idler gear Front/Rear (Input/Output) 37/38
Final gear Final gear/Pinion 62/14 P
Side gear/Pinion mate gear 13/10
Oil level 43.0 – 48.0 mm 87.0 – 92.0 mm
(1.693 – 1.890 in) (3.425 – 3.622 in)
Oil capacity (Reference) Refer to MA-23, "Fluids and Lubricants".
TM-223
Applied model Axle 2WD 4WD
Engine R9M
Transaxle model RS6F52A
Remarks Reverse synchronizer Installed
Double-cone synchronizer 3rd
Triple-cone synchronizer 1st and 2nd
End Play INFOID:0000000010919435
Unit: mm (in)
Item Standard
3rd 0.18 – 0.31 (0.0071 – 0.0122)
4th 0.20 – 0.30 (0.0079 – 0.0118)
Input gear
5th 0.06 – 0.16 (0.0024 – 0.0063)
6th 0.06 – 0.16 (0.0024 – 0.0063)
1st 0.20 – 0.30 (0.0079 – 0.0118)
Main gear 2nd 0.06 – 0.16 (0.0024 – 0.0063)
cardiagn.com
6th 0 – 0.1 (0 – 0.004)
Reverse idler gear 0.04 – 0.10 (0.0016 – 0.0039)
6th input gear bushing 0 – 0.1 (0 – 0.004)
Input shaft 0 – 0.06 (0 – 0.0024)
Mainshaft 0 – 0.06 (0 – 0.0024)
Mainshaft C-ring 0 – 0.06 (0 – 0.0024)
Striking rod 0.05 – 0.152 (0.0020 – 0.0060)
Output gear bearing (For 4WD only) 0 – 0.06 (0 – 0.0024)
Output gear assembly (For 4WD only) 0 – 0.06 (0 – 0.0024)
Baulk Ring Clearance INFOID:0000000010919436
Unit: mm (in)
Measurement point Standard Limit

3rd Clearance (A) between synchronizer cone 0.6 – 0.8 (0.024 – 0.031) 0.2 (0.008)
(Double-cone synchronizer) and inner baulk ring end face
Clearance (B) between outer baulk ring 0.6 – 1.1 (0.024 –0.043) 0.2 (0.008)
pawl and synchronizer cone
PCIB0249E
1st and 2nd Clearance (A) between synchronizer cone 0.6 – 1.2 (0.024 – 0.047) 0.3 (0.012)
(Triple-cone synchronizer) and clutch gear end face
Clearance (B) between outer baulk ring 0.6 – 1.1 (0.024 – 0.043) 0.2 (0.008)
pawl and synchronizer cone
Clearance (C) between inner baulk ring and 0.7 – 1.1 (0.028 – 0.043) 0.3 (0.012)
clutch gear end face
PCIB0835J
4th 0.9 – 1.45 (0.035 – 0.057) 0.7 (0.028)

5th 0.95 – 1.4 (0.037 – 0.055) 0.7 (0.028)
TM-224
Measurement point Standard Limit
A
6th 0.95 – 1.4 (0.037 – 0.055) 0.7 (0.028)
Reverse 0.95 – 1.4 (0.037 – 0.055) 0.7 (0.028)
Dimension INFOID:0000000010919437 B
INPUT SHAFT
Unit: mm (in) C
Measurement point Standard
Dimension (C2) between mounting face of 161.8 – 161.9 (6.370 – 6.374)
input shaft front bearing and thrust washer TM
end face
cardiagn.com
JPDIC0364ZZ
G
MAINSHAFT
Unit: mm (in)
Measurement point Standard H
Dimension (C1) between mounting face of 182.85 – 182.95 (7.199 – 7.203)
mainshaft front bearing and 4th main gear
adjusting shim end face I
JPDIC0363ZZ
SHIFT FORK L
Unit: mm (in)
Measurement point One-side wear specification Sliding width of new part
1st-2nd 0.2 (0.008) 7.80 – 7.93 (0.3071 – 0.3122)
M
3rd-4th 0.2 (0.008) 7.80 – 7.93 (0.3071 – 0.3122)

5th-6th 0.2 (0.008) 6.10 – 6.23 (0.2402 – 0.2453)
N
Reverse 0.2 (0.008) 12.80 – 12.93 (0.5039 – 0.5091)
P
SMT801D
TM-225
Differential Side Bearing Preload INFOID:0000000010919438
Unit: mm (in)
Item Standard
2WD 0.15 – 0.21 (0.0059 – 0.0083)
Differential side bearing preload: L*
4WD 0.11 – 0.17 (0.0043 – 0.0067)
*: Install shims which are “deflection of differential case” + “L” in thickness.
Differential Side Gear Clearance INFOID:0000000010919439
Unit: mm (in)
Item Standard
Allowable clearance between side gear and differential case with thrust washer 0.1 – 0.2 (0.004 – 0.008)
cardiagn.com
TM-226
HOW TO USE THIS SECTION
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [CVT: RE0F10D]
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL A

Information INFOID:0000000011046249
B
Both “VDC” and “ESP” are used in this manual. These indicate the same system.
C
TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-227
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [CVT: RE0F10D]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
WARNING:
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
cardiagn.com
connectors.
WARNING:
a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
INFOID:0000000010622415
CAUTION:
power source to the OFF, then disconnect both battery cables.
• Always use CONSULT to perform self-diagnosis as a part of each function inspection after finishing
cannot be turned.
If turning the steering wheel is required with the battery disconnected or discharged, follow the operation pro-
OPERATION PROCEDURE
NOTE:
2. Open driver door.
NOTE:
TM-228
PRECAUTIONS
to OFF position, the accessory power source does not turned OFF and continues to be supplied for a A
nected and the steering wheel can be turned. B
the ignition switch from OFF position to ON position, then to LOCK position. (The steering wheel will lock C
TM
the lower end of windshield with urethane, etc to prevent damage to E
windshield.
cardiagn.com
G
PIIB3706J
H
or remote keyless entry or by opening/closing the driver side door. In addition, ACC power is supplied even I
power before disconnecting the 12V battery terminal, observing J
NOTE:
switch is turned OFF and ignition power supply is stopped. If the K
• For vehicles with the 2-batteries, be sure to connect the main bat- L
NOTE:
SEF289H
main battery and sub battery disconnected, then DTC may be detected. M
NOTE:
The removal of 12V battery may cause a DTC detection error. N
For vehicles parked by ignition switch OFF, refer to Instruction 2. O
INSTRUCTION 1
1. Open the hood.
P

TM-229
PRECAUTIONS
M9R engine : 4 minutes
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
NOTE:
At this moment, ACC power is supplied.
3. Open the hood.
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
Precaution for TCM and Transaxle Assembly Replacement INFOID:0000000010622418
CAUTION:
• To replace TCM, refer to TM-301, "Description".
• To replace transaxle assembly, refer to TM-303, "Description".
• To replace TCM and transaxle assembly simultaneously, refer to TM-305, "Description".
General Precautions INFOID:0000000010622419
• Turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable

from the negative terminal before connecting or disconnect-
ing the CVT assembly harness connector. Because battery
voltage is applied to TCM even if ignition switch is turned
OFF.
SEF289H
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or

from TCM, do not damage pin terminals (bend or break).
Check that there are not any bends or breaks on TCM pin ter-
minal, when connecting pin connectors.
AAT470A
TM-230
PRECAUTIONS
• Perform TCM input/output signal inspection and check A

whether TCM functions normally or not before replacing TCM.
Refer to TM-277, "Reference Value".
MEF040DA
TM
• Perform “DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) CONFIRMATION

PROCEDURE”. E
If the repair is completed DTC should not be displayed in the
“DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.
cardiagn.com
G
JSBIA1315ZZ
H
• Always use the specified brand of CVT fluid. Refer to MA-23, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Use lint-free paper not cloth rags during work.
• Dispose of the waste oil using the methods prescribed by law, ordinance, etc. after replacing the CVT fluid. I
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of CVT and Engine INFOID:0000000010622420
The TCM and ECM have an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to J
warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal
before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid K
valves, etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, L
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit.
M
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and
ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer. N
Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit Connector INFOID:0000000010622421
O
REMOVAL
TM-231
PRECAUTIONS
• Rotate bayonet ring counterclockwise. Pull out CVT unit har-
ness connector upward and remove it.
SCIA6685J
INSTALLATION
1. Align marking on CVT unit harness connector terminal with
marking on bayonet ring. Insert CVT unit harness connector.
2. Rotate bayonet ring clockwise.
cardiagn.com
JPDIA0294ZZ
3. Rotate bayonet ring clockwise until marking on CVT unit har-

ness connector terminal body is aligned with the slit on bayo-
net ring as shown in the figure (correctly fitting condition).
JPDIA0295ZZ
CAUTION:
• Securely align marking on CVT unit harness connector
terminal body with bayonet ring slit . Then, be careful
not to make a half fit condition as shown in the figure.
• Never mistake the slit of bayonet ring for other dent por-
tion.
JPDIA0296ZZ
TM-232
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [CVT: RE0F10D]
PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
B
Tool number
Description C
Tool name
1. KV311039S0 CVT fluid changing and adjustment
Charging pipe set
2. KV31103920* TM
O-ring
E
JSDIA1844ZZ
KV38107900 Installing drive shaft

Protector F
a: 32 mm (1.26 in) dia.
cardiagn.com
G
PDIA1183J
H
*: The O-ring as a unit part is set as a SST.
I
Tool number
Description
Tool name J
Power tool Loosening nuts and bolts
L
PBIC0190E
Lint-free paper Cleaning transaxle

M
JSDIA4746ZZ
Oil seal remover Removing each oil seal O
JSDIA4998ZZ
TM-233
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [CVT: RE0F10D]
Tool number
Description
Tool name
Drift Installing differential side oil seal
a: 56 mm (2.20 in) dia.
b: 50 mm (1.97 in) dia.
NT115
Drift Installing converter housing oil

a: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia. seal
b: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
NT115
cardiagn.com
TM-234
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F10D]
COMPONENT PARTS
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
B
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010622424
MR20DD Models C
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5624ZZ
O
CVT shift selector assembly Engine room, LH Transaxle assembly
TM-235
COMPONENT PARTS
QR25DE Models
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5625ZZ
CVT shift selector assembly Engine room, LH Transaxle assembly
TM-236
COMPONENT PARTS
No. Component Function A

Mainly transmits the following signal to TCM via CAN communication.
• Manual mode signal
• Non-manual mode signal
B
• Manual mode upshift signal
• Manual mode downshift signal
Combination meter
Mainly receives the following signals from TCM via CAN communication.
• Shift position signal C
• Manual mode shift refusal signal
Refer to MWI-7, "METER SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" for de-
tailed installation location.
TM
• ABS operation signal
• TCS operation signal
• VDC operation signal E
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) • ABS malfunction signal
• Vehicle speed signal
• Decel G signal
Refer to BRC-14, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation loca- F
tion.
cardiagn.com
• Engine and CVT integrated control signal
G
NOTE:
General term for the communication (torque-down permission, torque-
down request, etc.) exchanged between the ECM and TCM.
• Engine speed signal H
• Engine coolant temperature signal
ECM
• Accelerator pedal position signal
• Closed throttle position signal
Mainly receives the following signals from TCM via CAN communication. I
• Malfunctioning indicator lamp signal
Refer to EC-28, "ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion" (MR20DD), EC-440, "Component Parts Location" (QR25DE) for de-
tailed installation location. J
• Stop lamp switch signal
BCM
Refer to BCS-6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location" K
for detailed installation location.
ECO mode switch DMS-6, "ECO Mode Switch"
Manual mode switch TM-243, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Manual Mode Switch" L
TCM TM-238, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : TCM"
Transmission range switch TM-238, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Transmission Range Switch" M
Input speed sensor TM-239, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Input Speed Sensor"
CVT fluid temperature sensor* TM-240, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor"
N
Primary pressure sensor* TM-241, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Pressure Sensor"
Secondary pressure sensor* TM-241, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Pressure Sensor"
Line pressure solenoid valve* TM-243, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Line Pressure Solenoid Valve" O
Control
valve Primary pressure solenoid valve* TM-242, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Pressure Solenoid Valve"
Secondary pressure solenoid valve* TM-242, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Pressure Solenoid Valve"
P
Torque converter clutch solenoid TM-243, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid
valve* Valve"
Select solenoid valve* TM-242, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Select Solenoid Valve"
CVT unit connector —
Primary speed sensor TM-238, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Speed Sensor"
Output speed sensor TM-239, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Output Speed Sensor"
TM-237
COMPONENT PARTS
*: These components are included in control valve assembly.
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : TCM INFOID:0000000010622425
• The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply.
• The vehicle driving status is judged based on the signals from the
sensors, switches, and other control units, and the optimal tran-
saxle control is performed.
• For TCM control items, refer to TM-490, "CVT CONTROL SYS-
TEM : System Description".
JSDIA4183ZZ
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Transmission Range Switch INFOID:0000000010622426
• The transmission range switch is installed to upper part of tran-

saxle case.
• The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA4184ZZ
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Speed Sensor INFOID:0000000010622427
• The primary speed sensor is installed to side cover of transaxle.

• The primary speed sensor detects primary pulley speed.
JSDIA3073ZZ
TM-238
COMPONENT PARTS
• The primary speed sensor generates an ON-OFF pulse signal according to the rotating body speed. TCM
judges the rotating body speed from the pulse signal. A
TM
F
JSDIA1824GB
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Output Speed Sensor
cardiagn.com
INFOID:0000000010622428
G
• The output speed sensor is installed to back side of transaxle.
• The output speed sensor detects final gear speed.
H
J
JSDIA3073ZZ
• The output speed sensor generates an ON-OFF pulse signal according to the rotating body speed. TCM K
judges the rotating body speed from the pulse signal.
JSDIA1824GB
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Input Speed Sensor INFOID:0000000010622429
• The input speed sensor is installed to the front side of transaxle case.
TM-239
COMPONENT PARTS
- MR20DD models
JSDIA3074ZZ
- QR25DE models
cardiagn.com
JSDIA3073ZZ
• The input speed sensor detects input shaft speed.

• The input speed sensor generates an ON-OFF pulse signal according to the rotating body speed. TCM
JSDIA1824GB
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000010622430
• The CVT fluid temperature sensor is installed to control valve.

• The CVT fluid temperature sensor detects CVT fluid temperature in oil pan.
TM-240
COMPONENT PARTS
• The fluid temperature sensor uses a thermistor, and changes the signal voltage by converting changes in the
CVT fluid temperature to a resistance value. TCM evaluates the CVT fluid temperature from the signal volt- A
age value.
TM
JSDIA1825GB
cardiagn.com
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010622431 G
• The primary pressure sensor is installed to control valve.

• The primary pressure sensor detects the pressure applied to the primary pulley. H
• When pressure is applied to the ceramic device in the primary pressure sensor, the ceramic device is
deformed, resulting in voltage change. TCM evaluates the primary pressure from its voltage change. Voltage
is increased along with pressure increase.
I
M
JSDIA1831GB
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010622432 N
• The secondary pressure sensor is installed to control valve.

• The secondary pressure sensor detects the pressure applied to the secondary pulley.
O
TM-241
COMPONENT PARTS
• When pressure is applied to the metal diaphragm in the secondary pressure sensor, the metal diaphragm is
deformed, resulting in voltage change. TCM evaluates the secondary pressure from its voltage change. Volt-
age is increased along with pressure increase.
JSDIA1831GB
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Pressure Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010622433
cardiagn.com
• The primary pressure solenoid valve is installed to control valve.
• The primary pressure solenoid valve controls the primary reducing valve. For information about the primary
reducing valve, refer to TM-251, "TRANSAXLE : Component Description".
• The primary pressure solenoid valve uses the linear solenoid valve
[N/H (normal high) type].
NOTE:
• The principle of the linear solenoid valve utilizes the fact that the
force pressing on the valve spool installed inside the coil
increases nearly in proportion to the current. This allows it to pro-
duce a fluid pressure that is proportional to this pressing force.
• The N/H (normal high) produces hydraulic control when the coil
is not energized.
JSDIA3647GB
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Pressure Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010622434
• The secondary pressure solenoid valve is installed to control valve.

• The secondary pressure solenoid valve controls the secondary reducing valve. For information about the
secondary reducing valve, refer to TM-251, "TRANSAXLE : Component Description".
• The secondary pressure solenoid valve uses the linear solenoid
valve [N/H (normal high) type].
NOTE:
is not energized.
JSDIA3647GB
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Select Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010622435
• The select solenoid valve is installed to control valve.

• The select solenoid valve adjusts the forward clutch engaging pressure and the reverse brake engaging
pressure. For information about the forward clutch and reverse brake, refer to TM-251, "TRANSAXLE :
Component Description".
TM-242
COMPONENT PARTS
• The select solenoid valve uses the linear solenoid valve [N/H (nor-
mal high) type]. A
NOTE:
B
• The N/H (normal high) type produces hydraulic control when the
coil is not energized. C
JSDIA3647GB
TM
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010622436
• The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is installed to control valve.

• The torque converter clutch solenoid valve controls the torque converter clutch control valve. For information E
about the torque converter clutch control valve, refer to TM-251, "TRANSAXLE : Component Description".
• The torque converter clutch solenoid valve utilizes a linear sole-
noid valve [N/L (normal low) type]. F
NOTE:
cardiagn.com
increases nearly in proportion to the current. This allows it to pro- G
• The N/L (normal low) type does not produce hydraulic control
when the coil is not energized. H
JSDIA3648GB
I
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Line Pressure Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010622437
• The line pressure solenoid valve is installed to control valve.

• The line pressure solenoid valve controls the pressure regulator valve. For information about the pressure J
regulator valve, refer to TM-251, "TRANSAXLE : Component Description".
• The line pressure solenoid valve uses the linear solenoid valve [N/
H (normal high) type].
K
NOTE:
increases nearly in proportion to the current. This allows it to pro- L
is not energized. M
JSDIA3647GB
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Manual Mode Switch INFOID:0000000010622438

N
• The manual mode switch [mode select switch and position

select switch (upshift/downshift)] is installed in the CVT shift selec- O
tor assembly.
• The mode select switch detects the position (the main shift gate
side or manual shift gate side) of the selector lever and transmits a
manual mode signal or a not manual mode signal to the combina- P
tion meter. Then, the TCM receives a manual mode signal or non-
manual mode signal from the combination meter.
• The position select switch (upshift) detects that the selector lever is
shifted to the upshift side of the manual shift gate and transmits a
manual mode upshift signal to the combination meter. Then, the JSDIA5578ZZ
TCM receives a manual mode upshift signal from the combination
meter.
TM-243
COMPONENT PARTS
• The position select switch (downshift) detects that the selector lever is shifted to the downshift side of the
manual shift gate and transmits a manual mode downshift signal to the combination meter. Then, the TCM
receives a manual mode downshift signal from the combination meter.
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010622440
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6401ZZ
Brake pedal, upper CVT shift selector assembly

Stop lamp switch TM-244, "SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Stop Lamp Switch"
Shift lock solenoid TM-245, "SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Shift Lock Solenoid"
Park position switch TM-245, "SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Park Position Switch"
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000010622441
• The stop lamp switch turns ON when the brake pedal is

depressed.
• When the stop lamp switch turns ON, shift lock solenoid is ener-
gized.
JSFIA1143ZZ
TM-244
COMPONENT PARTS
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Shift Lock Solenoid INFOID:0000000010622442
A
The shift lock solenoid operates according to the signal from the
BCM and moves the lock lever. For shift lock operation, refer to TM-
254, "SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : System Description". B
TM
JSDIA5311ZZ
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Park Position Switch INFOID:0000000010622443

E
The park position switch detects that the selector lever is in “P” posi-
tion.
F
cardiagn.com
G
H
JSDIA5310ZZ
TM-245
TRANSAXLE
TRANSAXLE : Cross-Sectional View INFOID:0000000010622444
Converter housing Oil pump Planetary gear

JSDIA5169ZZ
cardiagn.com
Control valve Oil pan Steel belt
Primary pulley Secondary pulley Side cover
Transaxle case Differential case Final gear
Reduction gear Idler gear Output gear
Drive sprocket Torque converter Driven sprocket
Oil pump chain
2WD 4WD
TM-246
TRANSAXLE : Operation Status INFOID:0000000010622445
A
×: Engaged or applied.
Selector lever Parking mech- Forward Secondary
Reverse brake Primary pulley Steel belt Final drive
position anism clutch pulley B
P ×
R × × × × ×
N C
D, M × × × × ×
TRANSAXLE : Transaxle Mechanism INFOID:0000000010622446 TM
TORQUE CONVERTER (WITH LOCK-UP FUNCTION)

The torque converter is a system that increases the engine torque and transmits the torque to the transaxle. A E
symmetrical 3-element, 1-stage, 2-phase type is used here.
OIL PUMP
Utilizes a vane-type oil pump that is driven by the engine through the oil pump drive chain in order to increase F
efficiency of pump discharge volume in low-speed zone and optimize pump discharge volume in high-speed
zone. Discharged oil from oil pump is transmitted to control valve. It is used as the oil of primary and second-
cardiagn.com
ary pulley operation, the oil of clutch operation, and the lubricant for each part. G
PLANETARY GEAR
• A planetary gear type of forward/reverse selector mechanism is installed between the torque converter and
primary pulley. H
• The power from the torque converter is input via the input shaft, operating a wet multi-plate clutch by means
of hydraulic pressure to switch between forward and reverse driving.
Operation of Planetary gear I
N
JSDIA2426GB
BELT & PULLEY

O
It is composed of a pair of pulleys (the groove width is changed freely in the axial direction) and the steel belt
(the steel plates are placed continuously and the belt is guided with the multilayer steel rings on both sides).
TM-247
The groove width changes according to wrapping radius of steel belt and pulley from low status to overdrive
status continuously with non-step. It is controlled with the oil pressures of primary pulley and secondary pulley.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA2428GB
Steel Belt
It is composed of multiple steel plates and two steel rings
stacked to a several number. The feature of this steel belt transmits
power with compression of the steel plate in contrast with transmis-
sion of power in pulling with a rubber belt. Friction force is required
with the pulley slope to transmit power from the steel plate. The force
is generated with the following mechanism:
Oil pressure applies to the secondary pulley to nip the plate. ⇒The
plate is pushed and extended outward. ⇒The steel ring shows with-
stands. ⇒Pulling force is generated on the steel ring. ⇒The plate of
the primary pulley is nipped between the pulley. ⇒Friction force is
generated between the steel belt and the pulley. JSDIA2431ZZ
Therefore, responsibilities are divided by the steel plate that trans-
mits the power with compression and the steel ring that maintains necessary friction force. In this way, the
tension of the steel ring is distributed on the entire surface and stress variation is limited, resulting in good
durability.
Pulley
The primary pulley (input shaft side) and the secondary pulley (output shaft side) have the shaft with slope
(fixed cone surface), movable sheave (movable cone surface that can move in the axial direction) and oil pres-
sure chamber at the back of the movable sheave.
TM-248
The movable sheave slides on the shaft to change the groove width of the pulley. Input signals of engine load
(accelerator pedal opening), primary pulley speed and secondary pulley speed change the operation pres- A
sures of the primary pulley and the secondary pulley, and controls the pulley groove width.
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA2429GB M
FINAL DRIVE AND DIFFERENTIAL

The deceleration gears are composed of 2 stages: primary deceleration (output gear, idler gear pair) and sec-
ondary deceleration (reduction gear, final gear pair). All of these gears are helical gears. N
TM-249
The lubrication oil is the same as the CVT fluid which lubricates the entire transaxle.
JSDIA2427GB
TRANSAXLE : Oil Pressure System INFOID:0000000010622447
cardiagn.com
Oil pressure required for operation of the transaxle transmission mechanism is generated by oil pump, oil
pressure control valve, solenoid valve, etc.
JSDIA3786GB
TM-250
TRANSAXLE : Component Description INFOID:0000000010622448
Part name Function

Torque converter Increases engine torque and transmits it to the transaxle. B
Utilizes a vane-type oil pump that is driven by the engine through the oil pump drive chain in order to
increase efficiency of pump discharge volume in low-speed zone and optimize pump discharge volume
Oil pump
in high-speed zone. Discharged oil from oil pump is transmitted to control valve. It is used as the oil of C
primary and secondary pulley operation, the oil of clutch operation, and the lubricant for each part.
The forward clutch is wet and multiple plate type clutch that consists of clutch drum, piston, drive plate,
Forward clutch and driven plate. It is a clutch to move the vehicle forward by activating piston hydraulically, engaging
plates, and directly connecting sun gear and input shaft.
TM
The reverse brake is a wet multiple-plate type brake that consists of transaxle case, piston, drive plate,
Reverse brake and driven plate. It is a brake to move the vehicle in reverse by activating piston hydraulically, engaging
plates, and fixing planetary gear. E
The internal gear is directly connected to forward clutch drum. It is a gear that moves the outer edge of
Internal gear pinion planet of planet carrier. It transmits power to move the vehicle in reverse when the planet carrier
is fixed. F
Composed of a carrier, pinion planet, and pinion shaft. This gear fixes and releases the planet carrier in
Planet carrier
order to switch between forward and reverse driving.
cardiagn.com
Sun gear is a set part with planet carrier and internal gear. It transmits transmitted force to primary fixed G
Sun gear sheave. It rotates in forward or reverse direction according to activation of either forward clutch or re-
verse brake.
The input shaft is directly connected to forward clutch drum and transmits traction force from torque con- H
Input shaft verter. In shaft center, there are holes for hydraulic distribution to primary pulley and hydraulic distribution
for lockup ON/OFF.
Primary pulley It is composed of a pair of pulleys (the groove width is changed freely in the axial direction) and the steel
belt. The groove width changes according to wrapping radius of steel belt and pulley from low status to I
Secondary pulley
overdrive status continuously with non-step. It is controlled with the oil pressures of primary pulley and
Steel belt secondary pulley.
Manual shaft J
Parking rod When the manual shaft is in the P position, the parking rod that is linked to the manual shaft rotates the
parking pole. When the parking pole rotates, it engages with the parking gear, fixing the parking gear. As
Parking pawl a result, the secondary pulley that is integrated with the parking gear is fixed.
K
Parking gear
Output gear
Idler gear The deceleration gears are composed of 2 stages: primary deceleration (output gear, idler gear pair) and L
Reduction gear secondary deceleration (reduction gear, final gear pair). All of these gears are helical gears.
Differential
M
Torque converter regulator Adjusts the feed pressure to the torque converter to the optimum pressure corresponding to the driving
valve condition.
Adjusts the discharge pressure from the oil pump to the optimum pressure (line pressure) corresponding
Pressure regulator valve N
to the driving condition.
Torque converter clutch
Adjusts the torque converter engage and disengage pressures.
control valve
Manual valve Distributes the clutch operation pressure to each circuit according to the selector lever position. O
Secondary reducing valve Reduces line pressure and adjusts secondary pressure.
Primary reducing valve Reduces line pressure and adjusts primary pressure.
P
Reduces line pressure and adjusts pilot pressure to the solenoid valves listed below.
• Primary pressure solenoid valve
Pilot valve A • Secondary pressure solenoid valve
• Select solenoid valve
• Line pressure solenoid valve
Pilot valve B Reduces pilot pressure and adjusts pilot pressure to the torque converter clutch solenoid valve.
FLUID COOLER & FLUID WARMER SYSTEM

TM-251
FLUID COOLER & FLUID WARMER SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010622449
CVT FLUID COOLER SCHEMATIC

MR20DD Models
JSDIA5253GB
cardiagn.com
QR25DE Models
JSDIA5025GB
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
CVT Oil Warmer
• The CVT oil warmer is installed on the front part of transaxle assembly.
- MR20DD models
JSDIA5059ZZ
TM-252
- QR25DE models
A
JSDIA4001ZZ
TM
• When engine is started while engine and CVT are cold, engine coolant temperature rises more quickly than
CVT fluid temperature. CVT oil warmer is provided with two circuits for CVT and engine coolant respectively
so that warmed engine coolant warms CVT quickly. This helps shorten CVT warming up time, improving fuel E
economy.
• A cooling effect is obtained when CVT fluid temperature is high.
Heater Thermostat F
• The heater thermostat is installed on the front part of transaxle assembly.
- MR20DD models
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5254ZZ
J
- QR25DE models
M
JSDIA4004ZZ
• The heater thermostat open and close with set temperature. N

CVT Fluid Cooler (Air Cooling Type)
• The CVT fluid cooler (air cooling type) is installed to the vehicle
front. O
• CVT fluid is cooled by driving blast while driving the vehicle.
JSDIA5577GB
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

TM-253
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010622450
• The shift lock system prevents the select lever from being moved from “P” position to other positions due to
a driver's improper operation and prevents the occurrence of an abrupt start.
• Shift lock can be released when the following conditions are satisfied.
- Ignition switch is ON.
- Brake pedal is depressed. (Stop lamp switch is ON)
SHIFT LOCK OPERATION AT P POSITION
When brake pedal is not depressed (no selector operation allowed)
When the brake pedal is not depressed with the ignition switch ON,
the shift lock solenoid is OFF (not energized) and the solenoid rod
is extended with spring.
The connecting lock lever is located at the position shown in the
figure when the solenoid rod is extended. It prevents the movement
of the detent rod . The selector lever cannot be shifted from the “P”
position for this reason.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA2817ZZ
When brake pedal is depressed (selector lever operation allowed)

The shift lock solenoid is turned ON (energized) when the brake
pedal is depressed with the ignition switch ON. The solenoid rod
is compressed with the electromagnetic force. The connecting lock
lever rotates when the solenoid rod is compressed. Therefore, the
detent rod can be moved. The selector lever can be shifted to
other positions for this reason.
JSDIA2818ZZ
FORCIBLE RELEASE OF SHIFT LOCK

• When battery voltage decreases or an electrical/mechanical mal-
function occurs in the shift lock system, the selector lever cannot
be operated in “P” position. When shift lock release rod is
pressed in this state, lock lever is forcibly rotated, and then it
becomes possible to release shift lock.
: Shift lock solenoid

: Detent rod
JSDIA2819ZZ
• To release the shift lock forcibly and shift the selector lever from “P” position to other positions, follow the
steps below.
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Apply parking brake.
TM-254
3. Remove shift lock cover .
A
JSDIA5575ZZ
TM
4. Insert key to finisher opening and press the shift lock
release rod.
5. Press the selector lever knob button and move the selector lever E
from “P” position to other positions.
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5576ZZ
KEY LOCK SYSTEM

H
KEY LOCK SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011009337
KEY LOCK MECHANISM I

The key is not set to LOCK when the selector lever is not selected to P position. This prevents the key from
being removed from the key cylinder.
Key lock status J
The slider in the key cylinder is moved to the left side of the fig-
ure when the selector lever is in any position other than P position.
The rotator that rotates together with the key cannot be rotated K
for this reason. The key cannot be removed from the key cylinder
because it cannot be turned to LOCK .
L
M
JPDIA0108ZZ
Key unlock status

N
The slider in the key cylinder is moved to the right side of the
figure when the selector lever is in P position and the finger is
removed from the selector button. The rotator can be rotated for
this reason. The key can be removed from the key cylinder O
because it can be turned to LOCK .
JPDIA0109ZZ
TM-255
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010622451
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5579GB
MAIN CONTROL CONTENTS OF TCM
Controls Reference
Line pressure control TM-262, "LINE PRESSURE CONTROL : System Description"
Shift control TM-263, "SHIFT CONTROL : System Description"
Select control TM-266, "SELECT CONTROL : System Description"
Lock-up control TM-267, "LOCK-UP CONTROL : System Description"
ECO mode control TM-267, "ECO MODE SYSTEM : System Description"
Fail-safe TM-258, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-safe"
Self-diagnosis function TM-272, "CONSULT Function"
Communication function with CONSULT TM-272, "CONSULT Function"
LIST OF CONTROL ITEMS AND INPUT/OUTPUT
TM-256
SYSTEM
Line pressure Lock-up con- Fail-safe func- A

Control Item Shift control Select control
control trol tion*
Engine torque signal
× × × × ×
(CAN communication)
B
Engine speed signal
× × × × ×
(CAN communication)
Accelerator pedal position signal C
× × × ×
(CAN communication)
Closed throttle position signal
× × ×
(CAN communication)
TM
Stop lamp switch signal
× × × ×
(CAN communication)
Primary pressure sensor ×
E
Input Secondary pressure sensor × × ×
CVT fluid temperature sensor × × × × ×
Primary speed sensor × × × × × F
Output speed sensor × × × ×
cardiagn.com
Input speed sensor × × × × ×
G
Transmission range switch × × × × ×
Manual mode switch signal
(Manual mode signal, non-manual
H
mode signal, manual mode upshift
× × ×
signal, manual mode downshift sig-
nal)
(CAN communication) I
Line pressure solenoid valve × × × ×
Primary pressure solenoid valve × × ×
Torque converter clutch solenoid J
× ×
valve
Output
Secondary pressure solenoid valve × × ×
K
Select solenoid valve × × ×
Shift position indicator
×
(CAN communication)
L
*: If these input/output signals show errors, TCM activates the fail-safe function.
TM-257
SYSTEM
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000010622452
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6447GB
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010622453
TCM has a fail-safe mode. The mode functions so that operation can be continued even if the signal circuit of
the main electronically controlled input/output parts is damaged.
If the vehicle shows following behaviors including “poor acceleration”, a malfunction of the applicable system
is detected by TCM and the vehicle may be in a fail-safe mode. At this time, check the DTC code and perform
inspection and repair according to the malfunction diagnosis procedures.
TM-258
SYSTEM
Fail-safe function
A
DTC Vehicle behavior Conditions of vehicle
P062F Not changed from normal driving —
• Shift position indicator on combination meter is not dis-
B
played
• Selector shock is large
P0705 —
• Start is slow C
• Acceleration is slow
• Lock-up is not performed
played TM
P0706 —
• Start is slow
• Acceleration is slow E
• Start is slow Engine coolant temperature when engine start:
• Acceleration is slow Temp. ≥ 10°C (50°F)
F
Engine coolant temperature when engine start:
• Start is slow
P0712 −35°C (−31°F) ≤ Temp. < 10°C (50°F)
cardiagn.com
• Selector shock is large G
Engine coolant temperature when engine star:
• Start is slow
Temp. < −35°C (−31°F)
• Start is slow Engine coolant temperature when engine start: H
• Start is slow I
P0713 −35°C (−31°F) ≤ Temp. < 10°C (50°F)
• Start is slow
Temp. < −35°C (−31°F) J
• Start is slow
P0715 — K
• Manual mode is not activated
• Start is slow
P0717 • Acceleration is slow — L
• Start is slow
P0740 • Acceleration is slow —
M
• Start is slow
• Lock-up is not performed N
• Start is slow
• Lock-up is not performed O
• Start is slow
P0746 —
P
TM-259
SYSTEM
• Start is slow
• Acceleration is slow When a malfunction occurs on the low oil pressure side
P0776 • Vehicle speed is not increased
• Start is slow
When a malfunction occurs on the high oil pressure side
• Start is slow
P0778 —
• Start is slow
P0779 —
P0826 Manual mode is not activated —
P0841 Not changed from normal driving —
cardiagn.com
P084C Not changed from normal driving —
P084D Not changed from normal driving —
• Start is slow
P0863 —
• Start is slow
• Vehicle speed is not increased
• Start is slow
P0962 —
• Start is slow
P0963 —
• Start is slow
When a malfunction occurs on the low oil pressure side
P0965 • Lock-up is not performed
• Start is slow
P0966 —
• Start is slow
P0967 —
TM-260
SYSTEM
A
• Start is slow
P2765 —
• Manual mode is not activated B
• Start is slow
P2813 • Acceleration is slow
C
• Selector shock is large When a malfunction occurs on the high oil pressure side
P2814 Selector shock is large — TM
P2815 Selector shock is large —
• Start is slow E
U0073 —
• Start is slow
F
U0100 —
cardiagn.com
U0102 Not changed from normal driving — G
U0140 Not changed from normal driving —
H
• Start is slow
U0300
— I
J
U110F Not changed from normal driving —
U1117 Not changed from normal driving — K
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Protection Control INFOID:0000000010622454
The TCM becomes the protection control status temporarily to protect the safety when the safety of TCM and L
transmission is lost. It automatically returns to the normal status if the safety is secured.
The TCM has the following protection control.
CONTROL FOR WHEEL SPIN M
When a wheel spin is detected, the engine output and gear ratio are limited and the line pressure is increased.
Control
Limits engine output when a wheel spin occurs in any of right and left drive wheels. N
Vehicle behavior in If the accelerator is kept depressing during wheel spin, the engine revolution and vehicle speed are limited to
control a certain degree.
Normal return condi- O
Wheel spin convergence returns the control to the normal control.
tion
TORQUE IS REDUCED WHEN DRIVING WITH THE REVERSE GEAR

P
Control Engine output is controlled according to a vehicle speed while reversing the vehicle.
Vehicle behavior in
Power performance may be lowered while reversing the vehicle.
control
Normal return condi-
Torque returns to normal by positioning the selector lever in a range other than “R” position.
tion
CONTROL WHEN FLUID TEMPERATURE IS HIGH

TM-261
SYSTEM
When the CVT fluid temperature is high, the gear shift permission maximum revolution and the maximum
Control
torque are reduced than usual to prevent increase of the oil temperature.
Vehicle behavior in
Power performance may be lowered, compared to normal control.
control
The control returns to the normal control when CVT fluid temperature is lowered.
tion
REVERSE PROHIBIT CONTROL
The reverse brake is controlled to avoid becoming engaged when the selector lever is set in “R” position while
Control
driving in forward direction at more than the specified speed.
Vehicle behavior in If the selector lever is put at “R” position when driving with the forward gear, the gear becomes neutral, not
control reverse.
Normal return condi- The control returns to normal control when the vehicle is driven at low speeds. (The reverse brake becomes
tion engaged.)
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL

LINE PRESSURE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010622455
cardiagn.com
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSDIA5312GB
DESCRIPTION
Highly accurate line pressure control and secondary pressure control reduces friction for improvement of fuel
economy.
Normal Oil Pressure Control
Appropriate line pressure and secondary pressure suitable for driving condition are determined based on the
accelerator pedal position, engine speed, primary pulley (input) speed, secondary pulley (output) speed, vehi-
cle speed, input torque, stop lamp switch signal, transmission range switch signal, lock-up signal, power volt-
age, target shift ratio, oil temperature, oil pressure, and manual mode switch signal.
TM-262
SYSTEM
Secondary Pressure Feedback Control
In normal oil pressure control and oil pressure control in shifting, highly accurate secondary pressure is deter- A
mined by detecting the secondary pressure using an oil pressure sensor and by feedback control.
SHIFT CONTROL
B
SHIFT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010622456
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5313GB
DESCRIPTION
To select the gear ratio that can give the driving force to meet driver's intent or vehicle situation, the vehicle
driving condition such as vehicle speed or accelerator pedal position is detected and the most appropriate
gear ratio is selected and the shifting method before reaching the speed is determined. The information is out-
TM-263
SYSTEM
put to the primary pressure solenoid valve and secondary pressure solenoid valve to control the line pressure
input/output to the pulley, to determine the pulley (movable pulley) position and to control the gear position.
Shift Position Function
• D Position
Gear shifting is performed in all shifting ranges from the lowest to
the highest gear ratio.
SCIA1953E
• M Position (Manual Mode)

When the selector lever is put in the manual shift gate side, the
fixed changing gear line is set. By moving the selector lever to +
side or −side, the manual mode switch is changed over, and shift
cardiagn.com
change like M/T becomes possible following the changing gear set
line step by step.
JSDIA4104GB
- Manual Mode Information

The TCM transmits the manual mode shift refusal signal to the combination meter if the TCM refuses the
transmission from the driving status of vehicle when the selector lever shifts to UP side (+ side) or DOWN
side (−side). The combination meter blinks shift indicator on the combination meter and sounds the buzzer to
indicate the driver that the shifting is not performed when receiving this signal. However, the TCM does not
transmit the manual mode shift refusal signal in the conditions as per the following.
• When the selector lever shifts to DOWN side (−side) while driving in M1.
• When the selector lever shifts to UP (+ side) side while driving in M7.
Blipping Control
Using engine torque, the blipping control enables a faster and more responsive gear shifting by compensating
inertia torque generated from the rotational change during gear shifting in real time.
Operation
• The blipping control is activated when shifting up/down in manual mode.
NOTE:
The blipping control is not activated when the vehicle is in the following conditions:
• When CAN communication is abnormal.
• During the retard inhibit signal transmission from ECM within the engine-CVT integrated control.
• Engine coolant temperature is less than 20°C (68°F).
• CVT fluid temperature is more than 120°C (248°F).
• Vehicle speed is less than 20 km/h (13 MPH).
• When ABS, TCS or VDC is active.
• During wheel spin.
• ECM selects blipping control or normal shift control according to the gear position, the selector lever posi-
tion, etc.
• The blipping control is activated when ECM judges it controllable after receiving a control permit signal from
TCM.
TM-264
SYSTEM
• ECM controls engine torque, based on generated inertia torque.
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
H
JSDIA2841GB
Hill Climbing And Descending Control

If a downhill is detected with the accelerator pedal is released, the system performs downshift to increase the I
engine brake force so that vehicle may not be accelerated more than necessary. If a climbing hill is detected,
the system improves the acceleration performance in re-acceleration by limiting the gear shift range on the
high side.
NOTE: J
For engine brake control on a downhill, the control can be stopped with CONSULT.
M
JSDIA2060GB
Control In Acceleration
From change of the vehicle speed or accelerator pedal position, the acceleration request level of the driver or N
driving scene is evaluated. In start or acceleration during driving, the gear shift characteristics with linearity of
revolution increase and vehicle speed increase are gained to improve the acceleration feel.
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed 4/8 or more in D position, CVT performs step shifting to allow the O
vehicle speed and engine speed to increase simultaneously. This improves the feel of acceleration and
enables the fuel economy by preventing unnecessary rise in engine speed, compared to the conventional
shifting.
P
TM-265
SYSTEM
JSDIA5273GB
SELECT CONTROL
SELECT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010622457
cardiagn.com
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSDIA3711GB
DESCRIPTION
Based on accelerator pedal angle, engine speed, primary pulley speed, and the input speed, the optimum
operating pressure is set to reduce impact of a selector lever operation while shifting from “N” (“P”) to “D” (“R”)
position.
LOCK-UP CONTROL
TM-266
SYSTEM
LOCK-UP CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010622458
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5314GB J
DESCRIPTION
• Controls for improvement of the transmission efficiency by engaging the torque converter clutch in the
torque converter and eliminating slip of the converter. Achieves comfortable driving with slip control of the K
torque converter clutch.
• The oil pressure feed circuit for the torque converter clutch piston chamber is connected to the torque con-
verter clutch control valve. The torque converter clutch control valve is switched by the torque converter L
clutch solenoid valve with the signal from TCM. This controls the oil pressure circuit, which is supplied to the
torque converter clutch piston chamber, to the release side or engagement side.
• If the CVT fluid temperature is low or the vehicle is in fail-safe mode due to malfunction, lock-up control is
prohibited. M
Lock-up engagement
In lock-up engagement, the torque converter clutch solenoid valve makes the torque converter clutch control
valve locked up to generate the lock-up apply pressure. This pushes the torque converter clutch piston for N
engagement.
Lock-up release condition
O
In lock-up release, the torque converter clutch solenoid valve makes the torque converter clutch control valve
non-locked up to drain the lock-up apply pressure. This does not engage the torque converter clutch piston.
ECO MODE SYSTEM
P
ECO MODE SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010622459
• Driving mode that selects the shift schedule with priority on fuel economy which gives low engine revolution.
• For details on ECO mode control, refer to DMS-7, "ECO MODE CONTROL : System Description".
• The gear shift line is not changed with the control mode change for the following conditions:
- When the selector lever is in “M” position.
FAIL-SAFE
TM-267
SYSTEM
If a malfunction occurs in the system of CVT during ECO mode, the ECO mode indicator turns OFF and the
control switches to the normal mode control.
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER)
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Shift Position Indicator
INFOID:0000000010622460
PURPOSE
The shift position indicator displays the shift position of transmission.
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6078GB
NOTE:
Paddle shifter is applied to vehicle with paddle shifter.
SIGNAL PATH
• The TCM judges the shift position by the transmission range switch signal, manual mode switch signal, non-
manual mode switch signal, manual mode upshift signal, and manual mode downshift signal.
• The TCM transmits the shift position signal to the combination meter via CAN communication. The combina-
tion meter shows the shift position indicator on the information display, according to the signal.
LIGHTING CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SHUTOFF CONDITION
Ignition switch: Other than ON
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Lamp/Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000010622461
Name Design Arrangement/Function

Regarding the arrangement. Refer to MWI-10, "METER SYSTEM : Design".
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) Regarding the function. Refer to MWI-50, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
LAMPS : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/Indicator (On Information Display)

INFOID:0000000010622462
Item Reference
Refer to TM-268, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Shift Posi-
tion Indicator".
TM-268
ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM
A
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information B
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
C
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000010622464
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control module equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to GI-52, TM
"Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. E
cardiagn.com
G
TM-269
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (TCM)
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1 Trip Detection Diagnosis and 2 Trip Detection Diagno-
sis INFOID:0000000010622465
NOTE:
“Start the engine and turn OFF the ignition switch after warm-up.” This is defined as 1 trip.
1 TRIP DETECTION DIAGNOSIS
When initial malfunction is detected, TCM memorizes DTC. In these diagnoses, some illuminate MIL and
some do not. Refer to TM-288, "DTC Index".
When initial malfunction is detected, TCM memorizes DTC of the 1st trip. MIL does not light at this stage. <1
trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again in next driving, TCM memorizes DTC. When DTC is memorized, MIL
lights. <2 trip>
“Trip” of the “2 trip detection diagnosis” indicates the driving mode that executes self-diagnosis during driving.
×: Check possible —: Check not possible
cardiagn.com
DTC at the 1st trip DTC MIL
Item Display at the Display at the Display at the Display at the Illumination at Illumination at
1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip the 1st trip the 2nd trip
1 trip detection diagnosis
— — × — × —
(Refer to TM-288, "DTC Index")
× — — × — ×
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and DTC of 1st Trip INFOID:0000000010622466
2 TRIP DETECTION DIAGNOSIS THAT ILLUMINATES MIL

• The DTC number of the 1st trip is the same as the DTC number.
• When a malfunction is detected at the 1st trip, TCM memorizes DTC of the 1st trip. MIL does not light at this
stage. If the same malfunction is not detected at the 2nd trip (conforming to necessary driving conditions),
DTC at the 1st trip is erased from TCM. If the same malfunction is detected at the 2nd trip, TCM memorizes
DTC and MIL lights at the same time.
• The DTC of the 1st trip is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. Since detection of DTC at the
1st trip does not illuminate MIL, warning for a problem is not given to a driver.
• For procedure to delete DTC and 1st trip DTC from TCM, refer to TM-272, "CONSULT Function".
• If DTC of the 1st trip is detected, it is necessary to check the cause according to the “Diagnosis flow”. Refer
to TM-298, "Work Flow".
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000010622467
• TCM not only detects DTC, but also sends the MIL signal to ECM through CAN communication. ECM sends
the MIL signal to the combination meter through CAN communication according to the signal, and illumi-
nates MIL.
• For malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) description, refer to EC-78, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL)" (MR20DD), EC-487, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL)" (QR25DE).
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000010622468
RELATION BETWEEN DTC AT 1ST TRIP/DTC/MIL AND DRIVING CONDITIONS (FOR 2 TRIP DE-
TECTION DIAGNOSIS THAT ILLUMINATES MIL)
• When initial malfunction is detected, TCM memorizes DTC of the 1st trip. MIL does not light at this stage.
• If the same malfunction is detected at the 2nd trip, TCM memorizes DTC and MIL lights at the same time.
• Then, MIL goes after driving the vehicle for 3 trips under “Driving condition B” without malfunction.
TM-270
• DTC is displayed until 40 trips of “Driving condition A” are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction.
DTC is erased when 40 trips are satisfied. A
• When the self-diagnosis result is acceptable at the 2nd trip (conforming to driving condition B), DTC of the
1st trip is erased.
COUNTER SYSTEM LIST B
Item Driving condition Trip

MIL (OFF) B 3 C
DTC (clear) A 40
DTC at 1st trip (clear) B 1
TM
DRIVING CONDITION
Driving condition A
Driving condition A is the driving condition that provides warm-up. E
In specific, count-up is performed when all of the following conditions are satisfied.
• Engine speed is 400 rpm or more.
• After start of the engine, the water temperature increased by 20°C (36°F) or more. F
• Water temperature was 70°C (158°F) or more.
• The ignition switch was changed from ON to OFF.
cardiagn.com
NOTE:
• If the same malfunction is detected regardless of the driving condition, reset the A counter. G
• When the above is satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, count up the A counter.
• When MIL goes off due to the malfunction and the A counter reaches 40, the DTC is erased.
H
Driving condition B
Driving condition B is the driving condition that performs all diagnoses once.
• Engine speed is 400 rpm or more. I
• In closed loop control, vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (43 – 75 MPH) continued for 60 seconds or more.
• In closed loop control, vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) continued for 10 seconds or more. J
• In closed loop control, vehicle speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less and idle determination ON continued for 12
seconds or more.
• After start of the engine, 22 minutes or more have passed.
• The condition that the vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more continued for 10 seconds or more in total. K
NOTE:
• If the same malfunction is detected regardless of the driving condition, reset the B counter. L
• When the above is satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, count up the B counter.
• When the B counter reaches 3 without malfunction, MIL goes off.
• When the B counter is counted once without detecting the same malfunction after TCM memorizes DTC of
the 1st trip, DTC of the 1st trip is erased. M
TM-271
TIME CHART
JSDIA1868GB
cardiagn.com
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000010622469
APPLICABLE ITEM
Conditions Function
Work Support The settings for ECU functions can be changed.
Self Diagnostic Results The ECU self diagnostic results are displayed.
Data Monitor The ECU input/output data is displayed in real time.
ECU Identification The ECU part number is displayed.
CALIB DATA The calibration data status of TCM can be checked.
TM-272
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Refer to TM-288, "DTC Index". A
DTC at 1st trip and method to read DTC
• DTC (P0705, P0712, P0715, etc.) is specified by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
• DTC and DTC at 1st trip are displayed on “Self Diagnostic results” of CONSULT. B
When DTC is currently detected, “CRNT” is displayed. If “PAST” is displayed, it shows a malfunction
occurred in the past. The trip number of drive without malfunction of concerned DTC can be confirmed with
“IGN counter” inside “FFD”. C
• When the DTC at the 1st trip is detected, “1t” is displayed.
DTC deletion method
NOTE: TM
If the ignition switch is left ON after repair, turn OFF the ignition switch and wait for 10 seconds or more. Then,
turn the ignition ON again. (Engine stop)
1. Touch “TRANSMISSION” of CONSULT.
2. Touch “Self Diagnostic Result”. E
3. Touch “Erase”. (DTC memorized in TCM is erased.)
IGN counter
F
The ignition counter is displayed in “FFD” and the number of times of satisfied “Driving condition A” is dis-
played after normal recovery of DTC. Refer to TM-270, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System".
• If malfunction (DTC) is currently detected, “0” is displayed.
cardiagn.com
• After normal recovery, every time “Driving condition A” is satisfied, the display value increases from 1 → 2 → G
3...38 → 39.
• When MIL turns OFF due to the malfunction and the counter reaches 40, the DTC is erased.
NOTE: H
The counter display of “40” cannot be checked.
DATA MONITOR
NOTE: I
The following table includes information (items) inapplicable to this vehicle. For information (items) applicable
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
J
Monitored item (Unit) Remarks
VSP SENSOR (km/h or mph) Displays the vehicle speed calculated from the CVT output shaft speed.
ESTM VSP SIG (km/h or mph) Displays the vehicle speed signal (ABS) received through CAN communication. K
INPUT SPEED SENSOR (rpm) Displays the input speed calculated from the pulse signal of the input speed sensor.
Displays the primary pulley speed calculated from the pulse signal of the primary
PRI SPEED SEN (rpm)
speed sensor. L
Displays the secondary pulley speed calculated from the pulse signal of the output
SEC REV SENSOR (rpm)
speed sensor.
ENG SPEED SIG (rpm) Displays the engine speed received through CAN communication. M
SEC PRESSURE SEN (V) Displays the signal voltage of the secondary pressure sensor.
PRI PRESSURE SEN (V) Displays the signal voltage of the primary pressure sensor.
N
ATF TEMP SEN (V) Displays the signal voltage of the CVT fluid temperature sensor.
G SENSOR (G) Displays the decel G signal received through CAN communication.
VIGN SEN (V) Displays the battery voltage applied to TCM. O
PVING VOLT (V) Displays the backup voltage of TCM.
VEHICLE SPEED (km/h or mph) Displays the vehicle speed recognized by TCM.
INPUT REV (rpm) Displays the input shaft speed of CVT recognized by TCM.
P
PRI SPEED (rpm) Displays the primary pulley speed recognized by TCM.
SEC SPEED (rpm) Displays the secondary pulley speed recognized by TCM.
ENG SPEED (rpm) Displays the engine speed recognized by TCM.
Displays the speed difference between the input shaft speed of CVT and the engine
SLIP REV (rpm)
speed.
TM-273
Displays the pulley gear ratio calculated from primary pulley speed/secondary pulley
PULLEY GEAR RATIO
speed.
Displays the acceleration and deceleration speed of the vehicle calculated from ve-
G SPEED (G)
hicle speed change.
ACCEL POSI SEN 1 (deg) Displays the estimated throttle position received through CAN communication.
VENG TRQ (Nm) Display the engine torque recognized by TCM.
PRI TRQ (Nm) Display the input shaft torque of CVT.
TRQ RTO Display the torque ratio of torque converter.
Displays the secondary pressure calculated from the signal voltage of the secondary
SEC PRESSURE (MPa)
pressure sensor.
Displays the primary pressure calculated from the signal voltage of the primary pres-
PRI PRESSURE (MPa)
sure sensor.
Displays the CVT fluid temperature calculated from the signal voltage of the CVT flu-
FLUID TEMP (°C or °F)
id temperature sensor.
Displays the target primary pulley speed calculated from processing of gear shift
DSR REV (rpm)
control.
TGT PLLY GR RATIO Displays the target gear ratio of the pulley from processing of gear shift control.
cardiagn.com
Displays the target oil pressure of the torque converter clutch solenoid valve calcu-
LU PRS (MPa)
lated from oil pressure processing of gear shift control.
Displays the target oil pressure of the line pressure solenoid valve calculated from
LINE PRS (MPa)
oil pressure processing of gear shift control.
Displays the target oil pressure of the primary pressure solenoid valve calculated
TRGT PRI PRESSURE (MPa)
from oil pressure processing of gear shift control.
Displays the target oil pressure of the select solenoid valve calculated from oil pres-
TRGT SELECT PRESSURE (MPa)
sure processing of gear shift control.
Displays the target oil pressure of the secondary pressure solenoid valve calculated
TRGT SEC PRESSURE (MPa)
Displays the command current from TCM to the torque converter clutch solenoid
ISOLT1 (A)
valve.
ISOLT2 (A) Displays the command current from TCM to the line pressure solenoid valve.
PRI SOLENOID (A) Displays the command current from TCM to the primary pressure solenoid valve.
SEC SOLENOID CURRENT (A) Displays the command current from TCM to the secondary pressure solenoid valve.
SELECT SOLENOID CUR-
(A) Displays the command current from TCM to the select solenoid valve.
RENT
Monitors the command current from TCM to the torque converter clutch solenoid
SOLMON1 (A)
valve and displays the monitored value.
Monitors the command current from TCM to the line pressure solenoid valve and
SOLMON2 (A)
displays the monitored value.
Monitors the command current from TCM to the primary pressure solenoid valve
PRI SOL MON (A)
and displays the monitored value.
Monitors the command current from TCM to the secondary pressure solenoid valve
SEC SOL MON CURRENT (A)
Monitors the command current from TCM to the select solenoid valve and displays
SELECT SOL MON CURRENT (A)
the monitored value.
D POSITION SW (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the transmission range switch (D position).
N POSITION SW (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the transmission range switch (N position).
R POSITION SW (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the transmission range switch (R position).
P POSITION SW (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the transmission range switch (P position).
L POSITION SW* (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the transmission range switch (L position).
DS RANGE SW* (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the transmission range switch (Ds position).
TM-274
A
Displays the reception status of the stop lamp switch signal received through CAN
BRAKESW (On/Off)
communication.
Displays the reception status of the closed throttle position signal received through
IDLE SW (On/Off) B
CAN communication.
Displays the reception status of the overdrive control switch signal received through
SPORT MODE SW* (On/Off)
CAN communication.
Displays the reception status of the ECO mode switch signal received through CAN C
ECO MODE SW (On/Off)
communication.
STRDWNSW* (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the paddle shifter (down switch).
TM
STRUPSW* (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the paddle shifter (up switch).
DOWNLVR (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the selector lever (down switch).
UPLVR (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the selector lever (up switch). E
NONMMODE (On/Off) Displays if the selector lever position is not at the manual shift gate.
MMODE (On/Off) Displays if the selector lever position is at the manual shift gate.
Displays the reception status of the TOW mode switch signal received through CAN F
TOW MODE SW* (On/Off)
communication.
cardiagn.com
Displays the transaxle value of shift position signal transmitted via CAN communi-
SHIFT IND SIGNAL
cation. G
Displays the transaxle status of the CVT warning lamp signal transmitted through
CVT LAMP* (On/Off)
CAN communication.
Displays the transaxle status of the OD OFF indicator lamp signal transmitted H
SPORT MODE IND* (On/Off)
through CAN communication.
Displays the transaxle status of the manual mode signal transmitted through CAN
MANU MODE SIGNAL (On/Off)
communication. I
Displays the shift position signal status from transmission range switch (Ds posi-
DS RANGE SIGNAL* (On/Off)
tion).
Displays the transaxle status of the ECO mode signal transmitted through CAN J
ECO MODE SIGNAL (On/Off)
communication.
Displays the reception status of the VDC operation signal received through CAN
VDC ON (On/Off)
communication. K
Displays the reception status of the TCS operation signal received through CAN
TCS ON (On/Off)
communication.
Displays the reception status of the ABS malfunction signal received through CAN L
ABS FAIL SIGNAL (On/Off)
communication.
Displays the reception status of the ABS operation signal received through CAN
ABS ON (On/Off)
communication. M
RANGE Displays the gear position recognized by TCM.
M GEAR POS Display the target gear of manual mode
G SEN SLOPE* (%) Displays the gradient angle calculated from the G sensor signal voltage. N
G SEN CALIBRATION* (YET/DONE) Displays the status of “G SENSOR CALIBRATION” in “Work Support”.
N IDLE STATUS* (On/Off) Displays idle neutral status.
O
ENGBRKLVL (On/Off) Displays the setting of “ENGINE BRAKE ADJ” in “Work Support”.
DRIVE MODE STATS Displays the drive mode status recognized by TCM.
SNOW MODE* (On/Off) Displays whether it is the SNOW mode. P
ECO MODE* (On/Off) Displays whether it is the ECO mode.
NORMAL MODE* (On/Off) Displays whether it is the NORMAL mode.
SPORT MODE* (On/Off) Displays whether it is the SPORT mode.
(INCOMP/
AIR BLDING STATE* Displays the status of “ELECTRIC O.P. AIR BLEEDING” in “Work Support”.
COMP)
TM-275
Displays the command signal value (duty) of the electric oil pump transmitted from
ELECTRIC OP DUTY* (%)
TCM.
Monitors the status signal value (duty) transmitted from the electric oil pump and dis-
E-OP DUTY MON* (%)
plays the monitored value.
ELECTRIC OP RELAY* (On/Off) Displays the command status from TCM to the electric oil pump relay.
Monitors the command status from TCM to the oil pump relay and displays the mon-
E-OP RELAY MON* (On/Off)
itored value.
• Displays CVT fluid temperature count.
CVT-B
• This monitor item does not use.
CVT-A
G SENSOR* (V) Displays the signal voltage of the G sensor.
*: Not applicable but displayed.
WORK SUPPORT
Item name Description

CONFORM CVTF DETERIORTN Checks the degradation level of the CVT fluid under severe conditions.
cardiagn.com
G SENSOR CALIBRATION* Compensates the G sensor.
ERASE LEARNING VALUE * Erases learning value memorized by TCM.
Although there is no malfunction on the transaxle and the CVT system, if a cus-
tomer make a complaint like “I do not feel comfortable with automatic operation of
ENGINE BRAKE ADJ.
the engine brake on downhill”, the engine brake may be cancelled with “engine
brake adjustment”.
WRITE IP CHARA - REPLACEMENT AT/CVT Writes IP characteristics when transaxle assembly is replaced.
READ IP CHARA - REPLACEMENT TCM Reads IP characteristics when TCM is replaced.
WRITE IP CHARA - REPLACEMENT TCM Writes IP characteristics when TCM is replaced.
*: These items do not use.
Engine brake adjustment
ENGINE BRAKE LEVEL

ON : Turn ON the engine brake control.
OFF : Turn OFF the engine brake control.
Check the degradation level of the CVT fluid.
CVTF degradation level data

210,000 or more : Replacement of the CVT fluid is required.
Less than 210,000 : Replacement of the CVT fluid is not required.
TM-276
TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F10D]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

TCM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000010622470
B
CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE

• In CONSULT, electric shift timing or lock-up timing, i.e. operation timing of each solenoid valve, is displayed. C
Therefore, if there is an obvious difference between the shift timing estimated from a shift shock (or engine
speed variations) and that shown on the CONSULT, the mechanism parts (including the hydraulic circuit)
excluding the solenoids and sensors may be malfunctioning. In this case, check the mechanical parts follow-
ing the appropriate diagnosis procedure. TM
• Shift point (gear position) displayed on CONSULT slightly differs from shift pattern described in Service Man-
ual. This is due to the following reasons.
- Actual shift pattern may vary slightly within specified tolerances. E
- While shift pattern described in Service Manual indicates start of each shift, CONSULT shows gear position
at end of shift.
- The solenoid display (ON/OFF) on CONSULT is changed at the start of gear shifting. In contrast, the gear
position display is changed at the time when gear shifting calculated in the control unit is completed. F
NOTE:
cardiagn.com
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items. G
Monitor item Condition Value/Status (Approx.)

VSP SENSOR While driving Almost same as the speedometer display. H
ESTM VSP SIG While driving Almost same as the speedometer display.
INPUT SPEED SENSOR In driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed.
PRI SPEED SEN In driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed.
I
•QR engine: VSP SENSOR × 40

SEC REV SENSOR While driving
•MR engine: VSP SENSOR × 50
J
ENG SPEED SIG Engine running Almost same reading as tachometer
• After engine warm up
SEC PRESSURE SEN • Selector lever: “N” position 1.2 – 1.3 V
• At idle K
PRI PRESSURE SEN • Selector lever: “N” position 0.7 – 0.9 V
• At idle L
CVT fluid: Approx. 20°C (68°F) 2.0 – 2.1 V
ATF TEMP SEN CVT fluid: Approx. 50°C (122°F) 1.4 – 1.5 V
M
• Vehicle stopped
0G
• Vehicle is level
N
The value changes to the positive side
G SENSOR During acceleration
along with acceleration.
During deceleration O
along with deceleration.
VIGN SEN Ignition switch: ON 10 – 16 V
PVIGN VOLT Ignition switch: ON 10 – 16 V P
VEHICLE SPEED While driving Almost same as the speedometer display.
INPUT REV In driving (lock-up ON) Almost same as the engine speed.
PRI SPEED In driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed.
•QR engine: VSP SENSOR × 40
SEC SPEED While driving
•MR engine: VSP SENSOR × 50
ENG SPEED Engine running Almost same reading as tachometer
TM-277
TCM
SLIP REV While driving Engine speed − Input speed
In driving (forward) 2.6310 − 0.3780
PULLEY GEAR RATIO
In driving (reverse) 2.6310
Vehicle stopped 0.00 G
During acceleration
G SPEED along with acceleration.
During deceleration
Accelerator pedal released 0.00 deg
ACCEL POSI SEN 1
Accelerator pedal fully depressed 80.00 deg
The value changes along with acceleration/
VENG TRQ While driving
deceleration.
PRI TRQ While driving
deceleration.
TRQ RTO While driving
deceleration.
cardiagn.com
SEC PRESSURE • Selector lever: “N” position 1.1 MPa
• At idle
PRI PRESSURE • Selector lever: “N” position 0.4 – 0.5 MPa
• At idle
FLUID TEMP Ignition switch ON. Displays the CVT fluid temperature.
DSR REV While driving It varies along with the driving condition.
TGT PLLY GR RATIO
• Engine started
−0.50 MPa
• Vehicle is stopped.
LU PRS • Selector lever: “D” position

• Accelerator pedal position: 1/8 or less
0.65 MPa
• Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH) or
more
LINE PRS • Selector lever: “N” position 1.1 MPa
• At idle
TRGT PRI PRESSURE • Selector lever: “N” position 0.4 – 0.5 MPa
• At idle
• Selector lever: “N” position 0 MPa
TARGET SELECT PRESSURE • At idle
• Selector lever: “D” position
0.3 – 0.5 MPa
• At idle
TARGET SEC PRESSURE • Selector lever: “N” position 1.1 MPa
• At idle
ISOLT1* — —
ISOLT2* — —
PRI SOLENOID* — —
SEC SOLENOID CURRENT* — —
SELECT SOLENOID CURRENT* — —
TM-278
TCM
A
SOLMON1* — —
SOLMON2* — —
PRI SOL MON* — — B
SEC SOL MON CURRENT* — —
SELECT SOL MON CURRENT* — —
Selector lever: “D” position On C
D POSITION SW
Other than the above Off
Selector lever: “N” position On
N POSITION SW TM
Selector lever: “R” position On
R POSITION SW
Other than the above Off E
Selector lever: “P” position On
P POSITION SW
F
L POSITION SW Always Off
DS RANGE SW Always Off
cardiagn.com
Brake pedal is depressed On G
BRAKESW
Brake pedal is released Off
Accelerator pedal is released On
IDLE SW H
Accelerator pedal is fully depressed Off
SPORT MODE SW Always Off
Press the ECO mode switch On I
ECO MODE SW
Release the ECO mode switch Off
STRDWNSW Always Off
STRUPSW Always Off
J
Selector lever: − side On

DOWNLVR
K
Selector lever: + side On
UPLVR
Manual shift gate position (neutral, + side, L
Off
NONMMODE − side)
Other than the above On
Manual shift gate position (neutral, + side,
M
On
MMODE − side)
N
TOW MODE SW Always Off
TM-279
TCM
When the selector lever is positioned in be-
OFF
tween each position.
Selector lever: “P” position P
Selector lever: “R” position R
Selector lever: “N” position N
Selector lever: “D” position D
SHIFT IND SIGNAL Manual mode: 1st 1st

Manual mode: 2nd 2nd
Manual mode: 3rd 3rd
Manual mode: 4th 4th
Approx. 2 seconds after ignition switch ON On
CVT LAMP
cardiagn.com
SPORT MODE IND Always Off
Driving with manual mode On
MANU MODE SIGNAL
DS RANGE SIGNAL Always Off
ECO MODE SIGNAL Always Off
When VDC malfunction signal is received On
VDC ON
When TCS malfunction signal is received On
TCS ON
When ABS malfunction signal is received On
ABS FAIL SIGNAL
ABS is activated On
ABS ON
Selector lever: “P” and “N” positions N/P
Selector lever: “R position R
RANGE
Selector lever: “D” position
D
Selector lever: “M” position
M GEAR POS Manual mode: 1st – 7th 1 to 7
G SEN SLOPE Always 0%
When G sensor calibration is completed DONE
G SEN CALIBRATION
When G sensor calibration is not completed YET
N IDLE STATUS Always Off
When the engine brake level of “ENGINE
On
BRAKE ADJ”. in “Work Support” is ON
ENGBRKLVL
Off
BRAKE ADJ”. in “Work Support” is OFF
While driving in ECO mode ECO
DRIVE MODE STATS
Other than the above NORMAL
SNOW MODE Always Off
ECO MODE Always Off
TM-280
TCM
A
NORMAL MODE Always Off
SPORT MODE Always Off
AIR BLDING STATE Always INCOMP B
ELECTRIC OP DUTY Always 0%
E-OP DUTY MON Always 0%
ELECTRIC OP RELAY Always Off C
E-OP RELAY MON Always Off
CVT-B* — —
TM
CVT-A* — —
G SENSOR Always 0V
*: These monitor items do not use. E
TERMINAL LAYOUT
F
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA2713ZZ
I
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL STANDARD
Terminal No. J
Description
(Wire color)
Condition Value (Approx.)
Input/
+ − Signal
Output
K
2*
— — — — —
(GR)
4 Selector lever: “D” position 10 − 16 V L

Ground D range switch Input
(Y) Other than the above 0V
5 Selector lever: “N” position 10 − 16 V

Ground N range switch Input
(BR) Ignition Other than the above 0V M
switch
6 ON Selector lever: “R” position 10 − 16 V
Ground R range switch Input
(G) Other than the above 0V
N
7 Selector lever: “P” position 10 − 16 V
Ground P range switch Input
(V) Other than the above 0V
11 O
Ground Sensor ground — Always 0V
(LG)
CVT fluid: Approx. 20°C
2.01 – 2.05 V
(68°F) P
Ignition
12 CVT fluid tempera- CVT fluid: Approx. 50°C
Ground Output switch 1.45 – 1.50 V
(BR) ture sensor (122°F)
ON
0.90 – 0.94 V
176°F)
16 Secondary pres-
Ground Input • Selector lever: “N” position 1.23 – 1.25 V
(SB) sure sensor
• At idle
TM-281
TCM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color)
Input/
+ − Signal
Output
17 Primary pressure
(R) sensor
• At idle
23 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
880 Hz
24 • Shift position: “M1” position

Ground Input speed sensor Input
(LG) • Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)
JSDIA3769GB
26 Sensor power sup- Ignition switch: ON 5.0 V

Ground Output
(BG) ply Ignition switch: OFF 0V
cardiagn.com
• After engine warming up
• Selector lever: “N” position
• At idle
JSDIA1897GB
30 Line pressure sole-
Ground Output
(GR) noid valve

• Depress the accelerator pedal fully
JSDIA1898GB
33 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output
200 Hz
34 Output speed sen- • Shift position: “M1” position

Ground Input
(W) sor • Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)
JSDIA1904GB
700 Hz
35 Primary speed sen- • Shift position: “M1” position

Ground Input
(GR) sor • Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)
JSDIA1905GB
TM-282
TCM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) A
Input/
+ − Signal
Output
B
• Engine started
37 Select solenoid C
Ground Output • Vehicle is stopped
(Y) valve
JSDIA1897GB TM
• Selector lever: “D” position E

• Accelerator pedal position: 1/8 or
less
more F
Torque converter
38 JSDIA1900GB
Ground clutch solenoid Output
cardiagn.com
(G)
valve G
• Engine started
• Vehicle is stopped H
JSDIA1903GB
I
39 Secondary pres- • Shift position: “M1” position J

Ground Output
(W) sure solenoid valve • Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)
K
JSDIA1897GB
L
40 Primary pressure • Shift position: “M1” position
Ground Output
(V) solenoid valve • Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)
M
JSDIA1897GB
41 N
Ground Ground — Always 0V
(B)
42
(B) O
Battery power sup-
45
Ground ply (Memory back- Input Always 10 − 16 V
(V)
up)
P
Battery power sup-
46
(V)
up)
47 Ignition power sup- Ignition switch: ON 10 − 16 V

Ground Input
TM-283
TCM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color)
Input/
+ − Signal
Output

Ground Input
*: This harness does not use.
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010622471
Fail-safe function

P062F Not changed from normal driving —
cardiagn.com
played
P0705 —
• Start is slow
played
P0706 —
• Start is slow
• Start is slow
P0712 −35°C (−31°F) ≤ Temp. < 10°C (50°F)
• Start is slow
Temp. < −35°C (−31°F)
• Start is slow
P0713 −35°C (−31°F) ≤ Temp. < 10°C (50°F)
• Start is slow
Temp. < −35°C (−31°F)
• Start is slow
P0715 —
• Start is slow
• Start is slow
TM-284
TCM
A
• Start is slow
• Start is slow B
• Selector shock is large C
• Start is slow
P0746 —
TM
• Start is slow
• Lock-up is not performed E
• Start is slow
When a malfunction occurs on the high oil pressure side F
cardiagn.com
• Start is slow G
P0778 —
• Selector shock is large H
• Start is slow
P0779 —
I
P0847 Not changed from normal driving — J
P084D Not changed from normal driving — K
• Start is slow
P0863 — L
• Start is slow M
N
• Start is slow
P0962 —
• Start is slow
P0963 —
• Lock-up is not performed P
• Start is slow
P0965 • Lock-up is not performed
TM-285
TCM
• Start is slow
P0966 —
• Start is slow
P0967 —
• Start is slow
P2765 —
• Start is slow
P2813 • Acceleration is slow
• Selector shock is large When a malfunction occurs on the high oil pressure side
cardiagn.com
• Start is slow
U0073 —
• Start is slow
U0100 —
• Start is slow
U0300 —
U110F Not changed from normal driving —
Protection Control INFOID:0000000010622472
The TCM becomes the protection control status temporarily to protect the safety when the safety of TCM and
transmission is lost. It automatically returns to the normal status if the safety is secured.
CONTROL FOR WHEEL SPIN
Control
Limits engine output when a wheel spin occurs in any of right and left drive wheels.
Vehicle behavior in If the accelerator is kept depressing during wheel spin, the engine revolution and vehicle speed are limited to
tion
TM-286
TCM
Control Engine output is controlled according to a vehicle speed while reversing the vehicle. A
Vehicle behavior in
control
Normal return condi- B
tion

C
Control
Vehicle behavior in TM
control
tion E
The reverse brake is controlled to avoid becoming engaged when the selector lever is set in “R” position while F
Control
cardiagn.com
control reverse. G
tion engaged.)
H
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000010622473
If multiple malfunction codes are detected at the same time, check each code according to the DTC check pri-
ority list below. I
Items
Priority DTC Reference
(CONSULT screen terms) J
P0863 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) TM-366, "DTC Description"
U0073 COMM BUS A OFF TM-310, "DTC Description"
U0100 LOST COMM (ECM A) TM-311, "DTC Description" K
U0102 LOST COMM (TRANSFER) TM-312, "DTC Description"
U0140 LOST COMM (BCM) TM-313, "DTC Description"
L
U0141 LOST COMM (BCM A) TM-314, "DTC Description"
1
U0155 LOST COMM (IPC) TM-315, "DTC Description"
U0300 CAN COMM DATA TM-316, "DTC Description" M
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT TM-317, "DTC Description"
U110F LOST COMM (ECM) TM-318, "DTC Description"
N
U1111 LOST COMM (CHASSIS CONT MDUL) TM-319, "DTC Description"
U1117 LOST COMM (ABS) TM-320, "DTC Description"
O
TM-287
TCM
Items
(CONSULT screen terms)
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER TM-340, "DTC Description"
P0778 PC SOLENOID B TM-350, "DTC Description"
P0962 PC SOLENOID A TM-369, "DTC Description"
2
P2814 SELECT SOLENOID TM-384, "DTC Description"
P062F EEPROM TM-321, "DTC Description"
P0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A TM-322, "DTC Description"
P0712 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A TM-330, "DTC Description"
cardiagn.com
P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A TM-334, "DTC Description"
3 P0826 UP/DOWN SHIFT SWITCH TM-354, "DTC Description"
P0841 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A TM-357, "DTC Description"
P0847 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B TM-358, "DTC Description"
P084C FLUID PRESS SEN/SW H TM-362, "DTC Description"
P084D FLUID PRESS SEN/SW H TM-364, "DTC Description"
P0890 TCM TM-367, "DTC Description"
P2765 INPUT SPEED SENSOR B TM-379, "DTC Description"
4 P0776 PC SOLENOID B TM-348, "DTC Description"
DTC Index INFOID:0000000010622474
NOTE:
• If multiple malfunction codes are detected at the same time, check each code according to the “DTC check
priority list”. Refer to TM-287, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart".
• The ignition counter is displayed in “FFD”. Refer to TM-272, "CONSULT Function".
DTC*1, *2
Items
CONSULT (CONSULT screen terms)
Trip MIL*3 Reference
GST
(TRANSMISSION)
P062F P062F EEPROM 1 ON TM-321
P0705 P0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A 2 ON TM-322
P0706 P0706 T/M RANGE SENSOR A 2 ON TM-327
P0712 P0712 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A 2 ON TM-330
P0713 P0713 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A 2 ON TM-332
TM-288
TCM
DTC*1, *2
Items A
Trip MIL*3 Reference
GST
(TRANSMISSION)
P0715 P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A 2 ON TM-334
B
P0717 P0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A 2 ON TM-337
P0740 P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER 2 ON TM-340
P0743 P0743 TORQUE CONVERTER 2 ON TM-342 C
P0744 P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER 2 ON TM-344
P0746 P0746 PC SOLENOID A 2 ON TM-346
TM
P0776 P0776 PC SOLENOID B 2 ON TM-348
P0779 P0779 PC SOLENOID B 2 ON TM-352 E
— P0826 UP/DOWN SHIFT SWITCH 1 — TM-354
P0841 P0841 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A 2 — TM-357
F
P0847 P0847 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B 2 ON TM-358
P0848 P0848 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B 2 ON TM-360
cardiagn.com
P084C P084C FLUID PRESS SEN/SW H 2 ON TM-362 G
P084D P084D FLUID PRESS SEN/SW H 2 ON TM-364
P0863 P0863 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) 1 ON TM-366
P0890 P0890 TCM 1 ON TM-367 H
I
P0967 P0967 PC SOLENOID B 2 ON TM-377 J
P2765 P2765 INPUT SPEED SENSOR B 2 ON TM-379
P2813 P2813 SELECT SOLENOID 2 ON TM-382
K
U0073 U0073 COMM BUS A OFF 1 ON TM-310 L
U0100 U0100 LOST COMM (ECM A) 1 ON TM-311
— U0102 LOST COMM (TRANSFER) 1 — TM-312
M
— U0140 LOST COMM (BCM) 1 — TM-313
— U0141 LOST COMM (BCM A) 1 — TM-314
— U0155 LOST COMM (IPC) 1 — TM-315 N
— U0300 CAN COMM DATA 1 — TM-316
— U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 1 — TM-317
— U110F LOST COMM (ECM) 1 — TM-318 O
— U1111 LOST COMM (CHASSIS CONT MDUL) 1 — TM-319
— U1117 LOST COMM (ABS) 1 — TM-320
P
*1: These numbers are specified by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*2: The DTC number of the 1st trip is the same as the DTC number.
*3: Refer to TM-270, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
TM-289
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CVT: RE0F10D]
WIRING DIAGRAM
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000010622475
cardiagn.com
JRDWC2842GB
TM-290
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JRDWC2843GB
TM-291
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
JRDWC2844GB
TM-292
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JRDWC2845GB
TM-293
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
JRDWC2846GB
TM-294
CVT SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
P
JRDWC2854GB
TM-295
cardiagn.com
JRDWC2855GB
TM-296
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JRDWC2856GB
TM-297
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F10D]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010622477
NOTE:
“DTC” includes DTC at the 1st trip.
1.OBTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT SYMPTOM
Refer to TM-299, "Diagnostic Work Sheet" and interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information
(conditions and environment when the malfunction occurred) as much as possible when the customer brings
in the vehicle.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC
1. Before checking the malfunction, check whether any DTC exists.
2. If DTC exists, perform the following operations.
- Records the DTCs. (Print out using CONSULT and affix to the Work Order Sheet.)
- Erase DTCs.
cardiagn.com
- Check the relation between the cause found by DTC and the malfunction information from customer. TM-
395, "Symptom Table" can be used effectively.
3. Check the relevant information including STI, etc.
Do malfunction information and DTC exists?
Malfunction information and DTC exists.>>GO TO 3.
Malfunction information exists but no DTC.>>GO TO 4.
No malfunction information, but DTC exists.>>GO TO 5.
3.REPRODUCE MALFUCTION SYSTEM
Check the malfunction described by the customer on the vehicle.
Check if the behavior is fail safe or normal operation. Refer to TM-284, "Fail-safe".
Interview sheet can be used effectively when reproduce malfunction conditions. Refer to TM-299, "Diagnostic
Work Sheet".
Verify the relationship between the symptom and the conditions in which the malfunction described by the cus-
tomer occurs.
>> GO TO 5.
4.REPRODUCE MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM
Check if the behavior is fail safe or normal operation. Refer to TM-284, "Fail-safe".
Work Sheet".
Verify the relationship between the symptom and the conditions in which the malfunction described by the cus-
tomer occurs.
>> GO TO 6.
5.PERFORM “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” of the appropriate DTC to check if DTC is detected again.
Refer to TM-287, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" when multiple DTCs are detected, and then determine the
order for performing the diagnosis.
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow GI-44, "Intermittent Incident" to check.
6.IDENTIFY MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM WITH “DIAGNOSIS CHART BY SYMPTOM”
TM-298
Use TM-395, "Symptom Table" from the symptom inspection result in step 4. Then identify where to start per-
forming the diagnosis based on possible causes and symptoms. A
>> GO TO 8.
7.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS B
Repair or replace the detected malfunctioning parts.

Reconnect parts or connector after repairing or replacing, and then erase DTC if necessary.
C
>> GO TO 8.
8.FINAL CHECK TM
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” again to make sure that the repair is correctly performed.
Check that malfunctions are not reproduced when obtaining the malfunction information from the customer,
referring to the symptom inspection result in step 3 or 4. E
Is DTC or malfunction symptom reproduced?
YES-1 (DTC is reproduced.)>>GO TO 5.
YES-2 (Malfunction is reproduced.)>>GO TO 6. F
NO >> Before delivering the vehicle to the customer, make sure that DTC is erased.
cardiagn.com
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000010622478
G
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that may cause a malfunction
of the transmission parts. By understanding those conditions prop- H
erly, a quick and exact diagnosis can be achieved.
In general, perception of a problem varies depending on individuals.
Ask the customer about his/her concerns carefully. It is important to I
understand the phenomenon or status. To systemize all the informa-
tion for the diagnosis, prepare the question sheet referring to the
question points.
J
In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may
cause a DTC to be detected.
SEF907L
K
Worksheet Sample
Question sheet L
Registration Initial year Year Month
Customer's number registration day
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type Chassis No. M
Year Month
Storage date Engine Mileage km/mile
day
Symptom Vehicle does not start. ( R position D position L position M position) N
Upshifting does not occur. Downshifting does not occur.
Lock-up malfunction
O
Shift point is too high. Shift point is too low.
Shift shock ( N⇒D Lock-up R, D, L, and M)
Slip ( N⇒D Lock-up R, D, L, and M) P
Noise Vibration
When selector lever position is shifted, shift pattern does not change.
Other
( )
First occurrence Recently (as from month of year )
Frequency of occurrence Always Under certain conditions Sometimes ( time(s)/day)
TM-299
Question sheet
MR/MS
name
Vehicle type Chassis No.
Year Month
day
Climate con-
Irrelevant
ditions
Weather Clear Cloud Rain Snow Others )
Temperature Hot Warm Cool Cold Temperature (Approx. °C/°F)
Relative humidity High Moderate Low
Transaxle condition In cold-start During warm-up (approx. °C/°F) After warm-up
Engine speed: rpm
Urban area Suburb area Highway
Road conditions
Mountainous road (uphill or downhill)
Operating condition, etc. Irrelevant
When engine starts During idling During driving
During acceleration At constant speed driving During deceleration
cardiagn.com
During cornering (RH curve or LH curve)
Other conditions
TM-300
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCM
A
Always perform the following items when the TCM is replaced. B

TCM PROGRAMMING
• Since vehicle specifications are not yet written in a new TCM, it is necessary to write them with CONSULT.
CAUTION: C
When replacing TCM, save TCM data on CONSULT before removing TCM.
SAVING AND WRITING OF TCM DATA
• TCM performs accurate control by retrieving data (inherent characteristic value) of each solenoid. For this TM
reason, it is necessary to save data of current TCM in CONSULT before replacing the TCM. After this, the
saved data must be written in new TCM.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000010622480
E
1.SAVE TCM DATA (IP CHARACTERISTICS VALUE)

F
NOTE:
Save necessary data stored in TCM in CONSULT according to the following instructions:
cardiagn.com
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Connect all of disconnected connectors.
3. Turn ignition switch ON.
4. Select “Work Support” in “TRANSMISSION”. H
5. Select “READ IP CHARA - REPLACEMENT TCM”.
6. Import data according to the instructions on the CONSULT screen.
I
>> GO TO 2.
2.SAVE TCM DATA (VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS)
NOTE: J
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. K
3. Select “Re/programming, Configuration”.
4. Select “AT/CVT”. L
NOTE:
If “AT/CVT” is not displayed and TCM data cannot be saved on CONSULT, GO TO 3.
5. Select “Programming”.
6. Save TCM data on CONSULT according to the CONSULT display. M
>> GO TO 3.
N
3.REPLACE TCM
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds.
2. Replace TCM. Refer to TM-415, "Removal and Installation". O
>> GO TO 4.
4.WRITE TCM DATA (VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS) P
NOTE:
Write data saved in CONSULT into a new TCM according to the following instructions:
With CONSULT
2. Perform programming according to the CONSULT display.
TM-301
>> GO TO 5.
5.WRITE TCM DATA (IP CHARACTERISTICS VALUE)
NOTE:
With CONSULT
3. Select “Work Support” in “TRANSMISSION”.
4. Select “WRITE IP CHARA - REPLACEMENT TCM”.
5. Write data saved in CONSULT in TCM according to the instructions on the CONSULT screen.
>> WORK END
cardiagn.com
TM-302
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
A
Perform the following work after the transaxle assembly is replaced. B

WRITING TCM DATA
• TCM performs accurate control by retrieving data (inherent characteristic value) of each solenoid. For this
reason, after replacing transaxle assembly, it is necessary to write new data in TCM. C
ERASING OF CVT FLUID DEGRADATION LEVEL DATA
• TCM records the degradation level of the CVT fluid calculated from the vehicle driving status. Therefore, if
the transaxle assembly is replaced, it is necessary to erase the CVT fluid degradation level data recorded by TM
TCM.
E
1.CHECK THE SERIAL NUMBER
Write down the serial number of new transaxle assembly.
F
cardiagn.com
G
K
JSDIA6075GB
>> GO TO 2. L
NOTE:
Write data of new solenoid in TCM according to the following instructions: M
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
When the work is interrupted, obtain data again from the supplied CD. N
1. Shift the selector lever to the P position.
4. Insert the supplied CD into CONSULT. O
6. Select “WRITE IP CHARA - REPLACEMENT AT/CVT”.
7. Check that the serial number displayed on CONSULT screen and those written in the memo agree. P
8. Write data in TCM according to the instructions on the CONSULT screen.
NOTE:
When writing is complete, the shift position indicator of the combination meter displays P.
>> GO TO 3.
3.ERASE CVT FLUID DEGRADATION LEVEL DATA
TM-303
With CONSULT
1. Select “WORK SUPPORT” in “TRANSMISSION”.
2. Select “CONFORM CVTF DETERIORTN”.
3. Touch “Clear”.
>> WORK END
cardiagn.com
TM-304
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCM AND TRANSAXLE ASSEM-
BLY
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCM AND TRANSAXLE AS-
A
SEMBLY
B
When replacing TCM and transaxle assembly simultaneously, perform the following work.
TCM PROGRAMMING
• Since vehicle specifications are not yet written in a new TCM, it is necessary to write them with CONSULT. C
CAUTION:
TM
WRITING TCM DATA
reason, after replacing TCM and transaxle assembly, it is necessary to write new data in TCM.
E
1.SAVE TCM DATA (VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS) F

With CONSULT
cardiagn.com
2. Connect all of disconnected connectors. G
5. Select “AT/CVT”.
NOTE: H
7. Save TCM data on CONSULT according to the CONSULT display. I
>> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE TCM AND TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY J

2. Replace TCM and transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-415, "Removal and Installation" (TCM), TM-450,
K
"Removal and Installation" (Transaxle assembly).
CAUTION:
L
JSDIA6075GB
>> GO TO 3.
TM-305
BLY
3.WRITE TCM DATA (VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS)

NOTE:
With CONSULT
>> GO TO 4.
NOTE:
Write data of new solenoid in TCM according to the following instructions:
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
When the work is interrupted, obtain data again from the supplied CD.
4. Insert the supplied CD into CONSULT.
cardiagn.com
7. Check that the serial number displayed on CONSULT screen and those written in the memo agree.
NOTE:
>> WORK END
TM-306
STALL TEST
STALL TEST
A
INSPECTION B
1. Check the engine oil level. Replenish if necessary. Refer to LU-9, "Inspection" (MR20DD), LU-25, "Inspec-
tion" (QR25DE).
2. Check for leak of the CVT fluid. Refer to TM-399, "Inspection". C
3. Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the CVT fluid temperature is 50 to 80°C (122 to
176°F).
4. Be sure to apply the parking brake and block the tires. TM
5. Start the engine, depress the brake pedal and put the selector lever to the D position.
6. While depressing the brake pedal, depress the accelerator pedal gradually.
E
7. Read the stall speed quickly. Then, release your foot from the accelerator pedal quickly.
CAUTION:
Do not depress the accelerator pedal for 5 seconds or more during the test.
F
Stall speed : Refer to TM-456, "Stall Speed".
cardiagn.com
8. Place the selector lever in the N position. G
9. Cool the CVT fluid.
CAUTION:
Run the engine with the idle speed for at least 1 minute.
H
10. Put the selector lever to the R position and perform Step 6 to Step 9 again.
NARROWING-DOWN MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
I
Selector lever position
Possible cause
D R
H O • Forward clutch J
O H • Reverse brake
• Engine
L L
• Torque converter one way clutch
K
Stall speed
• Line pressure is low.
• Primary pulley
H H L
• Secondary pulley
• Steel belt
O: Within the stall speed standard value.
H: Stall speed is higher than the standard value. M
L: Stall speed is lower than the standard value.
TM-307
CVT POSITION
CVT POSITION
1. Turn ON the ignition switch with the shift selector at the “P” position.
2. Press the shift selector button with the brake pedal depressed, and confirm that the shift selector can be
moved to positions other than “P”. Also confirm that movement is not allowed from the “P” position to other
position without depressing the brake pedal.
3. Move the shift selector and check for “excessive effort”, “sticking”, “noise” or “rattle”.
4. Confirm that shift selector stops at each position with the feel of engagement when it is moved through all
the positions. Check whether or not the actual position the shift selector is in matches the position shown
by the transaxle body.
5. Make sure that the shift selector is moved to all the shift posi-
tions in the manner shown.
6. When the shift selector button is pressed without applying for-
ward/backward force to the shift selector at “P”, “R”, “N”, or “D”
positions, there should be no “sticking” on the shift selector but-
ton operation.
7. The relationship between selector lever, engine starting ability,
cardiagn.com
and shift position indicator lighting should satisfy the conditions
of the following table.
JPDIA0344GB
Selector lever Load direction to the se- Applied load to the se-
Engine starting ability Shift position indicator lighting
position lector lever lector lever
P P (over stroke) ← P → R Start P indicator shall be illuminated
R P←R 30 N (3.1 kg, 6.7 lb) Not start R indicator shall be illuminated
N R←N Start N indicator shall be illuminated
D — — Not start —
8. Confirm that the back-up lamps illuminate only when lever is placed in the “R” position. Confirm that the
back-up lamps does not illuminate when selector lever is pushed against “R” position in the “P” or “N”
position.
9. Check that the transaxle is locked when the selector lever is in the “P” position.
10. When selector lever is set to manual shift gate, make sure that manual mode is displayed on combination
meter. Shift selector lever to “+” and “−” sides, and check that set shift position changes.
Adjustment INFOID:0000000010622487
1. Shift the selector lever to the “P” position.

CAUTION:
Rotate the wheels at least a quarter turn and be certain the Park position mechanism is fully
engaged.
2. Loosen nut and set manual lever to the “P” position.
CAUTION:
Never apply force to the manual lever.
• MR20DD models
JSDIA5177ZZ
TM-308
CVT POSITION
• QR25DE models A
JSDIA6016ZZ
TM
3. Tighten the nut to the specified torque. Refer to TM-406, "MR20DD : Exploded View" (MR20DD), TM-409,
"QR25DE : Exploded View" (QR25DE).
CAUTION: E
In tightening, fix the manual lever.
cardiagn.com
G
TM-309
U0073 COMMUNICATION BUS A OFF
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F10D]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
DTC Description INFOID:0000000010622488
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT screen terms

DTC DTC detection condition
(Trouble diagnosis content)
COMM BUS A OFF TCM communication blockage lasts for 2 seconds or more when turning
U0073
(Control Module Communication Bus A Off) ON the ignition switch. (Communication not established.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Harness or connector (CAN communication line is error)
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test.
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1. Start the engine and wait for at least 5 seconds.
2. Check the DTC.
Is “U0073” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-310, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END
For the diagnosis procedure, refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
TM-310
U0100 LOST COMMUNICATION (ECM A)
A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

(Trouble diagnosis content) C
LOST COMM (ECM A) When the ignition switch is ON, TCM is unable to receive the CAN
U0100
(Lost Communication With ECM/PCM A) communications signal from ECM continuously for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE TM
• ECM
• Harness or connector (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
E
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
• Acceleration is slow F
cardiagn.com
G
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test. H
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

2. Check the DTC.
J
K
L
TM-311
U0102 LOST COMMUNICATION (TRANSFER)
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

LOST COMM (TRANSFER) When the ignition switch is ON, TCM is unable to receive the CAN com-
U0102 (Lost Communication With Transfer Case Con- munications signal from AWD control unit continuously for 2 seconds or
trol Module) more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• AWD control unit
FAIL-SAFE
Not changed from normal driving
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Check the DTC.
TM-312
U0140 LOST COMMUNICATION (BCM)
A

LOST COMM (BCM)
When the ignition switch is ON, TCM is unable to receive the CAN com-
U0140 (Lost Communication With Body Control Mod-
munications signal from BCM continuously for 2 seconds or more.
ule)
TM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• BCM
• Harness or connector (CAN communication line is open or shorted) E
FAIL-SAFE
F
cardiagn.com
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at G
>> GO TO 2. H

With CONSULT I
2. Check the DTC.
Is “U0140” detected? J
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END K
For the diagnosis procedure, refer to LAN-17, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". L
TM-313
U0141 LOST COMMUNICATION (BCM A)
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

LOST COMM (BCM A)
When the ignition switch is turned ON, TCM continues no reception of
the CAN communication signal from IPDM E/R for 2 seconds or more.
ule A)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Check the DTC.
TM-314
U0155 LOST COMMUNICATION (IPC)
A

[Trouble diagnosis content] C
LOST COMM (IPC) When the ignition switch is ON, TCM is unable to receive the CAN com-
U0155 [Lost Communication With Instrument Panel munications signal from the combination meter continuously for 2 sec-
Cluster (IPC) Control Module] onds or more.
TM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Combination meter
FAIL-SAFE
F
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2. H

With CONSULT I
2. Check the DTC.
TM-315
U0300 CAN COMMUNICATION DATA
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CAN COMM DATA When the ignition switch is ON, the data length transmitted from each
U0300 (Internal Control Module Software Incompatibili- control unit is shorter than the specified length and the status continues
ty) for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Control unit other than TCM
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and wait for 5 seconds or more.
2. Check the DTC.
1.CONTROL UNIT CHECK

Check the number of control units replaced before “U0300” is detected.
Is one control unit replaced?
YES >> The specification of the control unit replaced may be incorrect. Check the part number and the
specification.
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
1. Remove one of the control unit replaced.
2. Assemble the old control unit before replacement.
3. Turn ignition switch ON, and wait for 2 seconds or more.
4. Select “Self Diagnostic Results” in “TRANSMISSION”.
Is “U0300”detected?
YES >> Turn OFF the ignition switch and check other control units in the same manner.
NO >> The specification of the control unit removed may be incorrect. Check the part number and the
specification.
TM-316
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real-time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- B
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability.
Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links
with other control units during operation (not independently). In CAN communication, control units are con-
nected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission C
with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
TM
CAN COMM CIRCUIT When the ignition switch is ON, TCM cannot send the CAN communica-
E
U1000
(CAN Communication Line) tion signal continuously for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
F
Harness or connector (CAN communication line is open or shorted)
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
Not changed from normal driving G
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK H
I
>> GO TO 2.
J
With CONSULT
2. Check the DTC.
K
L
M
TM-317
U110F LOST COMMUNICATION (ECM)
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

LOST COMM (ECM) When the ignition switch is ON, TCM is unable to receive the CAN com-
U110F
(Lost Communication With ECM) munications signal from ECM continuously for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Check the DTC.
Is “U110F” detected?
TM-318
U1111 LOST COMMUNICATION (CHASSIS CONTROL MODULE)
A

LOST COMM (CHASSIS CONT MDUL) When the ignition switch is ON, TCM is unable to receive the CAN com-
U1111 (Lost Communication With Chassis Control munications signal from chassis control module continuously for 2 sec-
Module) onds or more.
TM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
F
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2. H

With CONSULT I
2. Check the DTC.
TM-319
U1117 LOST COMMUNICATION (ABS)
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

LOST COMM (ABS)
U1117 munications signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) con-
(Lost Communication With ABS)
tinuously for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Check the DTC.
TM-320
P062F EEPROM
P062F EEPROM
A
TCM compares the calculated value stored in the flash ROM with the value stored in TCM. If the calculated B
value does not agree with the stored value, TCM judges this as a malfunction.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
C
EEPROM TM
P062F Flash ROM error is detected when turning ON the ignition switch.
(Internal Control Module EEPROM Error)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• TCM (Flash ROM) E
• Harness or connector [TCM power supply (back-up) circuit is open or shorted]
FAIL-SAFE
Not changed from normal driving F
cardiagn.com
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK G
H
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION I
1. Start the engine.
2. Check the DTC.
Is “P062F” detected? J
1.REPLACE TCM L
Replace the TCM. Refer to TM-415, "Removal and Installation".

M
>> WORK END
TM-321
P0705 TRANSMISSION RANGE SENSOR A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is main-
T/M RANGE SENSOR A
tained for 2 seconds:
P0705 [Transmission Range Sensor A Circuit (PRNDL
• Two or more range signals simultaneously stay ON continuously
Input)]
• TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Short circuit between transmission range switch and TCM)
• Transmission range switch
FAIL-SAFE
• Shift position indicator on combination meter is not displayed
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
2. Shift the selector lever through entire positions from “P” to “D”. (Hold the selector lever at each position for
5 seconds or more.)
3. Check the first trip DTC.
Is “P0705” detected?
1.CHECK TCM INPUT SIGNALS

With CONSULT
2. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”.
3. Select “D POSITION SW”, “N POSITION SW”, “R POSITION SW”, and “P POSITION SW”.
4. Shift the selector lever through entire positions from “P” to “D” and check ON/OFF of each monitor item.
Monitor item Condition Condition

Selector lever: “D” position On
D POSITION SW
N POSITION SW
TM-322
A
R POSITION SW
Selector lever: “P” position On B
P POSITION SW
Without CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. C
2. Disconnect TCM connector.
4. Shift the selector lever from “P” to “D” and check voltage between TCM harness connector terminals and TM
ground.
+ E
TCM − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Selector lever: “D” position 10 – 16 V F
4
Other than the above Approx. 0 V
cardiagn.com
Selector lever: “N” position 10 – 16 V
5 G
F23 Ground
Selector lever: “R” position 10 – 16 V
6
Other than the above Approx. 0 V H
Selector lever: “P” position 10 – 16 V
7
I
NO-1 [“D POSITION SW” is “ON” when selector is not in “D” position. (Or connector terminal 4 is at power J
voltage.)]>>GO TO 2.
NO-2 [“N POSITION SW” is “ON” when selector is not in “N” position. (Or connector terminal 5 is at power
NO-3 [“R POSITION SW” is “ON” when selector is not in “R” position. (Or connector terminal 6 is at power K
NO-4 [“P POSITION SW” is “ON” when selector is not in “P” position. (Or connector terminal 7 is at power
voltage.)]>>GO TO 8. L
2.CHECK D POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART 1)
2. Disconnect TCM connector. M
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals.
TCM N
Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
O
5
F23 4 Not existed
6
7 P
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
1. Disconnect transmission range switch connector.
TM-323
3. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminal and ground.
+
Voltage
TCM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F23 4 Ground 0V
YES >> GO TO 10.
4.CHECK N POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART 1)
TCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
cardiagn.com
2
4
F23 5 Not existed
6
7
YES >> GO TO 5.
+
Voltage
TCM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F23 5 Ground 0V
YES >> GO TO 10.
6.CHECK P POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART 1)
TCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
4
F23 7 Not existed
5
6
TM-324
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. A
B
+
C
Voltage
TCM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal TM
F23 7 Ground 0V
YES >> GO TO 10. E
8.CHECK R POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART1) F
cardiagn.com
G
TCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal H
2
4
F23 6 Not existed
5 I
7
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK R POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART 2) K
3. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminal and ground. L
+
Voltage M
TCM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F23 6 Ground 0V
N
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. O
10.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
Check transmission range switch. Refer to TM-325, "Component Inspection".
P
Is the check result normal?

TM-325
Check continuity between transmission range switch connector terminals.
Transmission range switch

Condition Continuity
Terminal
Manual lever: “P” and “N” positions Existed
1–2
Other than the above Not existed
Manual lever: “P” position Existed
3–4
Manual lever: “R” position Existed
3–5
Manual lever: “N position Existed
3–6
Manual lever: “D” position Existed
3–7
cardiagn.com
NO >> There is a malfunction of transmission range switch. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-
450, "Removal and Installation".
TM-326
A

T/M RANGE SENSOR A
P0706 (Transmission Range Sensor A Circuit Range/
• All range signals stay OFF
Performance) TM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Open circuit between ignition switch and transmission range switch/open circuit E
between transmission range switch and TCM)
• Control cable
Harness or connector (CAN communication line is error) F
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
• Start is slow
• Lock-up is not performed H
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK I
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE K
40 seconds or more.)
3. Check the first trip DTC. L
M
N
1.ADJUSTMENT OF CONTROL CABLE

Adjust control cable. Refer to TM-308, "Adjustment". O
>> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE P
With CONSULT
3. Touch “Erase”.
4. Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE". Refer to TM-288, "DTC Index".
TM-327
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> INSPECTION END
3.CHECK POWER CIRCUIT
4. Check voltage between transmission range switch harness connector terminal and ground.
+
Transmission range switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F22 3 Ground 10 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 7.
4.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH AND TCM (PART 1)
cardiagn.com
3. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector terminals and TCM harness con-
nector terminals.
Transmission range switch TCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
4 7
5 6
F22 F23 Existed
6 5
7 4
YES >> GO TO 5.
Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector terminals and ground.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
4
5
F22 Ground Not existed
6
7
YES >> GO TO 6.
7.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN IPDM E/R AND TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH
TM-328
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. A
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector terminal and transmission range switch harness
connector terminal.
B
IPDM E/R Transmission range switch
Continuity
F72 71 F22 3 Existed C
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. TM
8.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEMS

Check the following items: E
• Open circuit or short circuit in harness between ignition switch and IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-52, "Wiring Dia-
gram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
• Short circuit in harness between IPDM E/R harness connector terminal 71 and transmission range switch
F
harness connector terminal 3.
• 10A fuse (No. 97, located in the IPDM E/R). Refer to PG-89, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
• IPDM E/R
cardiagn.com
Is the check result normal? G
H
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH I

Transmission range switch J

Terminal
1–2 K
3–4
Other than the above Not existed L
3–5
M
3–6
Manual lever: “D” position Existed N
3–7
YES >> INSPECTION END O
P
TM-329
P0712 TRANSMISSION FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

FLUID TEMP SENSOR A
P0712 (Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor A Cir-
cuit Low)
• Fluid temperature sensor detection voltage: 0.15 V or less
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (CVT fluid temperature sensor circuit is shorted to ground)
• CVT fluid temperature sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• Engine coolant temperature when engine start: Temp. ≥ 10°C (50°F)
- Start is slow
- Acceleration is slow
cardiagn.com
• Engine coolant temperature when engine start: −35°C (−31°F) ≤ Temp. < 10°C (50°F)
- Selector shock is large
- Start is slow
• Engine coolant temperature when engine start: Temp. < −35°C (−31°F)
- Start is slow
>> GO TO 2.
1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT

2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector.
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and ground.
TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F23 12 Ground Not existed
YES >> GO TO 2.
TM-330
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK CVT UNIT TERMINAL CODE ASSEMBLY A
Check continuity between CVT unit connector terminal and ground.

B
CVT unit
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F24 12 Ground Not existed C
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> There is a malfunction of the CVT unit terminal code assembly. Replace the transaxle assembly. TM
Refer to TM-450, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR E
Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminals.
CVT unit Resistance F

Condition
Connector Terminal (Approx.)
cardiagn.com
CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 6.5 kΩ
G
F250 12 – 18 CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 2.2 kΩ
Is the inspection result normal? H
NO >> There is a malfunction of the CVT fluid temperature sensor. Replace the transaxle assembly.
Refer to TM-450, "Removal and Installation". I
TM-331
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

FLUID TEMP SENSOR A tained for 5 seconds:
P0713 (Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor A Cir- • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
cuit High) • Vehicle speed: More than 10 km/h (7 MPH)
• Fluid temperature sensor detection voltage: 2.48 V or more
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (CVT fluid temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted to power supply)
FAIL-SAFE
- Start is slow
cardiagn.com
- Start is slow
- Start is slow
>> GO TO 2.
2. Maintain the following condition for 10 seconds or more.
Vehicle speed : 20 km/h (12 MPH) or more

3. Stop the vehicle.
1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT (PART 1)

3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals and CVT unit harness connector terminals.
TM-332
TCM CVT unit A

Continuity
11 18
F23 F24 Existed B
12 12
YES >> GO TO 2. C
TM
E
+
Voltage
TCM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal F
F23 12 Ground 0V
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 3. G
3.CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR H
2. Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminals.
I
CVT unit Resistance
Condition
CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 6.5 kΩ J

K
NO >> There is a malfunction of the CVT fluid temperature sensor. Replace the transaxle assembly. L
TM-333
P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT screen terms DTC detection condition

DTC
When 1 is satisfied and any of 2, 3 or 4 is satisfied:
1. When the following conditions are satisfied:
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
- After range change completion, it spends 2 seconds or more.
2. When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is maintained
for 5 seconds:
- Primary pulley speed: Less than 150 rpm
- Secondary pulley speed: 500 rpm or more
for 0.5 seconds:
- 10-msec-ago primary pulley speed: 1,000 rpm or more
- Now primary pulley speed: 0 rpm
INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
P0715 (Input/Turbine Speed Sensor A Cir-
cardiagn.com
for 5 seconds:
cuit)
- Range: D or L
- Engine speed: 450 rpm or more
- Input peed: 300 rpm or more
- Primary pulley speed: 300 rpm or more
- Secondary pulley seed: 300 rpm or more
- Differences between engine speed and primary pulley speed: More than
1,000 rpm
- Differences between primary pulley speed and input speed: More than 1,000
rpm
- Differences between engine speed and input speed: 1,000 rpm or less
- Lock-up command is being given (except for slip lock-up)
- DTC other than the applicable DTC is not detected.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Primary speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Primary speed sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
CAUTION:
Be careful of the driving speed.
>> GO TO 2.
2. Drive the vehicle.
3. Maintain the following conditions for 10 seconds or more.
Selector lever : “D” POSITION

Engine speed : 1,200 rpm or more
TM-334
5. Check the first trip DTC. A
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". B
C
1.CHECK PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT
TM
2. Disconnect primary speed sensor connector.
4. Check voltage between primary speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.
E
+
Primary speed sensor − Voltage
F
Connector Terminal
F55 3 Ground 10 – 16 V
cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT H
Check continuity between primary speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.
I
Primary speed sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F55 1 Ground Existed J
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. K
3.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR AND TCM (PART 1)

1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
3. Check continuity between primary speed sensor harness connector terminal and TCM harness connector
terminal.
M
Primary speed sensor TCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal N
F55 2 F23 35 Existed
YES >> GO TO 4. O
4.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR AND TCM (PART 2) P

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
TM-335
YES >> GO TO 5.
2. Lift the vehicle.
4. Check frequency of primary speed sensor.
+
Frequency
TCM − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
700 Hz
• Shift position: “M1” position

F23 35 Ground
• Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)
JSDIA1905GB
cardiagn.com
NO >> Replace primary speed sensor. Refer to TM-425, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN IPDM E/R AND PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector.
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector terminal and primary speed sensor harness con-
nector terminal.
IPDM E/R Primary speed sensor

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 7.
Check the following items:
• Short circuit in harness between IPDM E/R harness connector terminal 70 and primary speed sensor har-
ness connector terminal 3.
• 10A fuse (No.93, located in the IPDM E/R). Refer to PG-89, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
• IPDM E/R
TM-336
A

- After range change completion, it spends 2 seconds or more. TM
2. When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is main-
E
- Input speed: Less than 150 rpm
- Range: Other than P, N
- P0715 is not detected
3. When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is main- F
tained for 0.5 seconds:
- 10-msec-ago input speed: 1,000 rpm or more
cardiagn.com
INPUT SPEED SENSOR A - Now input speed: 0 rpm
P0717 (Input/Turbine Speed Sensor “A” Circuit No 4. When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is main- G
Signal) tained for 5 seconds:
- Range: D or L
- Input peed: 300 rpm or more H
- Differences between engine speed and primary pulley speed: 1,000
rpm or less I
- Differences between primary pulley speed and input speed: More than
1,000 rpm
- Differences between engine speed and input speed: More than 1,000 J
rpm
K
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Input speed sensor
L
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
M
CAUTION: N
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed.
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at O
>> GO TO 2. P

With CONSULT
TM-337
Selector lever : “D” position

1.CHECK INPUT SPEED SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect input speed sensor connector.
4. Check voltage between input speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.
cardiagn.com
+
Input speed sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F54 3 Ground 10 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK INPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between input speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.
Input speed sensor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
F54 1 Ground Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN INPUT SPEED SENSOR AND TCM (PART 1)
3. Check continuity between input speed sensor harness connector terminal and TCM harness connector
terminal.
Input speed sensor TCM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
TM-338
Input speed sensor A

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
B
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. C
2. Lift the vehicle. TM
4. Check frequency of input speed sensor.
E
+
Frequency
TCM − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F
880 Hz
cardiagn.com
G
F23 24 Ground
H
JSDIA3769GB
Is the inspection result normal? I

NO >> Replace input speed sensor. Refer to TM-422, "MR20DD : Removal and Installation" (MR20DD),
TM-424, "QR25DE : Removal and Installation" (QR25DE). J
6.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN IPDM E/R AND INPUT SPEED SENSOR
2. Disconnect IPDM E/R connector. K
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector terminal and input speed sensor harness connec-
tor terminals.
L
IPDM E/R Input speed sensor
Continuity
M

YES >> GO TO 7. N
Check the following items: O
• Short circuit in harness between IPDM E/R harness connector terminal 70 and input speed sensor harness P
connector terminal 3.
• IPDM E/R
TM-339
P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TORQUE CONVERTER
P0740 • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
(Torque Converter Clutch Circuit/Open)
• P0743 is not detected.
• TCM judges that solenoid valve circuit is open.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted to power supply)
• Torque converter clutch solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
>> GO TO 2.
2.PREPARATION BEFORE OPERATION
With CONSULT
3. Select “FLUID TEMP”.
4. Confirm that the CVT fluid temperature is in the following range.
FLUID TEMP : 20°C (68°F) or more
With GST
2. Set the CVT fluid to 20°C (68°F) or more.
NOTE:
When the ambient temperature is 20°C (68°F), the CVT fluid usually increases to 50 to 80°C (122 to
176°F) with driving in an urban area for approximately 10 minutes.
Is the CVT fluid 20°C (68°F) or more?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> 1. Warm the transaxle.
2. GO TO 3.

TM-340
Is “P0740” detected? A
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END B
1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT C

TM
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and CVT unit harness connector terminal.
TCM CVT unit

Continuity E
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 2.
cardiagn.com
2.CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT G
Check resistance between CVT unit harness connector terminal and ground.
H
CVT unit
— Condition Resistance
Connector Terminal
CVT fluid temperature: 20°C (68°F) 5.5 – 7.0 Ω I
F250 5 Ground CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 6.0 – 8.0 Ω
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 6.5 – 8.5 Ω
J
NO >> There is malfunction of torque converter clutch solenoid valve. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer K
to TM-450, "Removal and Installation".
TM-341
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TORQUE CONVERTER tained for 0.48 seconds:
P0743
(Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Electrical) • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
• TCM judges that solenoid valve circuit is shorted to ground.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit is shorted to ground)
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
With GST
NOTE:
YES >> GO TO 3.
2. GO TO 3.

TM-342
YES >> Go to TM-343, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
B

C
TM
TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E
YES >> GO TO 2. F
2.CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
cardiagn.com
G
CVT unit H
Connector Terminal
F250 5 Ground CVT fluid temperature: 50°C (122°F) 6.0 – 8.0 Ω I
NO >> There is malfunction of torque converter clutch solenoid valve. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer
K
TM-343
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TORQUE CONVERTER
P0744 • P0717 is not detected.
(Torque converter clutch circuit intermittent)
• CAN communication is normal
• Torque converter slip speed: (40+vihicle speed/2) rpm
• LU pressure: More than 0.2 MPa
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Control valve assembly
• Torque converter
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
• Start is slow
CAUTION:
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
With GST
NOTE:
YES >> GO TO 3.
2. GO TO 3.
TM-344
Selector lever : “D” position A

Accelerator pedal position : 0.5/8 or more
3. Stop the vehicle. B
YES >> Go to TM-345, "Diagnosis Procedure". C
TM
1.REPLACE TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY

E
Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-450, "Removal and Installation".
>> WORK END F
cardiagn.com
G
TM-345
P0746 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The detecting condition A or detection condition B is detected twice or
more (1 second or more later after detection of the first) in the same DC
under the following diagnosis conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions
- Engine speed: More than 600 rpm
- Primary pulley speed: More than 450 rpm
- Idle is not being detected.
PC SOLENOID A - Acceleration/deceleration speed: −0.49 m/s2 (−0.05 G) or more
P0746 (Pressure Control Solenoid A Performance/ - The primary pulley speed experienced 300 rpm or more and the sec-
Stuck Off) ondary pulley speed experienced 250 rpm or more at least once.
- Secondary pulley speed: More than 150 rpm
• Detection condition A
cardiagn.com
- Status with the shifting ratio of the primary pulley speed/secondary pul-
ley ratio exceeding 2.981 is 0.2 sec. or more continuously.
• Detection condition B
NOTE:
DC stands for "DRIVING CYCLE" and indicates a series of driving cycle of "Ignition switch OFF → ON → driv-
ing → OFF".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
CAUTION:
>> GO TO 2.

TM-346
Is “P0746”detected?
YES >> Go to TM-347, "Diagnosis Procedure". A
B

C
>> WORK END TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-347
P0776 PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When any of 1 or 2 is satisfied and this state is maintained for 10 sec-
onds:
1. When all of the following conditions are satisfied:
- Selector lever: Other than P/N position
- CVT fluid temperature: More than -20°C (-4°F)
- TCM power supply: More than 11 V
- The difference between instruction pressure of secondary pressure
and 10-msec-ago instruction secondary pressure is 0 MPa or more
- Instruction pressure of secondary pressure: 0 MPa or more
- Instruction pressure of secondary pressure - secondary pressure:
More than 1.2 MPa
cardiagn.com
- When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is
maintained for 1.52 seconds:
• DTC other than the applicable DTC is not detected.
• CVT fluid temperature: More than -20°C (-4°F)
PC SOLENOID B
• Selector lever: Other than P/N position
P0776 (Pressure Control Solenoid “B” Performance/
• Instruction pressure of secondary pressure − secondary pressure:
Stuck Off)
0.25 MPa or more
• Secondary pressure - instruction pressure of secondary pressure:
1.2 MPa or more
- Secondary pressure - instruction pressure of secondary pressure:
More than 1.2 MPa
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Secondary pressure solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
• When a malfunction occurs on the low oil pressure side
- Start is slow
- Lock-up is not performed
- Vehicle speed is not increased
• When a malfunction occurs on the high oil pressure side
- Start is slow
CAUTION:
TM-348
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK A

B
>> GO TO 2.
C
TM
Accelerator pedal position : 1.0/8 or more E
Is “P0776” detected? F
cardiagn.com
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END G
1.REPLACE TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY H

I
>> WORK END
TM-349
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is maintained
PC SOLENOID B for 0.48 seconds:
P0778
(Pressure Control Solenoid “B” Electrical) • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Secondary pressure solenoid valve circuit is shorted to ground)
• Secondary pressure solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
>> GO TO 2.

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts.
2.CHECK SECONDARY PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
Check continuity between CVT unit harness connector terminal and ground.
TM-350
CVT unit A
Connector Terminal
B
Is the inspection result normal? C
NO >> There is malfunction of secondary pressure solenoid valve. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to
TM-450, "Removal and Installation". TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-351
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

PC SOLENOID B • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
P0779
(Pressure control solenoid B Intermittent) • P0778 is not detected
• TCM judges that solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted to power sup-
ply.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Secondary pressure solenoid valve circuit open or shorted to power supply)
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
• Start is slow
>> GO TO 2.


TCM CVT unit

Continuity
TM-352
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts. A
B
CVT unit
Connector Terminal C
TM

YES >> INSPECTION END E
TM-450, "Removal and Installation".
cardiagn.com
G
TM-353
P0826 UP AND DOWN SHIFT SW
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TCM monitors manual mode, non-manual mode, up or down switch sig-
UP/DOWN SHIFT SWITCH
P0826 nal, and detects as irregular when impossible input pattern occurs 1 sec-
(Up and Down Shift Switch Circuit)
ond or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Manual mode switch circuit are open or shorted)
• Manual mode switch
FAIL-SAFE
Manual mode is not activated
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION (PART 1)
With CONSULT
2. Shift the selector lever to “D” position and wait for 1 second or more.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
1. Shift the selector lever to manual shift gate and wait for 1 second or more.
NO >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
1. Shift the selector lever to “UP side (+ side)” and wait for 1 second or more.
NO >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
1. Shift the selector lever to “DOWN side (− side)” and wait for 1 second or more.
TM-354
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END A
1.CHECK DTC (COMBINATION METER) B
With CONSULT
C
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Results” in “METER/M&A”.
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to TM-288, "DTC Index". TM
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect CVT shift selector connector.
4. Check voltage between CVT shift selector harness connector terminal and ground. F
cardiagn.com
Voltage
CVT shift selector – Condition G
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch: ON 12 V
7 H
Ignition switch: OFF 0V
8
Ignition switch: OFF 0V I
M52 Ground
9
J
11
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH L
2. Check manual mode switch. Refer to TM-356, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 5.
N
4.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN CVT SHIFT SELECTOR AND COMBINATION METER
2. Disconnect combination meter connector. O
3. Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector terminals and combination meter harness
connector terminals.
P
CVT shift selector Combination meter
Continuity
7 30
8 33
M52 M34 Existed
9 32
11 31
TM-355
4. Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector terminals and ground.
CVT shift selector

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
7
8
M52 Ground Not existed
9
11
5.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector terminal and ground.
CVT shift selector

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
cardiagn.com
M52 10 Ground Existed
1.MANUAL MODE SWITCH

Check continuity between CVT shift selector connector terminals.
CVT shift selector

Terminal
Manual shift gate position (neutral) Existed
7 – 10
Selector lever: DOWN (− side) Existed
8 – 10
Selector lever: UP (+ side) Existed
9 – 10
Manual shift gate position Not existed
10 – 11
Other than the above Existed
NO >> There is malfunction of manual mode switch. Replace CVT shift selector assembly. Refer to TM-
TM-356
P0841 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW A
A

FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A • DTC other than the applicable DTC is not detected. TM
P0841 (Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch • Primary pulley speed: 300 rpm or more
“A” Circuit Range/Performance) • Secondary pulley speed: 250 rpm or more
• Target speed for shifting: Less than 0.1 seconds
E
• Primary pulley pressure is outside the specified value.
• Pulley ratio: 0.5 – 1.0
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• Harness or connector (Secondary pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Harness or connector (Primary pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted)
cardiagn.com
• Secondary pressure sensor
G
FAIL-SAFE
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H
CAUTION:
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK I
J
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION K
3. Maintain the following condition for 10 seconds or more. L

Vehicle speed : Constant speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) M
CAUTION:
Also keep the accelerator pedal position constant.
4. Stop the vehicle. N
YES >> Go to TM-357, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010622544 P

>> WORK END
TM-357
P0847 TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B tained for 5 seconds:
P0847 (Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch B • CVT fluid temperature: More than −20°C (−4°F)
Circuit Low) • TCM power supply voltage: 11 V or more
• Secondary pressure sensor voltage: 0.09 V or less
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Secondary pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted to ground)
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
FLUID TEMP : −20°C (−4°F)

With GST
CAUTION:
When the ambient temperature is less than −20°C (−4°F) and the engine is cold, warm up the
engine for approximately 5 minutes.

3. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminals.
TM-358
+ A
Connector Terminal
B
F23 16 Ground • Selector lever: “N” position 1.23 – 1.25 V
• At idle
C
NO >> GO TO 2.
TM
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector. E
TCM CVT unit F

Continuity
cardiagn.com
11 18
G
26 22
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT (PART 2) I
Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals and ground.
J
TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
16 K
26
L
YES >> There is malfunction of secondary pressure sensor. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-
M
TM-359
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B
• CVT fluid temperature: More than −20°C (−4°F)
P0848 (Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch B
Circuit Low)
• Instruction secondary pressure: 5.7 MPa or less
• Secondary pressure sensor voltage: 4.7 V or more
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Secondary pressure sensor circuit is shorted to power supply)
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, the ignition switch OFF and wait for at
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
FLUID TEMP : More than −20°C (−4°F)

With GST
CAUTION:

TM-360
+ A
Connector Terminal
B
• At idle
C
NO >> GO TO 2.
TM
2.CHECK SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT
2. Connect TCM connector. E
3. Disconnect CVT unit connector.
4. Check voltage between CVT unit harness connector terminal and ground.
F
+
Voltage
CVT unit −
cardiagn.com
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal G
F24 22 Ground 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT I
Check voltage between CVT unit harness connector terminal and ground.
+ J
Voltage
CVT unit −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
K
F24 14 Ground 0V
YES >> There is malfunction of secondary pressure sensor. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM- L
M
TM-361
P084C TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW H
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

FLUID PRESS SEN/SW H tained for 5 seconds:
P084C (Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch H • CVT fluid temperature: More than −20°C (−4°F)
Circuit Low) • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
• Primary pressure sensor voltage: 0.09 V or less
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Primary pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted to ground)
• Primary pressure sensor
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

With GST
CAUTION:
Is “P084C”detected?

TM-362
+ A
Connector Terminal
B
• At idle
C
NO >> GO TO 2.
TM
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector. E
TCM CVT unit F

Continuity
cardiagn.com
11 18
G
26 22
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT (PART 2) I
J
TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
17 K
26
L
YES >> There is malfunction of primary pressure sensor. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-450,
M
TM-363
P084D TRANSMISSION FLUID PRESSURE SEN/SW H
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

P084D (Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch • CVT fluid temperature: More than −20°C (−4°F)
“H” Circuit High) • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
• Primary pressure sensor voltage: 4.7 V or more
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT

With GST
CAUTION:
Is “P084D”detected?

TM-364
+ A
Connector Terminal
B
• At idle
C
NO >> GO TO 2.
TM
2.CHECK PRIMARY PRESSURE SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT
2. Connect TCM connector. E
F
+
Voltage
CVT unit −
cardiagn.com
(Approx.)
F24 22 Ground 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PRIMARY PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT I
+ J
Voltage
CVT unit −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
K
F23 13 Ground 0V
YES >> There is malfunction of primary pressure sensor. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-450, L
M
TM-365
P0863 TCM COMMUNICATION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
P0863 An error is detected at the initial CAN diagnosis of TCM.
(TCM Communication Circuit)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
TCM
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check the DTC.
1.REPLACE TCM
Replace TCM. Refer to TM-450, "Removal and Installation".
>> WORK END
TM-366
P0890 TCM
P0890 TCM
A

TCM
P0890 (Transmission Control Module Power Relay
Sense Circuit Low) TM
• Battery voltage: Less than 8.4 V
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector [TCM power supply (back-up) circuit is open or shorted] E
• TCM
FAIL-SAFE
• Selector shock is large F
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
• Vehicle speed is not increased G

I
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION J
2. Check the DTC.
Is “P0890” detected? K
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END L
1.CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT M

3. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminals and ground. N
+
O
TCM − Voltage
Connector Terminal
45 P
F23 Ground 10 – 16 V
46
YES >> Replace TCM. Refer to TM-415, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 2.
TM-367
P0890 TCM
• Open circuit or short circuit in harness between battery positive terminal and TCM connector terminals 45,
and 46. Refer to PG-12, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• 10A fuse (No.49, located in the fuse and fusible link block). Refer to PG-86, "Fuse and Fusible Link Arrange-
ment".
cardiagn.com
TM-368
A

PC SOLENOID A
P0962 (Pressure Control Solenoid A Control Circuit
Low) TM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Line pressure solenoid valve circuit is shorted to ground) E
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
G
H
I
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and wait for 5 seconds or more. J
YES >> Go to TM-369, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
L
1.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND CVT UNIT M

N
TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal O
YES >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
TM-369
CVT unit
Connector Terminal
NO >> There is malfunction of line pressure solenoid valve. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-
cardiagn.com
TM-370
A

PC SOLENOID A tained for 0.2 seconds:
P0963 (Pressure Control Solenoid A Control Circuit • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
High) • P0962 is not detected TM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connector (Line pressure solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted to power supply)
FAIL-SAFE F
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
• Lock-up is not performed G

I
>> GO TO 2.

3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and CVT unit harness connector terminal. N
TCM CVT unit

Continuity O
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 2.
TM-371
CVT unit
Connector Terminal
cardiagn.com
TM-372
A

onds:
- DTC other than the applicable DTC is not detected. TM
E
- The difference between instruction pressure of primary pressure
and 10-msec-ago instruction primary pressure is 0 MPa or more
- Instruction pressure of primary pressure: 0.86 MPa or more F
- Instruction pressure of primary pressure - primary pressure: More
than 1.2 MPa
cardiagn.com
maintained for 1 second: G
PC SOLENOID B • Selector lever: Other than P/N position
P0965 (Pressure Control Solenoid B Control Circuit • Engine speed: More than 625 rpm H
Range Performance) • Instruction pressure of primary pressure: More than 2 MPa
• Primary pressure: 0.4 MPa or less
- DTC other than the applicable DTC is not detected. I
- TCM power supply: More than 11 V J
• CVT fluid temperature: More than -20°C (-4°F) K
• Primary pressure - instruction pressure of primary pressure: 1.2
MPa or more
- The difference between instruction pressure of primary pressure L
- Primary pressure - instruction pressure of primary pressure: More
than 1.2 MPa
M
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Primary pressure solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted)
• Primary pressure solenoid valve N
FAIL-SAFE
- Selector shock is large O
- Start is slow
• When a malfunction occurs on the high oil pressure side P
TM-373
>> GO TO 2.

cardiagn.com
>> WORK END
TM-374
A

PC SOLENOID B
P0966 (Pressure Control Solenoid B Control Circuit
Low) TM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Primary pressure solenoid valve circuit shorted to ground) E
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
G
H
I
>> GO TO 2.
1. Start the engine and wait for 5 seconds or more. J
L

N
TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal O
YES >> GO TO 2. P
2.CHECK PRIMARY PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
TM-375
CVT unit
Connector Terminal
NO >> There is malfunction of primary pressure solenoid valve. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to
cardiagn.com
TM-376
A

PC SOLENOID B tained for 0.2 seconds:
P0967 (Pressure Control Solenoid B Control Circuit • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
High) • P0966 is not detected TM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connector (Primary pressure solenoid valve circuit open or shorted to power supply)
FAIL-SAFE F
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
• Lock-up is not performed G

I
>> GO TO 2.

3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and CVT unit harness connector terminal. N
TCM CVT unit

Continuity O
YES >> GO TO 2.
TM-377
CVT unit
Connector Terminal
cardiagn.com
TM-378
P2765 INPUT SPEED SENSOR B
A

When 1 is satisfied and any of 2, 3 or 4 is satisfied and this state is main-
- TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V TM
2. When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is
maintained for 5 seconds:
E
- Secondary pulley speed: Less than 150 rpm
- Primary pulley speed: 1,000 rpm or more
maintained for 0.5 seconds: F
- 10-msec-ago secondary pulley speed: 1000 rpm or more
- Now secondary pulley speed: 0 rpm
cardiagn.com
INPUT SPEED SENSOR B
maintained for 5 seconds: G
P2765 - Range: D or L
(Input/Turbine Speed Sensor B Circuit)
- Secondary pulley speed: 300 rpm or more H
- Input speed: 300 rpm or more
- The difference between engine speed and primary pulley speed is
1,000 rpm or less
- The difference between engine speed and input speed is 1,000 rpm I
or less
- The difference between primary pulley speed and input speed is
1,000 rpm or less J
- When any of following items are satisfied:
• Primary pulley speed/secondary pulley speed: More than 2.9 K
• Primary pulley speed/secondary pulley speed: Less than 0.3
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Output speed sensor circuit is open or shorted) L
• Output speed sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow M
N
CAUTION:
O
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test. P
>> GO TO 2.
TM-379

1.CHECK OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect output speed sensor connector.
4. Check voltage between output speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.
cardiagn.com
+
Output speed sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F19 3 Ground 10 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between output speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.
Output speed sensor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR AND TCM (PART 1)
3. Check continuity between output speed sensor harness connector terminal and TCM harness connector
terminal.
Output speed sensor TCM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
TM-380
Output speed sensor A

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
B
YES >> GO TO 5.
4. Check frequency of output speed sensor.
E
+
Frequency
TCM − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F
200 Hz
cardiagn.com
G
F23 34 Ground
H
JSDIA1904GB

NO >> Replace output speed sensor. Refer to TM-427, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN IPDM E/R AND OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR J
3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector terminal and output speed sensor harness con- K
nector terminals.
IPDM E/R Output speed sensor L

Continuity
M
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. N
• Open circuit or short circuit in harness between ignition switch and IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-52, "Wiring Dia- O
• Short circuit in harness between IPDM E/R harness connector terminal 70 and output speed sensor harness
connector terminal 3. P
• IPDM E/R
TM-381
P2813 SELECT SOLENOID
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When any of 1, or 2 is satisfied:
1. When all the following conditions are established three times in 1DC
- Precondition
• Throttle position: More than 6.27 deg.
• Vehicle speed: Less than 3 km/h (1 MPH)
• CVT fluid temperature: More than 20°C (68°F)
• Selector lever: Other than P, N
• Turbine speed when performed N → D, N (P) → R: More than 500
rpm
- Detection time
• N → D: 0.4 seconds
N → R: 0.3 seconds
cardiagn.com
•
• P → R: 0.3 seconds
SELECT SOLENOID
P2813 2. When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is
(Select solenoid)
- The counting of time continues while all of the following conditions
are satisfied and stops when the conditions become unsatisfied (the
count is maintained). When accumulated time reaches 30 seconds
(Clutch is judged as engaged and the count is reset.)
• Differences between primary pulley speed and secondary speed:
Less than 120 rpm
• Clutch instructions pressure: 0.95 MPa or more
• Differences between turbine speed and input speed: Less than 200
rpm
• Turbine speed – speed: More than 450 rpm
NOTE:
DC stands for “DRIVING CYCLE” and indicates a series of driving cycle of “Ignition switch OFF → ON → driv-
ing → OFF”.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Select solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
- Start is slow
CAUTION:
TM-382
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION 1 A

2. Maintain the following conditions. (Keep 30seconds or more after the selector lever shifted.)
B
Selector lever : N→ D, N → R, P→ R
C
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". TM
E
F
>> WORK END
cardiagn.com
G
TM-383
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SELECT SOLENOID tained for 0.48 seconds:
P2814
(Select solenoid) • TCM power supply voltage: 11 V or more
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Select solenoid valve circuit shorted to ground)
FAIL-SAFE
Selector shock is large
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
>> GO TO 2.
2. Maintain the following conditions. (Keep 5 seconds or more after the selector lever shifted.)
Selector lever : N → D, N → R, P → R

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SELECT SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT
TM-384
CVT unit A
Connector Terminal
B
NO >> There is malfunction of select solenoid valve. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-450,
"Removal and Installation". TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-385
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SELECT SOLENOID
(Select solenoid)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Select solenoid valve circuit open or shorted to power supply)
FAIL-SAFE
Selector shock is large
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.

TCM CVT unit

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 2.
TM-386
CVT unit A
Connector Terminal
B
"Removal and Installation". TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-387
MAIN POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
1.CHECK TCM POWER CIRCUIT (PART 1)

3. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminals and ground.
+
TCM − Voltage
Connector Terminal
45
F23 Ground 10 – 16 V
46
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
cardiagn.com
Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminals and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON 10 – 16 V
47
Ignition switch OFF Approx. 0 V
F23 Ground
48
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
41
F23 Ground Existed
42
YES >> Check intermittent incident. Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident".
4.DETECT MALFUNCTION ITEMS (PART 1)
• Open circuit or short circuit in harness between battery positive terminal and TCM connector terminal 45,
• 10A fuse (No.49, located in the fuse and fusible link block). Refer to PG-86, "Fuse and Fusible Link Arrange-
ment".
TM-388
5.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN IPDM E/R AND TCM A

3. Check continuity between IPDM E/R harness connector terminal and TCM harness connector terminals.
B
IPDM E/R TCM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal C
47
F72 70 F23 Existed
48
TM
YES >> GO TO 6.
E
6.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEMS (PART 2)
• Open circuit or short circuit in harness between ignition switch and IPDM E/R. Refer to PG-52, "Wiring Dia- F
• Short circuit in harness between IPDM E/R harness connector terminal 70 and TCM harness connector ter-
cardiagn.com
minals 47, and 48.
• 10A fuse (No.93, located in the IPDM E/R). Refer to PG-89, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement". G
• IPDM E/R
H
TM-389
SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR CIRCUIT
Component Parts Function Inspection INFOID:0000000010622576
1.CHECK SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR

2. Shift selector lever.
3. Check that the selector lever position and the shift position indicator on the combination meter are identi-
cal.
NO >> Go to TM-390, "Diagnosis Procedure".
1.CHECK TCM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT
cardiagn.com
3. Select “RANGE”.
5. Check that selector lever position, “RANGE” on CONSULT screen, and shift position indicator display on
combination meter are identical.
NO-1 (“RANGE” is changed but is not displayed on shift position indicator.>>Check “Self Diagnostic Result”
in “TRANSMISSION”.
NO-2 (“RANGE” and shift position indicator are different.)>>Check “Self Diagnostic Result” in “TRANSMIS-
SION”.
NO-3 (Specific “RANGE” is not displayed on shift position indicator.)>>Check “Self Diagnostic Result” in
“METER/M&A”.
TM-390
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
A
1.CHECK SHIFT LOCK OPERATION (PART 1) B

2. Shift the selector lever to “P” position.
3. Attempt to shift the selector lever to any other than position with the brake pedal released. C
Can the selector lever be shifted to any other position?
NO >> GO TO 2. TM
2.CHECK SHIFT LOCK OPERATION (PART 2)
Attempt to shift the selector lever to any other than position with the brake pedal depressed. E
NO >> Go to TM-391, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
cardiagn.com
1.CHECK POWER SOURCE (PART 1) G
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
4. Check the voltage between the stop lamp switch harness connector terminal and ground.
+ I
Stop lamp switch – Voltage
Connector Terminal
J
E115 3 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> GO TO 9.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH MOUNTING POSITION
L
Check stop lamp switch mounting position. Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment".
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch mounting position.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to TM-394, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace stop lamp switch. O
4.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN STOP LAMP SWITCH AND CVT SHIFT SELECTOR
1. Disconnect CVT shift selector connector P
2. Check the continuity between the stop lamp switch harness connector terminal and the CVT shift selector
harness connector terminal.
Stop lamp switch CVT shift selector

Continuity
E115 4 M52 3 Existed
TM-391
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
3. Also check short circuit in harness.
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHCK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between the CVT shift selector harness connector terminal and ground.
CVT shift selector

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK PART POSITION SWITCH
1. Disconnect park position switch connector.
2. Check park position switch. Refer to TM-393, "Component Inspection (Park Position Switch)".
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID
1. Disconnect shift lock solenoid connector.
2. Check shift lock solenoid. Refer to TM-392, "Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid)".
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK CVT SHIFT SELECTOR HARNESS
Check CVT shift selector harness. Refer to TM-393, "Component Inspection (CVT Shift Selector Harness)".
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
• Open or short circuit of the harness between ignition switch and stop lamp switch connector. Refer to PG-52,
"Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
• Ignition switch
• 10A fuse [No.30, fuse block (J/B)]. Refer to PG-84, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid) INFOID:0000000010622580

Apply voltage to terminals of shift lock solenoid connector and check that shift lock solenoid is activated.
CAUTION:
• Connect the fuse between the terminals when applying the voltage.
• Never cause shorting between terminals.
TM-392
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
+ (fuse) − A
Shift lock solenoid Condition Status
Terminal
B
Apply battery voltage be-
1 2 Shift lock solenoid operates
tween terminals 1 and 2.
NO >> Replace shift lock unit. Refer to TM-404, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Component Inspection (Park Position Switch) INFOID:0000000010622581 TM
1.CHECK PARK POSITION SWITCH

E
Check the continuity between park position switch connector terminals.
CAUTION:
• Never cause shorting between terminals. F
Park position switch
cardiagn.com
Terminal G
Shift the selector lever to “P” position. Existed
1–2
Other than above Not existed
H
NO >> Replace park position switch. Refer to TM-404, "Disassembly and Assembly". I
Component Inspection (CVT Shift Selector Harness) INFOID:0000000010622582
1.CHECK CVT SHIFT SELECTOR HARNESS (PART 1) J
Check the continuity between the CVT shift selector harness connector terminal and the shift lock solenoid
K
CVT shift selector Shift lock solenoid

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
M324 3 M326 1 Existed
YES >> GO TO 2. M
NO >> Repair or replace CVT shift selector assembly. Refer to TM-403, "Removal and Installation".
2.CHECK CVT SHIFT SELECTOR HARNESS (PART 2) N
Check the continuity between the shift lock solenoid harness connector terminal and the park position switch
O
Shift lock solenoid Park position switch
Continuity
M326 2 M325 1 Existed P
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CVT SHIFT SELECTOR HARNESS (PART 3)
Check the continuity between the park position switch harness connector terminal and the CVT shift selector
TM-393
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Park position switch CVT shift selector

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
Check harness cladding CVT shift selector harness for damage.
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000010622583

Check the continuity between the stop lamp switch connector terminals.
cardiagn.com
Stop lamp switch
Terminal
Depressed brake pedal Existed
3–4
Released brake pedal Not existed
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-21, "Exploded View".
TM-394
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F10D]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000010622584
B
• The diagnosis item number indicates the order of check. Start checking in the order from 1.
• Perform diagnoses of symptom table 1 before symptom table 2.
C
Symptom Table 1
Torque converter clutch solenoid valve (P0740, P0743, P0744)

TM
Secondary pressure sensor (P0841, P0847, P0848)

E
CVT fluid temperature sensor (P0712, P0713)

Transmission range switch (P0705, P0706)
Primary pressure sensor (P084C, P084D)

F
cardiagn.com
Primary speed sensor (P0715)
G
Output speed sensor (P2765)

Input speed sensor (P0717)
Ignition switch and starter

CAN communication line
CVT fluid level and state

Symptom
H
Engine system
Power supply
Control valve
CVT position
I
Stall test
J
EC-136 (MR20DD)
EC-542 (QR25DE)
PG-52, STR-11
TM-307
TM-308
TM-388
TM-449
TM-401
TM-288
K
Large shock (N→D position) 1 4 7 3 6 2 8 5 L

Shift Shock Large shock (N→R position) 1 4 7 3 6 2 8 5
Shock is too large for lock-up. 2 3 6 1 5 4
M
Vehicle cannot be started from D po-
8 3 5 6 7 9 10 11 4 2 12 13 1
sition.
Vehicle cannot be started from R po-
8 3 5 6 7 9 10 11 4 2 12 13 1 N
sition.
Does not lock-up. 2 6 8 3 4 10 9 11 12 5 7 13 1
Slips/Will Not Does not hold lock-up condition. 2 6 8 3 4 10 9 11 12 5 7 13 1 O

Engage Lock-up is not released. 2 6 3 4 5 7 8 1
With selector lever in D position, ac-
3 4 5 7 8 9 12 10 11 2 6 13 14 1
celeration is extremely poor. P
With selector lever in R position, ac-
3 4 5 7 8 9 12 10 11 2 6 13 14 1
celeration is extremely poor.
Slips at lock-up. 2 6 8 3 4 10 9 11 12 5 7 13 1
TM-395
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM





Symptom
Engine system
Power supply
Control valve
CVT position
Stall test
cardiagn.com
EC-136 (MR20DD)
EC-542 (QR25DE)
PG-52, STR-11
TM-307
TM-308
TM-388
TM-449
TM-401
TM-288
No creep at all. 2 4 3 7 8 9 10 11 12 5 6 13 14 1
Vehicle cannot run in any position. 8 2 5 6 7 9 10 11 3 4 12 13 1
With selector lever in D position,
8 2 5 6 7 9 10 11 3 4 12 13 1
driving is not possible.
With selector lever in R position,
8 2 5 6 7 9 10 11 3 4 12 13 1
Judder occurs during lock-up. 2 6 3 4 5 7 8 1
Strange noise in D position. 2 3 4 1
Strange noise in R position. 2 3 4 1
Strange noise in N position. 2 3 4 1
Vehicle does not decelerate by en-
7 3 4 5 6 2 8 1
gine brake.
Maximum speed low. 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 11 4 10 1
Other With selector lever in P position, ve-

hicle does not enter parking condi-
tion or, with selector lever in another 1 2
position, parking condition is not
cancelled.
Vehicle runs with CVT in P position. 1 3 4 2
Vehicle runs with CVT in N position. 1 3 4 2
Engine stall. 2 6 3 4 8 9 5 7 10 1
Engine stalls when selector lever
2 6 3 4 5 7 1
shifted N → D or R.
Engine speed does not return to
2 4 3 5 1
idle.
Engine does not start in N or P posi-
3 2 1
tion.
Engine starts in positions other than
3 2 1
N or P.
TM-396
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
Symptom Table 2
A

B
Parking mechanism
Shift lock solenoid
CVT shift selector

Stop lamp switch
Torque converter
Forward clutch
Reverse brake
Planetary gear
Symptom C
Oil pump
Bearings
TM
TM-453
TM-394
TM-392
TM-403
TM-449
Large shock (N→D position) 2 1 E

Shift Shock Large shock (N→R position) 2 1
Shock is too large for lock-up. 1
F
Vehicle cannot be started from D
3 1 2
position.
cardiagn.com
Vehicle cannot be started from R
position.
4 1 2 3 G
Does not lock-up. 1 3 2
Slips/Will Does not hold lock-up condition. 1 3 2 H

Not Engage Lock-up is not released. 1 2
1 3 2
acceleration is extremely poor. I
1 4 2 3
acceleration is extremely poor.
Slips at lock-up. 1 2 J
TM-397
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
Parking mechanism
Shift lock solenoid
CVT shift selector

Stop lamp switch
Torque converter
Forward clutch
Reverse brake
Planetary gear
Symptom
Oil pump
Bearings
TM-453
TM-394
TM-392
TM-403
TM-449
No creep at all. 1 6 2 4 5 3
Vehicle cannot run in all posi-
1 2 4 5 3 6
tions.
1 2 4 3 5
1 2 4 3 5
cardiagn.com
Judder occurs during lock-up. 1
Strange noise in D position. 1 2 4 3 5
Strange noise in N position. 1 2 3
Maximum speed low. 1 5 2 4 3
With selector lever in P position,
vehicle does not enter parking
condition or, with selector lever in 1
Other another position, parking condi-
tion is not cancelled.
Vehicle runs with CVT in P posi-
2 1
tion.
Vehicle runs with CVT in N posi-
2 3 1
tion.
Engine stall. 1
1
When brake pedal is depressed
with ignition switch ON, selector
1 2 3
lever cannot be shifted from P po-
sition to other position.
When brake pedal is not de-
pressed with ignition switch ON,
1 2 3
selector lever can be shifted from
P position to other position.
TM-398
CVT FLUID
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [CVT: RE0F10D]
CVT FLUID
B
FLUID LEAKAGE
• Check transaxle surrounding area (oil seal and plug etc.)for fluid C
leakage.
• If anything is found, repair or replace damaged parts and adjust
CVT fluid level. Refer to TM-401, "Adjustment".
TM
SMA146B
F
Replacement INFOID:0000000010622586
cardiagn.com
G
Recommended fluid and fluid capacity : Refer to MA-23, "Fluids and Lubricants".
CAUTION:
• Always use shop paper. Never use shop cloth. H
• Replace a drain plug gasket with new ones at the final stage of the operation when installing.
• Use caution when looking into the drain hole as there is a risk of dripping fluid entering the eye.
• After replacement, always perform CVT fluid leakage check. I
1. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION” using CONSULT.
2. Select “FLUID TEMP” and confirm that the CVT fluid temperature is 40°C (104°F) or less.
3. Check that the selector lever is in the “P” position, then completely engage the parking brake. J
4. Lift up the vehicle.
5. Remove the drain plug and drain the CVT fluid from the oil pan. Refer to TM-419, "Exploded View".
6. Install the drain plug to oil pan. K
CAUTION:
Drain plug gasket use the old one.
7. Remove the overflow plug from converter housing. L
: Vehicle front
M
JSDIA3714ZZ
O
TM-399
CVT FLUID
8. Install the charging pipe set (A) (SST: KV311039S0) into the
overflow plug hole.
CAUTION:
Tighten the charging pipe by hand.
9. Install the ATF changer hose (B) to the charging pipe.
CAUTION:
Press the ATF changer hose all the way onto the charging
pipe until it stops.
10. Fill approximately 3 liter (2-5/8 lmp qt) of the CVT fluid.
11. Remove the ATF changer hose and charging pipe, then install
the overflow plug. JSDIA3713ZZ
NOTE:
Perform this work quickly because CVT fluid leaks.
12. Lift down the vehicle.
14. While depressing the brake pedal, shift the selector lever to the entire position from “P” to “D”, and shift it
to the “P” position.
NOTE:
Hold the lever at each position for 5 seconds.
15. Check that the CONSULT “Data Monitor” in “FLUID TEMP” is 35°C (95°F) to 45°C (113°F).
cardiagn.com
16. Stop the engine.
18. Remove the drain plug, and then drain CVT fluid from oil pan.
19. Repeat steps 6 to 18 (one time).
20. Tighten the drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-419, "Exploded View".
21. Remove the overflow plug.
22. Install the charging pipe set (A) (SST: KV311039S0) into the overflow plug hole.
CAUTION:
23. Install the ATF changer hose to the charging pipe.
CAUTION:
Press the ATF changer hose all the way onto the charging pipe until it stops.
25. Remove the ATF changer hose and charging pipe, then install the overflow plug.
NOTE:
NOTE:
31. Remove the overflow plug and confirm that the CVT fluid is drained from the overflow plug hole.
CAUTION:
Perform this work with the vehicle idling.
NOTE:
If the CVT fluid is not drained, refer to “Adjustment” and refill with the CVT fluid.
32. When the flow of CVT fluid slows to a drip, tighten the overflow plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-
419, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Never reuse O-ring.
TM-400
CVT FLUID
35. Select “CONFORM CVTF DETERIORTN”. A
36. Select “Erase”.
B
C
CAUTION:
• During adjustment of the CVT fluid level, check CONSULT so that the oil temperature may be main- TM
tained from 35 to 45°C (95 to 113°F).
• During adjustment of the CVT fluid level, check that the engine speed is maintaining 500 rpm.
E
1. Check that the selector lever is in the “P” position, then completely engage the parking brake.
3. Adjust the CVT fluid temperature to be approximately 40°C (104°F).
F
NOTE:
The CVT fluid is largely affected by temperature. Therefore be sure to use CONSULT and check the
“FLUID TEMP” under “TRANSMISSION” in “Data Monitor” while adjusting.
cardiagn.com
4. While depressing the brake pedal, shift the selector lever to the entire position from “P” to “D”, and shift it G
NOTE:
Hold the lever at each position for 5 seconds. H
6. Check that there is no CVT fluid leakage.
7. Remove the overflow plug from converter housing. I
: Vehicle front
J
JSDIA3714ZZ
L
8. Install the charging pipe set (A) (SST: KV311039S0) into the
overflow plug hole.
M
CAUTION:
CAUTION: N
10. Fill approximately 0.5 liter (1/2 lmp qt) of the CVT fluid. O
11. Remove the ATF changer hose from the charging pipe, and
check that the CVT fluid drains out from the charging pipe. If it JSDIA3713ZZ
does not drain out, perform charging again. P

CAUTION:
12. When the flow of CVT fluid slows to a drip, remove the charging pipe from the converter housing.
13. Tighten the overflow plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-419, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Never reuse O-ring.
TM-401
CVT FLUID
cardiagn.com
TM-402
CVT SHIFT SELECTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F10D]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

CVT SHIFT SELECTOR
B
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA6478GB J
Selector lever knob . Lock pin Knob cover

Detent switch* Park position switch Shift lock unit K
CVT shift selector assembly
:N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
L
*: With intelligent key system
M
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Always apply the parking brake before performing removal and installation. N
1. Shift the selector lever to “N” position.
2. Slide the selector lever knob cover down.
CAUTION: O
Never damage the knob cover.
3. Pull out the lock pin .
4. Pull the selector lever knob and knob cover upwards to P
remove them.
5. Remove the center console assembly. Refer to IP-25, "Removal
and Installation".
6. Disconnect the CVT shift selector connector.
7. Shift the selector lever to “P” position. JSDIA2778ZZ
TM-403
CVT SHIFT SELECTOR
8. Disconnect the key interlock cable from CVT shift selector assembly. Refer to TM-412, "Removal and
Installation". (Without intelligent key system)
9. Remove the control cable from the CVT shift selector assembly with the following procedure.
a. Disconnect the tip of control cable from the CVT shift selector
assembly.
b. Remove socket from CVT shift selector assembly.
CAUTION:
Never damage the pawl of socket.
10. Remove harness clips from the CVT shift selector with a clip
remover.
11. Remove CVT shift selector assembly mounting bolts.
12. Remove the CVT shift selector assembly.
JSDIA5661ZZ
INSTALLATION
• When connecting the control cable to the CVT shift selector
assembly , face the grooved surface of the rib up and insert
the control cable until it stops.
cardiagn.com
JPDIA0609ZZ
• Follow the procedure below and place the selector knob onto the CVT shift selector.
1. Install the lock pin onto the selector lever knob .
2. Install the knob cover onto the selector lever knob.
3. Press the selector lever knob onto the selector lever until it
clicks.
CAUTION:
• When pressing the selector lever knob onto the selector
lever, never press the selector lever knob button.
• Never strike the selector lever knob to press it into place.
4. After installing selector lever knob, pull the knob to check that it
does not become disconnected.
JSDIA2778ZZ
DISASSEMBLY
CAUTION:
Confirm the installation condition of wiring before disassembly.
1. Remove shift lock unit mounting screws ( ).
JSDIA6479ZZ
TM-404
CVT SHIFT SELECTOR
2. Remove the shift lock unit from the CVT shift selector assem-
bly. A
3. Disconnect shift lock solenoid harness connector, park position
switch harness connector, and detent switch harness connec-
tor*. B
JSDIA6480ZZ
TM
4. Remove park position switch and detent switch* from shift
lock unit.
*: With intelligent key system E
CAUTION:
Never damage pawls.
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA6481ZZ
ASSEMBLY
Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. H
I
Check the CVT position. If a malfunction is found, adjust the CVT position. Refer to TM-308, "Inspection".
J
TM-405
CONTROL CABLE
CONTROL CABLE
MR20DD
MR20DD : Exploded View INFOID:0000000010622592
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5630GB
Control cable Lock plate Transaxle assembly

Manual lever Bracket A Bracket B
Grommet CVT shift selector assembly
MR20DD : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010622593
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
• Always apply the parking brake before performing removal and installation.
• Be careful not to cut your hand on heat insulator edges.
3. Remove battery tray. Refer to PG-148, "EXCEPT FOR R9M : Removal and Installation".
TM-406
CONTROL CABLE
4. Remove the control cable nut ( ) and remove the control cable
from the manual lever . A
: Vehicle front
B
JSDIA5183ZZ
TM
5. Remove the lock plate and remove the control cable from
bracket .
E
: Vehicle front
6. Remove the center console. Refer to IP-25, "Removal and

Installation". F
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5184ZZ
7. Disconnect the tip of control cable from the CVT shift selector H
assembly.
8. Remove socket from CVT shift selector assembly.
CAUTION: I
Never damage pawl of socket.
JSDIA5661ZZ K
9. Disengage the pawls ( ) of the grommet , and pull down-

wards to remove.
L
11. Remove the exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-6, "Exploded View".
M
JSDIA5182ZZ
12. Remove the heat plate fixtures . O
: Vehicle front
P
JSDIA5214ZZ
TM-407
CONTROL CABLE
13. Remove the control cable from bracket .
: Vehicle front
14. Remove the control cable from the vehicle.
JPDIA0107ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note the followings and install in the reverse order of removal.
• From below the vehicle, press the grommet into place until the
pawls ( ) make a click sound.
CAUTION:
• Place the grommet on the floor, then fasten it in place from
below the vehicle.
• Check that pulling down on the grommet does not discon-
nect it.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5182ZZ
• Pay attention to the following when connecting the control cable to the CVT shift selector.
1. Shift the selector lever and Manual lever to “P” position.
2. When connecting the control cable to the CVT shift selector
JPDIA0609ZZ
3. Install the socket onto the CVT shift selector assembly.

CAUTION:
• Place the socket onto the CVT shift selector assembly,
then fasten it in place from above.
• Check that the pulling on the socket does not disconnect
it.
JSDIA1810ZZ
MR20DD : Inspection INFOID:0000000010622594

QR25DE
TM-408
CONTROL CABLE
QR25DE : Exploded View INFOID:0000000010622595
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5365GB
I
Control cable Transaxle assembly Manual lever
Bracket A Lock plate Bracket B
J
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb) K
QR25DE : Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010622596

L
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
• Always apply the parking brake before performing removal and installation. M
2. Shift the selector lever to “P” position. N
from the manual lever . O
: Vehicle front
P
JSDIA4147ZZ
TM-409
CONTROL CABLE
bracket .
: Vehicle front
6. Remove the center console. Refer to IP-25, "Removal and

Installation".
JSDIA5184ZZ
7. Disconnect the tip of control cable from the CVT shift selector
assembly.
CAUTION:
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5661ZZ

wards to remove.
11. Remove exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-12, "Exploded View".
JSDIA5182ZZ
12. Remove the heat plate fixtures .
: Vehicle front
JSDIA5214ZZ
: Vehicle front
JPDIA0107ZZ
TM-410
CONTROL CABLE
INSTALLATION
Note the followings and install in the reverse order of removal. A
CAUTION: B
below the vehicle.
nect it. C
TM
JSDIA5182ZZ
• Pay attention to the following when connecting the control cable to the CVT shift selector. E
assembly , face the grooved surface of the rib up and insert F
cardiagn.com
G
JPDIA0609ZZ
I
CAUTION:
• Place the socket onto the CVT shift selector assembly, J
it.
K
L
JSDIA1810ZZ
QR25DE : Inspection INFOID:0000000010622597

M

Check the CVT position. If a malfunction is found, adjust the CVT position. Refer to TM-308, "Inspection". N
TM-411
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6482ZZ
Shift selector assembly Key interlock cable Clip

Clip Key cylinder
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Always apply the parking brake before performing removal and installation.
1. Remove the instrument lower panel (driver side) and steering column cover. Refer to IP-14, "Removal and
Installation".
2. Remove the center console. Refer to IP-25, "Removal and Installation".
3. Press the pawls of the key interlock cable slider while slid-
ing it in the direction of the casing cap , and separate the
adjusting holder and slider.
:Key interlock rod
4. Remove the key interlock cable from the shift selector.
JSDIA1797ZZ
TM-412
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
5. Lift the clip in the direction of the arrow ( ) and remove in
the direction of the arrow ( ). A
: Key interlock cable

B
: Key cylinder
6. Remove the key interlock cable from the key cylinder.

7. Disengage the clip and disconnect the key interlock cable from C
the vehicle.
JSDIA1798ZZ
TM
INSTALLATION
1. Move the shift selector to "P" position.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON position. E
3. Install the holder of key interlock cable to key cylinder.
4. Install the clip in the direction of the arrow ( ) and push it
in the direction of the arrow ( ). F
cardiagn.com
: Key cylinder G
5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position.

H
JSDIA3589ZZ
I
6. Install the adjusting holder onto the key interlock rod , then
install the casing cap onto the shift selector cable bracket .
CAUTION: J
• When installing the key interlock cable, do not bend or
twist the cable forcefully.
• After connecting the key interlock cable to the shift selec-
tor cable bracket, be sure to check that the casing cap is K
completely fastened to the cable bracket. If the casing cap
is easily displaced, replace the key interlock cable.
L
JSDIA1799ZZ
7. Slide the key interlock cable slider toward the key interlock
M
rod side and install the adjusting holder and key interlock
rod.
CAUTION:
• Never squeeze the pawls on the key interlock cable slider N
when holding the slider.
• Never apply force in a perpendicular direction to the key
interlock rod when sliding the slider. O
8. Install the center console. Refer to IP-25, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
9. Install the instrument lower panel (driver side) and steering col- JSDIA2644ZZ
P
umn cover. Refer to IP-14, "Removal and Installation".

• Check the CVT position. If a malfunction is found, adjust the CVT position. Refer to TM-308, "Inspection".
• The key can be removed only when the selector lever is in the “P” position.
TM-413
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
• It must not be possible to turn the ignition switch to LOCK when the selector lever is not in the “P” position.
cardiagn.com
TM-414
TCM
TCM
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5911GB
Bracket Bracket TCM

H
: Vehicle front
I
CAUTION:
J
• Never impact the TCM when removing or installing TCM.
• Before replacing TCM, perform "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCM". Refer to TM-301,
"Work Procedure".
• When replacing TCM and transaxle assembly simultaneously, perform "ADDITIONAL SERVICE K
WHEN REPLACING TCM AND TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY". Refer to TM-305, "Work Procedure".
• When replacing TCM, note the “CVTF DETERIORATION DATE” value displayed on CONSULT “CON-
FORM CVTF DETERIORTN” in MAINTENANCE BOOKLET, before start the operation. L
REMOVAL
1. Remove the battery. Refer to PG-142, "EXCEPT FOR R9M : Removal and Installation".
M
2. Disconnect the TCM connector .
P
JSDIA5189ZZ
TM-415
TCM
3. Remove the TCM bracket mounting bolts ( ) and remove the
TCM bracket from battery tray .
4. Remove the harness clip from TCM bracket.
JSDIA5190ZZ
5. Remove the TCM mounting nut and bolt , and remove the
TCM from TCM bracket .
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5191ZZ
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION

When replacing TCM, perform "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCM". Refer to TM-301, "Work
Procedure".
TM-416
AIR BREATHER
AIR BREATHER
A
MR20DD
B
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5130ZZ
H
Air breather cap Air breather hose Air breather tube
Transaxle assembly
I
REMOVAL J
1. Remove air duct 1 and air duct 2. Refer to EM-31, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION K
Note the followings and installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Never bend the air breather hose to prevent damage to the hose. L
• Insert air breather hose to the end of air breather cap.
• Insert air breather hose to air breather tube all the way to
the curve of the tube. M
• Insert air breather hose to air breather tube so that the paint
mark is facing upward.
N
JSDIA5229ZZ
QR25DE P
TM-417
AIR BREATHER
JSDIA5140ZZ
cardiagn.com
Air breather cap Air breather hose Air breather tube
Transaxle assembly
REMOVAL
1. Remove air duct 1 and air duct 2. Refer to EM-175, "Removal and Installation".
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Never bend the air breather hose to prevent damage to the hose.
• Insert air breather hose to the end of air breather cap.
the curve of the tube.
ALDIA0501ZZ
TM-418
OIL PAN
OIL PAN
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
I
JSDIA4194GB
Transaxle assembly Oil pan gasket Oil pan J

Drain plug Drain plug gasket Magnet
Overflow plug O-ring
K
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb) L
: Apply CVT fluid
M
REMOVAL N
1. Remove the engine under cover. Refer to EXT-40, "ENGINE UNDER COVER : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the drain plug from oil pan and drain the CVT fluid.
O
JSDIA5205ZZ
TM-419
OIL PAN
3. Remove the drain plug gasket .
JSDIA5206ZZ
4. Remove the oil pan bolts ( ) and remove the oil pan and oil pan
gasket.
: Vehicle front
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5207ZZ
5. Remove the oil pan gasket from the oil pan.
JSDIA5208ZZ
6. Remove the magnets from the oil pan.
JSDIA5209ZZ
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Never reuse oil pan gasket.
• Never reuse drain plug gasket.
• Completely clean the iron powder from the magnet area of oil pan and the magnets.
• Install the oil pan to the transaxle case with the following procedure.
1. Install the oil pan gasket to the oil pan.
CAUTION:
Completely wipe out any moisture, oil, and old gasket from the oil pan gasket surface and bolt
hole of oil pan and transaxle case.
2. Install the oil pan assembly to the transaxle case and temporarily tighten the oil pan bolt.
TM-420
OIL PAN
3. Tighten the oil pan bolts in the order shown to the specified
torque. A
: Vehicle front
4. Tighten the oil pan bolts again clockwise from (1) shown to the B
specified torque.
• Fill ATF after installation. Refer to TM-399, "Replacement".
C
JSDIA5211ZZ
TM

Check oil pan for foreign material.
• If a large amount of worn material is found, clutch plate may be worn.
• If iron powder is found, bearings, gears, or clutch plates may be worn.
• If aluminum powder is found, bushing may be worn, or chips or burrs of aluminum casting parts may enter. F
Check points where wear is found in all cases.
cardiagn.com
Check the CVT fluid leakage. Refer to TM-399, "Inspection". G
TM-421
INPUT SPEED SENSOR
INPUT SPEED SENSOR
MR20DD
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5264GB
Transaxle assembly O-ring Input speed sensor

: Apply CVT fluid
REMOVAL
2. Remove air duct 1. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View".
3. Disconnect input speed sensor connector .
JSDIA5194ZZ
TM-422
INPUT SPEED SENSOR
4. Remove mounting bolt ( ) and remove input speed sensor
from transaxle assembly. A
JSDIA5195ZZ
TM
5. Remove O-ring from input speed sensor.
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5196ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note the followings and installation is in the reverse order of removal. H
CAUTION:
• Apply CVT fluid to the O-ring. I
MR20DD : Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000010622610
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION J

Start the engine and check visually that there is no leakage of CVT fluid.
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION K
If CVT fluid leaks during work, adjust the CVT fluid level. Refer to TM-401, "Adjustment".
QR25DE
L
JSDIA4131GB
TM-423
INPUT SPEED SENSOR
Input speed sensor O-ring Transaxle assembly

: Apply CVT fluid
REMOVAL
2. Remove the starter motor. Refer to STR-34, "QR25DE : Removal and Installation".
3. Disconnect the input speed sensor harness connector.
4. Remove the input speed sensor bolt ( ) and remove the input
speed sensor .
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5427ZZ
5. Remove the O-ring from the input speed sensor.
JSDIA5199ZZ
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Apply CVT fluid to the O-ring.
QR25DE : Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000010622613

TM-424
PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5141GB
Transaxle assembly O-ring Primary speed sensor

H
: Apply CVT fluid I

J
REMOVAL
K
2. Disconnect the primary speed connector .
N
JSDIA5197ZZ
3. Remove the primary speed sensor bolt ( ) and remove the pri-
O
mary speed sensor .
JSDIA5198ZZ
TM-425
4. Remove the O-ring from the primary speed sensor.
JSDIA5199ZZ
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000010622616
cardiagn.com
TM-426
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5033GB
Transaxle assembly Output speed sensor O-ring

H
: Apply CVT fluid I

J
REMOVAL
K
2. Disconnect the output speed sensor connector .
N
JSDIA5200ZZ
3. Remove the output speed sensor bolt ( ) and remove the out-
O
put speed sensor .
JSDIA5201ZZ
TM-427
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
4. Remove the O-ring from the output speed sensor.
JSDIA5199ZZ
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
cardiagn.com
TM-428
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA3729GB
Transaxle assembly Differential side oil seal (left side) Differential side oil seal (right side)
(2WD models only) H
: Apply CVT fluid
I
J
REMOVAL
NOTE:
ing. K
Differential Side Oil Seal (Left Side)
1. Remove front drive shaft. Refer to FAX-36, "MR20DD : Removal and Installation" (2WD with MR20DD), L
FAX-101, "MR20DD : Removal and Installation" (4WD with MR20DD), FAX-113, "QR25DE : Removal and
Installation" (QR25DE).
2. Remove differential side oil seal using oil seal remover (A)
M
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch transaxle case and converter
housing. N
JPDIA0118ZZ
P
Differential Side Oil Seal (Right Side) (2WD Models Only)
1. Remove front drive shaft. Refer to FAX-36, "MR20DD : Removal and Installation".
TM-429
2. Remove differential side oil seal using oil seal remover (A)
CAUTION:
housing.
JPDIA0118ZZ
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Apply CVT fluid to differential side oil seals.
• When inserting the drive shaft, be sure to use Tool.
Tool number : KV38107900
cardiagn.com
Install each differential side oil seal evenly using suitable tool so that
differential side oil seal protrudes by the dimension (C) and (D)
respectfully.
: Differential side oil seal (LH)

: Differential side oil seal (RH) (2WD models only)
JPDIA0520ZZ
Dimension (C) :Height difference from case end surface is within 1.8 ± 0.5 mm (0.071 ±
0.020 in).
Dimension (D) :Height difference from case end surface is within 2.2 ± 0.5 mm (0.087 ±
0.020 in).
NOTE:
The reference is the installation direction of the differential side oil seal.
Drift to be used:
Location Commercial Service Tools
Transaxle case side Commercial service tool with outer dia. 56 mm (2.20 in) and in-
Converter housing side ner dia. 50 mm (1.97 in)

Check for CVT fluid leakage. Refer to TM-399, "Inspection".
TM-430
WATER HOSE
WATER HOSE
A
MR20DD
B
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5317GB
J
Water outlet Transaxle assembly Heater thermostat assembly
Hose clamp CVT oil warmer Water hose
K
To thermostat housing To engine oil cooler
: N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) L
M
REMOVAL
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure N
coolant escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly turn it a quarter turn to
allow built-up pressure to escape. Carefully remove the cap by turning it all the way.
CAUTION: O
Perform when the engine is cold.
NOTE:
ing. P
1. Remove air duct 1. Refer to EM-30, "Exploded View".
2. Remove water hose and heater thermostat assembly.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Never reuse hose clamps.
TM-431
WATER HOSE
• Securely install the water hose clip to the converter housing.
• Refer to the following when installing water hoses.
Hose Installation side tube Direction of paint mark Hose insertion depth (L)
Heater thermostat assembly CVT oil warmer Frontward Hose end reaches the 2-stage
CVT oil warmer Frontward bulge.
Water hose Hose end reaches the end of
Water outlet Frontward
tube.
JSDIA3579ZZ
• Refer to the followings when installing hose clamp.
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
Hose clamp should not interfere with the bulge of tube.
Installation side tube Hose clamp

Hose
Direction of tab Clamping position (A)
Heater thermo- 5 – 9 mm (0.20 – 0.35 in)
CVT oil warmer Frontward
stat assembly from hose end
Upward and
CVT oil warmer 5 – 7 mm (0.20 – 0.28 in)
Water hose 30° frontward
from hose end
Water outlet Frontward
JSDIA2424ZZ
MR20DD : Inspection INFOID:0000000010622625
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL

Heater Thermostat
1. Fully immerse the heater thermostat in a container (A) filled
with water. Continue heating the water while stirring.
2. Continue heating the heater thermostat for 5 minutes or more
after bringing the water to a boil.
JSDIA3661ZZ
3. Quickly take the heater thermostat out of the hot water, measure the heater thermostat within 10 seconds.
TM-432
WATER HOSE
- Place dial indicator (A) on the pellet and measure the elonga-
tion from the initial state. A
Standard : Refer to TM-457, "Heater Thermostat".

4. If out of standard, replace heater thermostat. B
JSDIA3662ZZ
TM
Start the engine and check visually that there is no leakage of engine coolant.
QR25DE E
cardiagn.com
G
M
JSDIA5142GB
Water outlet Hose clamp Water hose A N

Clip CVT oil warmer Transaxle assembly
Water hose B Heater thermostat Water hose C
O
P
REMOVAL
WARNING:
Never remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
engine coolant escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly turn it a quarter
turn to allow built-up pressure to escape. Carefully remove the cap by turning it all the way.
TM-433
WATER HOSE
CAUTION:
NOTE:
ing.
2. Remove engine under cover. Refer to EXT-40, "ENGINE UNDER COVER : Removal and Installation".
3. Remove CVT fluid charging pipe. Refer to TM-449, "Exploded View".
4. Remove splash side cover LH. Refer to EXT-35, "FENDER PROTECTOR : Exploded View".
5. Remove water hose A, B, C, and heater thermostat.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Never reuse hose clip
• Securely install the water hose clip to the bracket hole of charging pipe.
Installation side Direction of paint Hose insertion depth
cardiagn.com
Hhose mark (L)
tube
End reaches the end
Water outlet Upward
Water hose A of tube.
End reaches the 2-
Water hose B Align with the mark stage bulge.
Heater thermostat on the heater ther-
mostat JSDIA2459ZZ
Align with the mark

End reaches the ex-
Heater thermostat on the heater ther-
pansion part.
Water hose C mostat
End reaches the end
Water outlet Upward
of tube.
CAUTION:

Hose
Water outlet Upward 5 – 7 mm (0.20 – 0.28
Water hose A
CVT oil warmer Leftward in) from hose end
CVT oil warmer Leftward
Water hose B Align with the

Heater thermostat mark on the
hose
5 – 9 mm (0.20 – 0.35 JSDIA2424ZZ
Align with the in) from hose end
Heater thermostat mark on the
Water hose C hose
Upward and
Water outlet
45° forward
QR25DE : Inspection INFOID:0000000010622628
INSPECTION AFTER REMOVAL
TM-434
WATER HOSE
Heater Thermostat
1. Fully immerse the heater thermostat in a container (A) filled A
with water. Continue heating the water while stirring.
2. Continue heating the heater thermostat for 5 minutes or more
after bringing the water to a boil. B
JSDIA3661ZZ TM
3. Quickly take the heater thermostat out of the hot water, measure the heater thermostat within 10 seconds.
- Place dial indicator (A) on the pellet and measure the elonga- E
tion from the initial state.
Standard : Refer to TM-457, "Heater Thermostat". F

4. If out of standard, replace heater thermostat.
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA3662ZZ H
I
TM-435
CVT FLUID COOLER SYSTEM
MR20DD
Transaxle side
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5320GB
Transaxle assembly Copper washer Fluid cooler tube A

Fluid cooler tube B Hose clamp Fluid cooler hose A
CVT oil warmer
Vehicle side
JSDIA6022GB
TM-436
Bracket Bumper reinforcement Fluid cooler hose D A

Hose clamp Fluid cooler bracket (with tube) CVT fluid cooler
Bracket Fluid cooler hose C Fluid cooler hose E
Fluid cooler tube assembly Fluid cooler hose F Fluid cooler hose B
B
Fluid cooler tube A CVT oil warmer Transaxle assembly

Bumper reinforcement lower C
TM
REMOVAL E
NOTE:
ing. F
1. Remove front bumper. Refer to EXT-15, "Removal and Installation".
cardiagn.com
2. Pull out fluid cooler hose C and fluid cooler hose E from
fluid cooler tube assembly. G
: Hose clamp
H
: Vehicle front
JSDIA5376ZZ
J
3. Remove the mounting bolts ( ) of fluid cooler tube assembly
.
4. Pull out fluid cooler hose F and fluid cooler hose B from K
fluid cooler tube assembly.
: Hose clamp
L
M
JSDIA6136ZZ
5. Remove CVT fluid cooler mounting bolts and mounting nuts N

and take out the CVT fluid cooler.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the radiator fins while taking out O
the CVT fluid cooler.
: Vehicle front P
JSDIA5378ZZ
TM-437
6. Pull out fluid cooler hose E , fluid cooler hose D and fluid
cooler hose C from CVT fluid cooler and fluid cooler
bracket (with tube) .
: Hose clamp
JSDIA5379ZZ
7. Remove the four bolts ( ) and separate bracket and fluid

cooler bracket (with tube) from CVT fluid cooler .
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5380ZZ
8. Pull out fluid cooler hose F and fluid cooler hose B from
CVT oil warmer.
: Hose clamp
: Vehicle front
JSDIA6137ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note the followings and Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage CVT fluid cooler.
Transaxle side
Refer to the followings when installing CVT fluid cooler tube.
• When installing fluid cooler tube A and fluid cooler tube B to
transaxle assembly, contact fluid cooler tubes stopper and to
transaxle case.
JSDIA5321ZZ
• Refer to the followings when installing fluid cooler hose.
TM-438
Installation side Hose insertion depth A

Hose Direction of paint mark
tube (A)
Fluid cooler Hose end reaches the B
Align with the paint
hose A CVT fluid cooler end of tube.
marks on the CVT fluid
tube B
cooler tube B
C
SCIA7203E
TM
CAUTION:
Hose clamp should not interfere with the bulge of tube. E
Installation side Hose clamp

Hose
tube Direction of tab Clamping position F
CVT oil warmer
Fluid cooler 5 – 9 mm (0.20 – 0.35
cardiagn.com
CVT fluid cooler Frontward
hose A in) (A) from hose end G
tube B
H
JSDIA2424ZZ
Vehicle side
• Refer to the followings when installing fluid cooler hose. I
Installation side Direction of paint Hose insertion

Hose mark depth (A)
tube J
Fluid cooler tube A Frontward
Fluid cooler hose B Fluid cooler tube
Hose end reaches
assembly K
Leftward the 2-stage bulge.
Fluid cooler tube
assembly
Fluid cooler hose C
Fluid cooler brack- L
et (with tube) Hose end reaches SCIA7203E
Fluid cooler brack- the end of tube

et (with tube) Frontward M
Fluid cooler hose D
CVT fluid cooler Hose end reaches
CVT fluid cooler the end of tube
Fluid cooler hose E N
Fluid cooler tube
assembly A
Leftward Hose end reaches
Fluid cooler tube
the 2-stage bulge. O
Fluid cooler hose F assembly A
CVT oil warmer Upward
•

CAUTION:
Hose clamp should not interfere with the bulge of fluid cooler tube.
TM-439
Hose clamp
Installation side
Hose Clamping position
tube Direction of tab
(A)
Fluid cooler tube A Frontward
Fluid cooler hose B Fluid cooler tube
assembly
Leftward
Fluid cooler tube
assembly
Fluid cooler hose C JSDIA2424ZZ
Fluid cooler brack-
et (with tube)
Fluid cooler brack- 5 – 9 mm (0.20 –
et (with tube) Frontward 0.35 in) from hose
Fluid cooler hose D
end
CVT fluid cooler
CVT fluid cooler
Fluid cooler hose E Fluid cooler tube
assembly A
Leftward
Fluid cooler tube
cardiagn.com
Fluid cooler hose F assembly A

Adjust the CVT fluid level. Refer to TM-401, "Adjustment".
QR25DE
TM-440
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5375GB
J
Bracket Fluid cooler hose C Bracket
Hose clamp CVT fluid cooler Bracket
K
Fluid cooler hose D Fluid cooler hose B Fluid cooler tube assembly
Fluid cooler hose E Fluid cooler hose A CVT oil warmer
Transaxle assembly L
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb) M
N
REMOVAL
NOTE:
ing. O
1. Remove front bumper. Refer to EXT-15, "Removal and Installation".
TM-441
2. Pull out fluid cooler hose B and fluid cooler hose D from
: Hose clamp
: Vehicle front
JSDIA5376ZZ
3. Remove the mounting bolts ( ) of fluid cooler tube assembly

.
4. Pull out fluid cooler hose A and fluid cooler hose E from
: Hose clamp
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5377ZZ
5. Remove CVT fluid cooler mounting bolts and mounting nuts

and take out the CVT fluid cooler.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the radiator fins while taking out
the CVT fluid cooler.
: Vehicle front
JSDIA5378ZZ
6. Pull out fluid cooler hose B , fluid cooler hose C and fluid
cooler hose D from CVT fluid cooler and fluid cooler
: Hose clamp
JSDIA5379ZZ
7. Remove the four bolts ( ) and separate bracket and fluid

cooler bracket (with tube) from CVT fluid cooler .
JSDIA5380ZZ
TM-442
8. Pull out fluid cooler hose E and fluid cooler hose A from A
CVT oil warmer.
: Hose clamp
B
: Vehicle front
JSDIA5381ZZ
TM
INSTALLATION
Note the followings and Install in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION: E
• Never reuse hose clamp.
• Refer to the followings when installing fluid cooler hoses.
F
Installation side Direction of
Hose Hose insertion depth (L)
tube paint mark
cardiagn.com
: End reaches the 2 stage G
Fluid cooler bulge .
hose A
Fluid cooler tube : End reaches the 2 stage
Leftward
assembly bulge . H
Leftward
assembly bulge .
Fluid cooler
hose B I
: End reaches the 2 stage
bulge .
: End reaches the 2 stage J

Fluid cooler bulge .
hose C : End reaches the 2 stage
Fluid cooler brack-
Frontward
et (with tube) bulge . K
Fluid cooler brack- : End reaches the 2 stage
Frontward
et (with tube) bulge .
Fluid cooler
hose D
L
Leftward
assembly bulge . JSDIA5382ZZ
Fluid cooler tube : End reaches the 2 stage M

Leftward
assembly bulge .
Fluid cooler
hose E
: End reaches the 2 stage
bulge . N
• Refer to the followings when installing hose clamps.

CAUTION: O
TM-443

Hose
CVT oil warmer Leftward
Fluid cooler
hose A Fluid cooler tube as-
Leftward
sembly
Fluid cooler tube as-
Fluid cooler Leftward
sembly
hose B
JSDIA2424ZZ
Fluid cooler
Fluid cooler bracket 5 – 9 mm (0.20 – 0.35
hose C Frontward
(with tube) in) from hose end
Fluid cooler bracket

Frontward
Fluid cooler (with tube)
hose D Fluid cooler tube as-
Leftward
sembly
Fluid cooler Leftward
sembly
hose E
cardiagn.com
QR25DE : Inspection and Adjustment INFOID:0000000010622634

TM-444
CVT OIL WARMER
CVT OIL WARMER
A
MR20DD
B
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA4994GB
H
Transaxle assembly CVT oil warmer
I
REMOVAL J
WARNING:
coolant escaping from the radiator. Wrap a thick cloth around the cap. Slowly turn it a quarter turn to K
CAUTION:
NOTE: L
When removing components such as hoses, tubes/lines, etc., cap or plug openings to prevent fluid/coolant
from spilling.
1. Remove battery tray. Refer to PG-148, "EXCEPT FOR R9M : Removal and Installation". M
2. Remove harness bracket .
3. Pull out water hose from CVT oil warmer. Refer to TM-431,
"MR20DD : Removal and Installation". N
4. Pull out fluid cooler hose from CVT oil warmer. Refer to TM-437,
"MR20DD : Removal and Installation".
O
P
JSDIA5244ZZ
TM-445
CVT OIL WARMER
5. Remove mounting bolts ( ) and remove CVT oil warmer from
transaxle assembly.
JSDIA5245ZZ
INSTALLATION

Start the engine and check visually that there is no leakage of CVT fluid and engine coolant.
cardiagn.com
QR25DE
JSDIA5663GB

REMOVAL
WARNING:
CAUTION:
1. Remove engine under cover. Refer to EXT-40, "ENGINE UNDER COVER : Removal and Installation".
TM-446
CVT OIL WARMER
3. Remove splash side cover LH. Refer to EXT-35, "FENDER PROTECTOR : Exploded View". A
4. Disconnect water hoses from CVT oil warmer. Refer to TM-433, "QR25DE : Removal and Installation".
5. Disconnect fluid cooler hoses from CVT oil warmer. Refer to TM-441, "QR25DE : Removal and Installa-
tion". B
6. Remove CVT oil warmer bolts ( ) and remove CVT oil warmer
from transaxle assembly.
C
TM
E
JSDIA4162ZZ
INSTALLATION F
QR25DE : Inspection and Adjustment
cardiagn.com
INFOID:0000000010622643
G
H
I
TM-447
PLUG
PLUG
Replace the O-ring if oil leakage or exudes from the plug.

cardiagn.com
JSDIA5433GB
Transaxle assembly O-ring Plug

: Apply CVT fluid
REMOVAL
2. Remove the plug and O-ring.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Apply CVT fluid to O-ring.

TM-448
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F10D]
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
B
MR20DD Models
C
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5327GB J
Transaxle assembly O-ring CVT fluid charging pipe

CVT fluid charging pipe cap K
: For the tightening torque, refer to TM-450, "Removal and Installation".
L

M
: Apply petroleum jelly
TM-449
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
QR25DE Models
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5144GB

CVT fluid charging pipe cap
REMOVAL
WARNING:
Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
CAUTION:
NOTE:
ing.
1. Remove engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to EM-56, "Removal and Installation" (MR20DD), EM-200,
"Removal and Installation" (QR25DE).
2. Remove starter motor. Refer to STR-27, "MR20DD : Removal and Installation" (MR20DD), STR-34,
"QR25DE : Removal and Installation" (QR25DE).
3. Remove the CVT water hoses from engine side. Refer to TM-431, "MR20DD : Exploded View"
(MR20DD), TM-433, "QR25DE : Exploded View" (QR25DE).
4. Remove transfer assembly. Refer to DLN-80, "MR20DD : Removal and Installation" (MR20DD), DLN-81,
"QR25DE : Removal and Installation" (QR25DE). (4WD models only)
TM-450
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
6. Separate the engine from the transaxle assembly. A
NOTE:
Using paint, put matching marks on the drive plate and torque converter when removing the torque con-
verter to drive plate nuts. B
7. Remove following parts from transaxle assembly.
• Control cable bracket [Refer to TM-406, "MR20DD : Exploded View" (MR20DD), TM-409, "QR25DE :
Exploded View" (QR25DE).]
C
• Air breather hose [Refer to TM-417, "MR20DD : Exploded View" (MR20DD), TM-418, "QR25DE :
Exploded View" (QR25DE).]
• CVT water hoses and heater thermostat [Refer to TM-431, "MR20DD : Exploded View" (MR20DD), TM-
433, "QR25DE : Exploded View" (QR25DE).] TM
• CVT fluid cooler hose and tube [Refer to TM-436, "MR20DD : Exploded View" (MR20DD), TM-441,
"QR25DE : Exploded View" (QR25DE).]
• Charging pipe and O-ring E
INSTALLATION
NOTE: F
Write down the serial number of the new transaxle assembly.
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA6075GB
CAUTION:
• When replacing an engine or transaxle you must make sure any dowels are installed correctly during L
re-assembly
• Improper alignment caused by missing dowels may cause vibration, oil leaks or breakage of drive
train components. M
• Do not reuse O-rings or copper sealing washers.
• When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine.
• When tightening the nuts for the torque converter while securing the crankshaft pulley bolt, be sure
to confirm the tightening torque of the crankshaft pulley bolt. Refer to EM-67, "Exploded View" N
(MR20DD), EM-210, "Exploded View" (QR25DE).
• After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft several turns to check that CVT rotates
freely without binding. O
• When installing the CVT to the engine, align the matching mark on the drive plate with the matching
mark on the torque converter.
P
• When installing the drive plate to torque converter nuts, tighten them temporarily. then tighten the nuts to the
specified torque.
• Install the transaxle assembly and engine assembly mounting bolts according to the following standards.
- MR20DE
TM-451
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
Bolt No.
Insertion direction Transaxle to engine Engine to transaxle
Number of bolts 1 7
Bolt length
55 (2.17) 50 (1.97)
mm (in)
Tightening torque
62 (6.3, 46)
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
JSDIA5265ZZ
- QR25DE
Bolt No.
Transaxle to en-
Insertion direction Engine to transaxle
gine
Number of bolts 3 1 1 1 2 2
Bolt length 45 45 45 45 45 35
cardiagn.com
mm (in) (1.77) (1.77) (1.77) (1.77) (1.77) (1.38)
Bolt pitch
1.75 1.5 1.5 1.75 1.5 —
mm
JSDIA4170ZZ
74.5 35.3 74.5
Tightening torque 48 (4.9, 42.7
(7.6, (3.6, (7.6,
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) 35) (4.4, 31)
55) 26) 55)
INSPECTION BEFORE INSTALLATION

After inserting a torque converter to the CVT, check dimension (A)
with in the reference value limit.
B : Scale
C : Straightedge
Dimension (A) : Refer to TM-457, "Torque Converter".
JPDIA0115ZZ

• CVT fluid leakage, refer to TM-399, "Inspection".
• For CVT position, refer to TM-308, "Inspection".
• Start the engine and check for coolant leakage from the parts which are removed and reinstalled.
• Adjust the CVT fluid level. Refer to TM-401, "Adjustment".
• Perform "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACE TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY". Refer to TM-303, "Work
Procedure".
TM-452
TORQUE CONVERTER AND CONVERTER HOUSING OIL SEAL
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [CVT: RE0F10D]

B
TM
cardiagn.com
JSDIA4173ZZ
G
Torque converter O-ring Converter housing oil seal

Transaxle assembly H
: Apply CVT fluid I
Disassembly INFOID:0000000010622652
J
1. Remove transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-450, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove torque converter from transaxle assembly.
CAUTION: K
Never damage the bushing on the inside of torque converter sleeve when removing torque con-
verter.
3. Remove O-ring from input shaft. L
4. Remove converter housing oil seal using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch converter housing. M
Assembly INFOID:0000000010622653
Note the followings and assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. N

CAUTION:
• Never reuse converter housing oil seal.
• Apply CVT fluid to O-ring. O
• Apply CVT fluid to converter housing oil seal.
TM-453
• Drive converter housing oil seal evenly using a drift (A) (com-
mercial service tool) so that converter housing oil seal protrudes by
the dimension (B) respectively.
Unit: mm (in)
Outer diameter: 65 (2.56)
Drift (A)
Inner diameter: 60 (2.36)
: Transaxle assembly
SCIA7908J
Dimension (B) : 1.0 ± 0.5 mm (0.039 ± 0.020 in)

NOTE:
Converter housing oil seal pulling direction is used as the refer-
ence.
cardiagn.com
SCIA7909J
• Attach the pawl of the torque converter to the drive sprocket

hole on the transaxle assembly side.
CAUTION:
• Rotate the torque converter for installing torque converter.
• Never damage the bushing inside the torque converter
sleeve when installing the converter housing oil seal.
SCIA7907J
TM-454
• After inserting a torque converter to the CVT, check dimension (A)
with in the reference value limit. A
B : Scale
C : Straightedge B

C
JPDIA0115ZZ
TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-455
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [CVT: RE0F10D]

General Specification INFOID:0000000010622655
Engine MR20DD QR25DE

Applied model
Axle 2WD/4WD 4WD
Transaxle model RE0F10D
D position 2.631 – 0.378
Transaxle gear ratio R position 1.960
Final drive 6.386 5.694
Recommended fluid and fluid capacity Refer to MA-23, "Fluids and Lubricants".
Shift Characteristics INFOID:0000000010622656
MR20DD
Unit: rpm
cardiagn.com
CVT input speed
Throttle position Shift pattern
At 40 km/h (25 MPH) At 60 km/h (37 MPH)
“D” position (Normal) 1,720 – 3,320 1,780 – 3,660
2/8
“D” position (ECO) 1,720 – 3,320 1,780 – 3,660
8/8
“D” position (ECO) 3,200 – 4,250 3,780 – 5,920
NOTE:
Lock-up is engaged at the vehicle speed of approximately 14 km/h (9 MPH) to 130 km/h (81 MPH).
QR25DE
Unit: rpm
CVT input speed

2/8
“D” position (ECO) 1,680 – 3,050 1,860 – 4,100
8/8
“D” position (ECO) 3,420 – 4,020 4,980 – 5,580
NOTE:
Stall Speed INFOID:0000000010622657
MR20DD
Unit: rpm
Stall speed 2,520 – 2,980
QR25DE
Unit: rpm
TM-456
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [CVT: RE0F10D]
Torque Converter INFOID:0000000010622658
A
Unit: mm (in)
Dimension “A” between the converter housing and torque converter 14.4 (0.567)
B
Heater Thermostat INFOID:0000000011009420
Standard
C
Valve opening temperature 69 – 73°C (156 –163°F)
Maximum valve lift 5.0 mm/85°C (0.197 in/185°F)
Valve closing temperature 65°C (149°F) TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-457
< HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL > [CVT: RE0F10G]
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL

Information INFOID:0000000010631360
• Both “VDC” and “ESP” are used in this manual. These indicate the same system.
• In this manual, “Idling Stop System” is referred to as “Stop/Start System”.
cardiagn.com
TM-458
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [CVT: RE0F10G]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
WARNING: TM
F
cardiagn.com
connectors. G
WARNING: H
serious injury.
INFOID:0000000010622696
K
CAUTION:
cannot be turned.
OPERATION PROCEDURE
O
NOTE:
NOTE:
TM-459
PRECAUTIONS
windshield.
cardiagn.com
PIIB3706J
NOTE:
NOTE:
SEF289H
NOTE:
INSTRUCTION 1
1. Open the hood.

TM-460
PRECAUTIONS
B
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
TM
NOTE:
3. Open the hood.
F
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
CAUTION: H
Precaution for TCM and Transaxle Assembly Replacement INFOID:0000000010622699
I
CAUTION:
• To replace TCM, refer to TM-544, "Description".
• To replace transaxle assembly, refer to TM-546, "Description". J
• To replace TCM and transaxle assembly simultaneously, refer to TM-548, "Description".
General Precautions INFOID:0000000010622700
K
• Turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable
from the negative terminal before connecting or disconnect-
ing the CVT assembly harness connector. Because battery L
voltage is applied to TCM even if ignition switch is turned
OFF.
M
N
SEF289H
• When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or O

from TCM, do not damage pin terminals (bend or break).
Check that there are not any bends or breaks on TCM pin ter-
minal, when connecting pin connectors. P
AAT470A
TM-461
PRECAUTIONS
• Perform TCM input/output signal inspection and check

whether TCM functions normally or not before replacing TCM.
Refer to TM-515, "Reference Value".
MEF040DA
• Perform “DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) CONFIRMATION

PROCEDURE”.
If the repair is completed DTC should not be displayed in the
“DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”.
cardiagn.com
JSBIA1315ZZ
• Always use the specified brand of CVT fluid. Refer to MA-23, "Fluids and Lubricants".
• Use lint-free paper not cloth rags during work.
• Dispose of the waste oil using the methods prescribed by law, ordinance, etc. after replacing the CVT fluid.
On Board Diagnosis (OBD) System of CVT and Engine INFOID:0000000010622701
The TCM and ECM have an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to
warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration.
CAUTION:
• Be sure to turn the ignition switch OFF and disconnect the battery cable from the negative terminal
before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid
valves, etc. will cause the MIL to light up.
• Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will
cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease,
dirt, bent terminals, etc.)
• Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a
bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit.
• Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube
may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, etc.
• Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and
ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer.
Removal and Installation Procedure for CVT Unit Connector INFOID:0000000010622702
REMOVAL
TM-462
PRECAUTIONS
• Rotate bayonet ring counterclockwise. Pull out CVT unit har-
ness connector upward and remove it. A
SCIA6685J
TM
INSTALLATION
1. Align marking on CVT unit harness connector terminal with
marking on bayonet ring. Insert CVT unit harness connector.
2. Rotate bayonet ring clockwise. E
cardiagn.com
G
JPDIA0294ZZ
H
3. Rotate bayonet ring clockwise until marking on CVT unit har-
ness connector terminal body is aligned with the slit on bayo-
net ring as shown in the figure (correctly fitting condition).
I
K
JPDIA0295ZZ
CAUTION: L
• Securely align marking on CVT unit harness connector
terminal body with bayonet ring slit . Then, be careful
not to make a half fit condition as shown in the figure.
• Never mistake the slit of bayonet ring for other dent por- M
tion.
O
JPDIA0296ZZ
TM-463
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [CVT: RE0F10G]
PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Tool number
Description
Tool name
1. KV311039S0 CVT fluid changing and adjustment
Charging pipe set
2. KV31103920*
O-ring
JSDIA1844ZZ
KV38107900 Installing drive shaft

Protector
a: 32 mm (1.26 in) dia.
cardiagn.com
PDIA1183J
*: The O-ring as a unit part is set as a SST.

Tool number
Description
Tool name
Power tool Loosening nuts and bolts
PBIC0190E
Lint-free paper Cleaning transaxle
JSDIA4746ZZ
Oil seal remover Removing each oil seal
JSDIA4998ZZ
TM-464
PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [CVT: RE0F10G]
Tool number
Description
Tool name A
Drift Installing differential side oil seal
a: 56 mm (2.20 in) dia.
b: 50 mm (1.97 in) dia. B
C
NT115
Drift Installing converter housing oil

a: 65 mm (2.56 in) dia. seal TM
b: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia.
NT115
F
cardiagn.com
G
TM-465
COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [CVT: RE0F10G]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010622705
LHD MODELS
cardiagn.com
TM-466
COMPONENT PARTS
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA6093ZZ
P
Battery, front Engine room, LH Transaxle assembly
CVT shift selector assembly CVT shift selector assembly, front
TM-467
COMPONENT PARTS

NOTE:
General term for the communication (torque-down permission, torque-
• Engine speed signal
ECM
• Stop/start indicator lamp signal
Refer to EC-812, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation loca-
tion.
BCM
Refer to BCS-6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
cardiagn.com
• Manual mode downshift signal
Combination meter
• Shift position signal
• VDC operation signal
• Decel G signal
Refer to BRC-14, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation loca-
tion.
Electric oil pump relay TM-478, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Electric Oil Pump Relay"
Transmission range switch TM-472, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Transmission Range Switch"
Electric oil pump TM-477, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Electric Oil Pump"

Secondary pressure sensor* TM-475, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Pressure Sensor"
Line pressure solenoid valve* TM-477, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Line Pressure Solenoid Valve"
Control
valve* Valve"
TM-468
COMPONENT PARTS
A
Manual mode switch TM-478, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Manual Mode Switch"
G sensor TM-477, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : G Sensor" B

RHD MODELS C
TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-469
COMPONENT PARTS
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6397ZZ
CVT shift selector assembly CVT shift selector assembly, front Transaxle assembly
Battery, front Engine room, LH
TM-470
COMPONENT PARTS
No. Component Function A

B
• VDC operation signal
• Decel G signal C
Refer to BRC-14, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation loca-
tion.
TM
BCM
Refer to BCS-6, "BODY CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts Location"
Mainly transmits the following signal to TCM via CAN communication. E
• Manual mode downshift signal F
Combination meter
• Shift position signal
cardiagn.com
G
H
NOTE:
General term for the communication (torque-down permission, torque- I
• Engine speed signal
ECM J
K
• Stop/start indicator lamp signal
Refer to EC-812, "Component Parts Location" for detailed installation loca-
tion.
Manual mode switch TM-478, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Manual Mode Switch" L
G sensor TM-477, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : G Sensor"
Transmission range switch TM-472, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Transmission Range Switch" M
Electric oil pump TM-477, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Electric Oil Pump"
N

O
Secondary pressure sensor* TM-475, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Pressure Sensor" P
Line pressure solenoid valve* TM-477, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Line Pressure Solenoid Valve"
Control
valve* Valve"
TM-471
COMPONENT PARTS
Electric oil pump relay TM-478, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Electric Oil Pump Relay"

CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : TCM INFOID:0000000010622706
• The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal

input and output and for power supply.
• The vehicle driving status is judged based on the signals from the
sensors, switches, and other control units, and the optimal tran-
saxle control is performed.
• For TCM control items, refer to TM-490, "CVT CONTROL SYS-
TEM : System Description".
JSDIA4183ZZ
cardiagn.com
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Transmission Range Switch INFOID:0000000010622707
• The transmission range switch is installed to upper part of tran-

saxle case.
• The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position.
JSDIA4184ZZ
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Speed Sensor INFOID:0000000010622708
• The primary speed sensor is installed to side cover of transaxle.

• The primary speed sensor detects primary pulley speed.
JSDIA3073ZZ
TM-472
COMPONENT PARTS
• The primary speed sensor generates an ON-OFF pulse signal according to the rotating body speed. TCM
judges the rotating body speed from the pulse signal. A
TM
F
JSDIA1824GB
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Output Speed Sensor
cardiagn.com
INFOID:0000000010622709
G
• The output speed sensor is installed to back side of transaxle.
• The output speed sensor detects final gear speed.
H
J
JSDIA3073ZZ
• The output speed sensor generates an ON-OFF pulse signal according to the rotating body speed. TCM K
JSDIA1824GB
TM-473
COMPONENT PARTS
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Input Speed Sensor INFOID:0000000010622710
• The input speed sensor is installed to the front side of transaxle

case.
• The input speed sensor detects input shaft speed.
JSDIA3074ZZ
• The input speed sensor generates an ON-OFF pulse signal according to the rotating body speed. TCM
cardiagn.com
JSDIA1824GB
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : CVT Fluid Temperature Sensor INFOID:0000000010622711
• The CVT fluid temperature sensor is installed to control valve.

• The CVT fluid temperature sensor detects CVT fluid temperature in oil pan.
• The fluid temperature sensor uses a thermistor, and changes the signal voltage by converting changes in the
CVT fluid temperature to a resistance value. TCM evaluates the CVT fluid temperature from the signal volt-
age value.
JSDIA1825GB
TM-474
COMPONENT PARTS
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010622712
A
• The primary pressure sensor is installed to control valve.
• The primary pressure sensor detects the pressure applied to the primary pulley.
• When pressure is applied to the ceramic device in the primary pressure sensor, the ceramic device is B
deformed, resulting in voltage change. TCM evaluates the primary pressure from its voltage change. Voltage
is increased along with pressure increase.
TM
cardiagn.com
JSDIA1831GB
G
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Pressure Sensor INFOID:0000000010622713
H
• The secondary pressure sensor is installed to control valve.
• The secondary pressure sensor detects the pressure applied to the secondary pulley.
• When pressure is applied to the metal diaphragm in the secondary pressure sensor, the metal diaphragm is
deformed, resulting in voltage change. TCM evaluates the secondary pressure from its voltage change. Volt- I
age is increased along with pressure increase.
JSDIA1831GB N
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Primary Pressure Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010622714
• The primary pressure solenoid valve is installed to control valve. O

• The primary pressure solenoid valve controls the primary reducing valve. For information about the primary
reducing valve, refer to TM-486, "TRANSAXLE : Component Description".
P
TM-475
COMPONENT PARTS
• The primary pressure solenoid valve uses the linear solenoid valve
[N/H (normal high) type].
NOTE:
is not energized.
JSDIA3647GB
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Secondary Pressure Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010622715
• The secondary pressure solenoid valve is installed to control valve.

• The secondary pressure solenoid valve controls the secondary reducing valve. For information about the
secondary reducing valve, refer to TM-486, "TRANSAXLE : Component Description".
• The secondary pressure solenoid valve uses the linear solenoid
valve [N/H (normal high) type].
NOTE:
cardiagn.com
is not energized.
JSDIA3647GB
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Select Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010622716
• The select solenoid valve is installed to control valve.

• The select solenoid valve adjusts the forward clutch engaging pressure and the reverse brake engaging
pressure. For information about the forward clutch and reverse brake, refer to TM-486, "TRANSAXLE :
Component Description".
• The select solenoid valve uses the linear solenoid valve [N/H (nor-
mal high) type].
NOTE:
• The N/H (normal high) type produces hydraulic control when the
coil is not energized.
JSDIA3647GB
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010622717
• The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is installed to control valve.

• The torque converter clutch solenoid valve controls the torque converter clutch control valve. For information
about the torque converter clutch control valve, refer to TM-486, "TRANSAXLE : Component Description".
TM-476
COMPONENT PARTS
• The torque converter clutch solenoid valve utilizes a linear sole-
noid valve [N/L (normal low) type]. A
NOTE:
B
• The N/L (normal low) type does not produce hydraulic control
when the coil is not energized. C
JSDIA3648GB
TM
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Line Pressure Solenoid Valve INFOID:0000000010622718
• The line pressure solenoid valve is installed to control valve.

• The line pressure solenoid valve controls the pressure regulator valve. For information about the pressure E
regulator valve, refer to TM-486, "TRANSAXLE : Component Description".
• The line pressure solenoid valve uses the linear solenoid valve [N/
H (normal high) type]. F
NOTE:
cardiagn.com
increases nearly in proportion to the current. This allows it to pro- G
is not energized. H
JSDIA3647GB
I
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : G Sensor INFOID:0000000010632036
• G sensor detects front/rear G and inclination applied to the vehicle.

• G sensor converts front/rear G and inclination applied to the vehi- J
cle to voltage signal. TCM evaluates front/rear G and inclination
angle of the vehicle from the voltage signal.
K
JSDIA3076ZZ
M
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Electric Oil Pump INFOID:0000000010632037
• Electric oil pump is operated with the signal from TCM during
stop/start operation. Oil pressure required for restart of the engine N
is obtained instead of the mechanical oil pump.
• During operation, the status signal (Duty) is sent to TCM.
O
JSDIA5233ZZ
TM-477
COMPONENT PARTS
Electric oil pump status signal characteristics
Status signal (Duty) Condition
0% Electric oil pump power OFF
10 % —
20 % Overheat protection
30 % In normal stop
40 % In activation
50 % In normal operation
60 – 100 % Possible malfunction
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Electric Oil Pump Relay INFOID:0000000010632038
• The electric oil pump relay is deactivated when the vehicle speed reaches 11 km/h (7 MPH) or more and
becomes activated when it reaches 6 km/h (4 MPH) or less.
• It is ON with the signal from TCM. It is ready for operation of the electric oil pump by TCM.
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Manual Mode Switch INFOID:0000000010622719
• The manual mode switch [mode select switch and position

select switch (upshift/downshift)] is installed in the CVT shift selec-
cardiagn.com
tor assembly.
• The mode select switch detects the position (the main shift gate
side or manual shift gate side) of the selector lever and transmits a
manual mode signal or a not manual mode signal to the combina-
tion meter. Then, the TCM receives a manual mode signal or non-
manual mode signal from the combination meter.
• The position select switch (upshift) detects that the selector lever is
shifted to the upshift side of the manual shift gate and transmits a
manual mode upshift signal to the combination meter. Then, the JSDIA5578ZZ
TCM receives a manual mode upshift signal from the combination
meter.
• The position select switch (downshift) detects that the selector lever is shifted to the downshift side of the
manual shift gate and transmits a manual mode downshift signal to the combination meter. Then, the TCM
receives a manual mode downshift signal from the combination meter.
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010622721
LHD MODELS
TM-478
COMPONENT PARTS
TM
cardiagn.com
G
I
JSDIA6401ZZ
Brake pedal CVT shift selector assembly

J

Stop lamp switch TM-480, "SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Stop Lamp Switch" K
Park position switch TM-481, "SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Park Position Switch" L
RHD MODELS
M
TM-479
COMPONENT PARTS
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6404ZZ
CVT shift selector assembl Brake pedal

Park position switch TM-481, "SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Park Position Switch"
Stop lamp switch TM-480, "SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Stop Lamp Switch"
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Stop Lamp Switch INFOID:0000000010622722
• The stop lamp switch turns ON when the brake pedal is

depressed.
• When the stop lamp switch turns ON, shift lock solenoid is ener-
gized.
JSFIA1143ZZ
TM-480
COMPONENT PARTS
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Shift Lock Solenoid INFOID:0000000010622723
A
The shift lock solenoid operates according to the signal from the
BCM and moves the lock lever. For shift lock operation, refer to TM-
487, "SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : System Description". B
TM
JSDIA5311ZZ
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : Park Position Switch INFOID:0000000010622724

E
The park position switch detects that the selector lever is in “P” posi-
tion.
F
cardiagn.com
G
H
JSDIA5310ZZ
TM-481
TRANSAXLE
TRANSAXLE : Cross-Sectional View INFOID:0000000010622725
Converter housing Oil pump Planetary gear

JSDIA3719ZZ
cardiagn.com
Control valve Oil pan Chain belt
Primary pulley Secondary pulley Side cover
Transaxle case Differential case Final gear
Reduction gear Idler gear Output gear
Drive sprocket Torque converter Driven sprocket
Oil pump chain
TM-482
TRANSAXLE : Operation Status INFOID:0000000010622726
A
×: Engaged or applied.
Selector lever Parking mech- Forward Secondary
Reverse brake Primary pulley Chain belt Final drive
position anism clutch pulley B
P ×
R × × × × ×
N C
D × × × × ×
Ds, M × × × × ×
TM
TRANSAXLE : Transaxle Mechanism INFOID:0000000010622727
TORQUE CONVERTER (WITH LOCK-UP FUNCTION) E

The torque converter is a system that increases the engine torque and transmits the torque to the transaxle. A
symmetrical 3-element, 1-stage, 2-phase type is used here.
F
OIL PUMP
Utilizes a vane-type oil pump that is driven by the engine through the oil pump drive chain in order to increase
cardiagn.com
efficiency of pump discharge volume in low-speed zone and optimize pump discharge volume in high-speed
zone. Discharged oil from oil pump is transmitted to control valve. It is used as the oil of primary and second- G
ary pulley operation, the oil of clutch operation, and the lubricant for each part.
PLANETARY GEAR
H
• A planetary gear type of forward/reverse selector mechanism is installed between the torque converter and
primary pulley.
• The power from the torque converter is input via the input shaft, operating a wet multi-plate clutch by means
of hydraulic pressure to switch between forward and reverse driving. I
Operation of Planetary gear
JSDIA2426GB
O
BELT & PULLEY
It is composed of a pair of pulleys (the groove width is changed freely in the axial direction) and the chain belt
.The groove width changes according to wrapping radius of chain belt and pulley from low status to overdrive
status continuously with non-step. It is controlled with the oil pressures of primary pulley and secondary pulley. P
Chain belt
TM-483
The chain belt consists of approximately 150 locker pins and
1,000 link plates . Chains are rotated by locker pins sandwiched by
pulleys. This produces tension difference in chains among pulleys.
Accordingly, the power is transferred by the tension.
JSDIA3643ZZ
Pulley
The primary pulley (input shaft side) and the secondary pulley (output shaft side) have the shaft with slope
(fixed cone surface), movable sheave (movable cone surface that can move in the axial direction) and oil pres-
sure chamber at the back of the movable sheave.
The movable sheave slides on the shaft to change the groove width of the pulley. Input signals of engine load
(accelerator pedal opening), primary pulley speed and secondary pulley speed change the operation pres-
sures of the primary pulley and the secondary pulley, and controls the pulley groove width.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5185GB
FINAL DRIVE AND DIFFERENTIAL
TM-484
The deceleration gears are composed of 2 stages: primary deceleration (output gear, idler gear pair) and sec-
ondary deceleration (reduction gear, final gear pair). All of these gears are helical gears. A
The lubrication oil is the same as the CVT fluid which lubricates the entire transaxle.
TM
JSDIA2427GB
cardiagn.com
TRANSAXLE : Oil Pressure System INFOID:0000000010622728 G
Oil pressure required for operation of the transaxle transmission mechanism is generated by oil pump, oil
pressure control valve, solenoid valve, etc. During idling stop, the electric oil pump is activated to generate oil H
pressure required for restarting the engine.
JSDIA5339GB
TM-485
TRANSAXLE : Component Description INFOID:0000000010622729
Part name Function

Torque converter Increases engine torque and transmits it to the transaxle.
Utilizes a vane-type oil pump that is driven by the engine through the oil pump drive chain in order to
increase efficiency of pump discharge volume in low-speed zone and optimize pump discharge volume
Oil pump
in high-speed zone. Discharged oil from oil pump is transmitted to control valve. It is used as the oil of
primary and secondary pulley operation, the oil of clutch operation, and the lubricant for each part.
The forward clutch is wet and multiple plate type clutch that consists of clutch drum, piston, drive plate,
Forward clutch and driven plate. It is a clutch to move the vehicle forward by activating piston hydraulically, engaging
plates, and directly connecting sun gear and input shaft.
The reverse brake is a wet multiple-plate type brake that consists of transaxle case, piston, drive plate,
Reverse brake and driven plate. It is a brake to move the vehicle in reverse by activating piston hydraulically, engaging
plates, and fixing planetary gear.
The internal gear is directly connected to forward clutch drum. It is a gear that moves the outer edge of
Internal gear pinion planet of planet carrier. It transmits power to move the vehicle in reverse when the planet carrier
is fixed.
Composed of a carrier, pinion planet, and pinion shaft. This gear fixes and releases the planet carrier in
Planet carrier
order to switch between forward and reverse driving.
cardiagn.com
Sun gear is a set part with planet carrier and internal gear. It transmits transmitted force to primary fixed
Sun gear sheave. It rotates in forward or reverse direction according to activation of either forward clutch or re-
verse brake.
The input shaft is directly connected to forward clutch drum and transmits traction force from torque con-
Input shaft verter. In shaft center, there are holes for hydraulic distribution to primary pulley and hydraulic distribution
for lockup ON/OFF.
Primary pulley It is composed of a pair of pulleys (the groove width is changed freely in the axial direction) and the chain
belt. The groove width changes according to wrapping radius of steel belt and pulley from low status to
Secondary pulley
overdrive status continuously with non-step. It is controlled with the oil pressures of primary pulley and
Chain belt secondary pulley.
Manual shaft
Parking rod When the manual shaft is in the P position, the parking rod that is linked to the manual shaft rotates the
parking pole. When the parking pole rotates, it engages with the parking gear, fixing the parking gear. As
Parking pawl a result, the secondary pulley that is integrated with the parking gear is fixed.
Parking gear
Output gear
Idler gear The deceleration gears are composed of 2 stages: primary deceleration (output gear, idler gear pair) and
Reduction gear secondary deceleration (reduction gear, final gear pair). All of these gears are helical gears.
Differential
Torque converter regulator Adjusts the feed pressure to the torque converter to the optimum pressure corresponding to the driving
valve condition.
Adjusts the discharge pressure from the oil pump to the optimum pressure (line pressure) corresponding
Pressure regulator valve
to the driving condition.
Torque converter clutch
Adjusts the torque converter engage and disengage pressures.
control valve
Manual valve Distributes the clutch operation pressure to each circuit according to the selector lever position.
Secondary reducing valve Reduces line pressure and adjusts secondary pressure.
Primary reducing valve Reduces line pressure and adjusts primary pressure.
Reduces line pressure and adjusts pilot pressure to the solenoid valves listed below.
Pilot valve A • Secondary pressure solenoid valve
Pilot valve B Reduces pilot pressure and adjusts pilot pressure to the torque converter clutch solenoid valve.
FLUID COOLER & FLUID WARMER SYSTEM

TM-486
FLUID COOLER & FLUID WARMER SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010622730
A
CVT FLUID COOLER SCHEMATIC
TM
F
JSDIA5444GB
cardiagn.com
COMPONENT DESCRIPTION
G
CVT Oil Warmer
• The CVT oil warmer is installed on the front part of transaxle
assembly. H
• When engine is started while engine and CVT are cold, engine
coolant temperature rises more quickly than CVT fluid tempera-
ture. CVT oil warmer is provided with two circuits for CVT and
engine coolant respectively so that warmed engine coolant warms I
CVT quickly. This helps shorten CVT warming up time, improving
fuel economy.
• A cooling effect is obtained when CVT fluid temperature is high. J
JSDIA5170ZZ
CVT Fluid Cooler (Air Cooling Type) K

• The CVT fluid cooler (air cooling type) is installed to the vehicle
front.
• CVT fluid is cooled by driving blast while driving the vehicle. L
N
JSDIA5577GB
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM

O
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010622731
• The shift lock system prevents the select lever from being moved from “P” position to other positions due to
P
a driver's improper operation and prevents the occurrence of an abrupt start.
• Shift lock can be released when the following conditions are satisfied.
- Ignition switch is ON.
- Brake pedal is depressed. (Stop lamp switch is ON)
SHIFT LOCK OPERATION AT P POSITION
When brake pedal is not depressed (no selector operation allowed)
TM-487
When the brake pedal is not depressed with the ignition switch ON,
the shift lock solenoid is OFF (not energized) and the solenoid rod
is extended with spring.
The connecting lock lever is located at the position shown in the
figure when the solenoid rod is extended. It prevents the movement
of the detent rod . The selector lever cannot be shifted from the “P”
position for this reason.
JSDIA2817ZZ
When brake pedal is depressed (selector lever operation allowed)

The shift lock solenoid is turned ON (energized) when the brake
pedal is depressed with the ignition switch ON. The solenoid rod
is compressed with the electromagnetic force. The connecting lock
lever rotates when the solenoid rod is compressed. Therefore, the
detent rod can be moved. The selector lever can be shifted to
other positions for this reason.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA2818ZZ
FORCIBLE RELEASE OF SHIFT LOCK

• When battery voltage decreases or an electrical/mechanical mal-
function occurs in the shift lock system, the selector lever cannot
be operated in “P” position. When shift lock release rod is
pressed in this state, lock lever is forcibly rotated, and then it
becomes possible to release shift lock.
: Shift lock solenoid

: Detent rod
JSDIA2819ZZ
• To release the shift lock forcibly and shift the selector lever from “P” position to other positions, follow the
steps below.
2. Apply parking brake.
3. Remove shift lock cover .
JSDIA5575ZZ
TM-488
4. Insert key to finisher opening and press the shift lock
release rod. A
5. Press the selector lever knob button and move the selector lever
from “P” position to other positions.
B
JSDIA5576ZZ
KEY LOCK SYSTEM TM
KEY LOCK SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000011009348
E
KEY LOCK MECHANISM
The key is not set to LOCK when the selector lever is not selected to P position. This prevents the key from
being removed from the key cylinder. F
Key lock status
The slider in the key cylinder is moved to the left side of the fig-
cardiagn.com
ure when the selector lever is in any position other than P position. G
The rotator that rotates together with the key cannot be rotated
for this reason. The key cannot be removed from the key cylinder
because it cannot be turned to LOCK . H
JPDIA0108ZZ
Key unlock status J

The slider in the key cylinder is moved to the right side of the
figure when the selector lever is in P position and the finger is
removed from the selector button. The rotator can be rotated for K
this reason. The key can be removed from the key cylinder
because it can be turned to LOCK .
L
M
JPDIA0109ZZ
TM-489
SYSTEM
SYSTEM
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010622732
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6077GB
MAIN CONTROL CONTENTS OF TCM
Controls Reference
Line pressure control TM-498, "LINE PRESSURE CONTROL : System Description"
Shift control TM-499, "SHIFT CONTROL : System Description"
Select control TM-502, "SELECT CONTROL : System Description"
Lock-up control TM-503, "ECO MODE SYSTEM : System Description"
ECO mode control TM-503, "ECO MODE SYSTEM : System Description"
Stop/start system TM-504, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description"
Fail-safe TM-522, "Fail-safe"
Self-diagnosis function TM-510, "CONSULT Function"
Communication function with CONSULT TM-510, "CONSULT Function"
LIST OF CONTROL ITEMS AND INPUT/OUTPUT
TM-490
SYSTEM
Line pressure Lock-up con- Fail-safe func- A

Control Item Shift control Select control
control trol tion*
Engine torque signal
× × × × ×
(CAN communication)
B
Engine speed signal
× × × × ×
(CAN communication)
Accelerator pedal position signal C
× × × ×
(CAN communication)
Closed throttle position signal
× × ×
(CAN communication)
TM
Stop lamp switch signal
× × × ×
(CAN communication)
Primary pressure sensor ×
E
Input Secondary pressure sensor × × ×
CVT fluid temperature sensor × × × × ×
Primary speed sensor × × × × × F
Output speed sensor × × × ×
cardiagn.com
Input speed sensor × × × × ×
G
Transmission range switch × × × × ×
Manual mode switch signal
(Manual mode signal, non-manual
H
mode signal, manual mode upshift
× × ×
signal, manual mode downshift sig-
nal)
(CAN communication) I
Line pressure solenoid valve × × × ×
Primary pressure solenoid valve × × ×
Torque converter clutch solenoid J
× ×
valve
Output
Secondary pressure solenoid valve × × ×
K
Select solenoid valve × × ×
×
(CAN communication)
L
*: If these input/output signals show errors, TCM activates the fail-safe function.
TM-491
SYSTEM
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000010622733
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6139GB
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Fail-safe INFOID:0000000011007388
TM-492
SYSTEM
Fail-safe function
A
• Stop/start system prohibited
P062F • Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation — B
• Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay
played C
• Start is slow
• Lock-up is not performed TM
• Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation
E
played
• Start is slow F
cardiagn.com
• Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation G
• Acceleration is slow Temp. ≥ 10°C (50°F) H
• Start is slow
−35°C (−31°F) ≤ Temp. < 10°C (50°F)
I
P0712 • Selector shock is large
• Start is slow
Temp. < −35°C (−31°F)
J
• Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation —
• Start is slow Engine coolant temperature when engine start: K
• Start is slow L
−35°C (−31°F) ≤ Temp. < 10°C (50°F)
• Start is slow M
Temp. < −35°C (−31°F)
• Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay N
• Start is slow
P0715 • Manual mode is not activated —
• Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay P
• Start is slow
P0717 —
TM-493
SYSTEM
• Start is slow
P0740 —
• Start is slow
P0743 —
• Start is slow
• Start is slow
P0746 • Lock-up is not performed —
cardiagn.com
• Start is slow
• Start is slow
• Start is slow
P0778 —
• Start is slow
P0779 —
P0841 • Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation —
• Start is slow
TM-494
SYSTEM
A
• Start is slow
• Lock-up is not performed B
P0890 —
• Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay C
• Start is slow
• Acceleration is slow TM
• Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay E
• Start is slow
F
cardiagn.com
• Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay G
• Start is slow
H
• Lock-up is not performed When a malfunction occurs on the low oil pressure side
P0965 • Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay I
• Stop/start system prohibited When a malfunction occurs on the high oil pressure side
• Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation J
• Start is slow K
• Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation L
• Start is slow M
• Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation N
P1586 • Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation — O
P
P188E —
• When the vehicle is in stop/start system operation and
the engine stops, restart the engine immediately
TM-495
SYSTEM
P188F —
P1890 —
• Start is slow
• Start is slow
• Vehicle speed is not increased When a malfunction occurs on the low oil pressure side
cardiagn.com
P2813 • Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation
P2814 —
P2815 —
• Start is slow
U0073 • Lock-up is not performed —
• Start is slow
U0140 • Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation —
TM-496
SYSTEM
A
• Start is slow
U0300 —
• Lock-up is not performed B
• Start is slow
C
• Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay TM
U110F • Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation —
E
F
cardiagn.com
G
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Protection Control INFOID:0000000011007389
transmission is lost. It automatically returns to the normal status if the safety is secured. H
I
Control
Vehicle behavior in If the accelerator is kept depressing during wheel spin, the engine revolution and vehicle speed are limited to J
tion K
L
Control Engine output is controlled according to a vehicle speed while reversing the vehicle.
Vehicle behavior in
control
M
tion
CONTROL WHEN FLUID TEMPERATURE IS HIGH N
Control
O
Vehicle behavior in
control
The control returns to the normal control when CVT fluid temperature is lowered. P
tion
Control
TM-497
SYSTEM
control reverse.
tion engaged.)
LINE PRESSURE CONTROL

LINE PRESSURE CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010622736
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5312GB
DESCRIPTION
Highly accurate line pressure control and secondary pressure control reduces friction for improvement of fuel
economy.
Normal Oil Pressure Control
Appropriate line pressure and secondary pressure suitable for driving condition are determined based on the
accelerator pedal position, engine speed, primary pulley (input) speed, secondary pulley (output) speed, vehi-
cle speed, input torque, stop lamp switch signal, transmission range switch signal, lock-up signal, power volt-
age, target shift ratio, oil temperature, oil pressure, and manual mode switch signal.
Secondary Pressure Feedback Control
In normal oil pressure control and oil pressure control in shifting, highly accurate secondary pressure is deter-
mined by detecting the secondary pressure using an oil pressure sensor and by feedback control.
SHIFT CONTROL
TM-498
SYSTEM
SHIFT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010622737
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5313GB
O
DESCRIPTION
To select the gear ratio that can give the driving force to meet driver's intent or vehicle situation, the vehicle P
driving condition such as vehicle speed or accelerator pedal position is detected and the most appropriate
gear ratio is selected and the shifting method before reaching the speed is determined. The information is out-
put to the primary pressure solenoid valve and secondary pressure solenoid valve to control the line pressure
input/output to the pulley, to determine the pulley (movable pulley) position and to control the gear position.
Shift Position Function
• D Position
TM-499
SYSTEM
Gear shifting is performed in all shifting ranges from the lowest to
the highest gear ratio.
SCIA1953E
• Ds Position
Pressing down the accelerator pedal allows to drive the vehicle
with a feeling of A/T-like gear shifting.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA3708GB
• M Position (Manual Mode)

When the selector lever is put in the manual shift gate side, the
fixed changing gear line is set. By moving the selector lever to +
side or −side, the manual mode switch is changed over, and shift
change like M/T becomes possible following the changing gear set
line step by step.
JSDIA4104GB
- Manual Mode Information

The TCM transmits the manual mode shift refusal signal to the combination meter if the TCM refuses the
transmission from the driving status of vehicle when the selector lever shifts to UP side (+ side) or DOWN
side (−side). The combination meter blinks shift indicator on the combination meter and sounds the buzzer to
indicate the driver that the shifting is not performed when receiving this signal. However, the TCM does not
transmit the manual mode shift refusal signal in the conditions as per the following.
• When the selector lever shifts to DOWN side (−side) while driving in M1.
• When the selector lever shifts to UP (+ side) side while driving in M7.
Blipping Control
Using engine torque, the blipping control enables a faster and more responsive gear shifting by compensating
inertia torque generated from the rotational change during gear shifting in real time.
Operation
• The blipping control is activated when shifting up/down in manual mode.
NOTE:
The blipping control is not activated when the vehicle is in the following conditions:
• When CAN communication is abnormal.
• During the retard inhibit signal transmission from ECM within the engine-CVT integrated control.
• Engine coolant temperature is less than 20°C (68°F).
• CVT fluid temperature is more than 120°C (248°F).
• Vehicle speed is less than 20 km/h (13 MPH).
TM-500
SYSTEM
• When ABS, TCS or VDC is active.
• During wheel spin. A
• ECM selects blipping control or normal shift control according to the gear position, the selector lever posi-
tion, etc.
• The blipping control is activated when ECM judges it controllable after receiving a control permit signal from
B
TCM.
• ECM controls engine torque, based on generated inertia torque.
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA2841GB
J
Hill Climbing And Descending Control
If a downhill is detected with the accelerator pedal is released, the system performs downshift to increase the
engine brake force so that vehicle may not be accelerated more than necessary. If a climbing hill is detected, K
the system improves the acceleration performance in re-acceleration by limiting the gear shift range on the
high side.
NOTE:
For engine brake control on a downhill, the control can be stopped with CONSULT. L
JSDIA2060GB O
Control In Acceleration
From change of the vehicle speed or accelerator pedal position, the acceleration request level of the driver or
driving scene is evaluated. In start or acceleration during driving, the gear shift characteristics with linearity of P
revolution increase and vehicle speed increase are gained to improve the acceleration feel.
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed 4/8 or more in D position, CVT performs step shifting to allow the
vehicle speed and engine speed to increase simultaneously. This improves the feel of acceleration and
enables the fuel economy by preventing unnecessary rise in engine speed, compared to the conventional
shifting.
TM-501
SYSTEM
JSDIA5273GB
SELECT CONTROL
SELECT CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010622738
cardiagn.com
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSDIA3711GB
DESCRIPTION
Based on accelerator pedal angle, engine speed, primary pulley speed, and the input speed, the optimum
operating pressure is set to reduce impact of a selector lever operation while shifting from “N” (“P”) to “D” (“R”)
position.
LOCK-UP CONTROL
TM-502
SYSTEM
LOCK-UP CONTROL : System Description INFOID:0000000010622739
A
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5314GB J
DESCRIPTION
• Controls for improvement of the transmission efficiency by engaging the torque converter clutch in the
torque converter and eliminating slip of the converter. Achieves comfortable driving with slip control of the K
torque converter clutch.
• The oil pressure feed circuit for the torque converter clutch piston chamber is connected to the torque con-
verter clutch control valve. The torque converter clutch control valve is switched by the torque converter L
clutch solenoid valve with the signal from TCM. This controls the oil pressure circuit, which is supplied to the
torque converter clutch piston chamber, to the release side or engagement side.
• If the CVT fluid temperature is low or the vehicle is in fail-safe mode due to malfunction, lock-up control is
prohibited. M
Lock-up engagement
In lock-up engagement, the torque converter clutch solenoid valve makes the torque converter clutch control
valve locked up to generate the lock-up apply pressure. This pushes the torque converter clutch piston for N
engagement.
Lock-up release condition
O
In lock-up release, the torque converter clutch solenoid valve makes the torque converter clutch control valve
non-locked up to drain the lock-up apply pressure. This does not engage the torque converter clutch piston.
ECO MODE SYSTEM
P
ECO MODE SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010622740
• Driving mode that selects the shift schedule with priority on fuel economy which gives low engine revolution.
• For details on ECO mode control, refer to DMS-7, "ECO MODE CONTROL : System Description".
• The gear shift line is not changed with the control mode change for the following conditions:
- When the selector lever is in “M” position.
FAIL-SAFE
TM-503
SYSTEM
If a malfunction occurs in the system of CVT during ECO mode, the ECO mode indicator turns OFF and the
control switches to the normal mode control.
STOP/START SYSTEM
STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000010632035
• In the stop/start system, ECM performs integrated control based on the information from control units, sen-
sors and switches. For information, refer to EC-856, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT
models)".
• stop/start system operation OK is evaluated based on signals from sensors and switches.
• When stop/start system operation OK is determined, stop/start enable OK signal is sent to ECM through
CAN communication.
• stop/start readiness signal is received from ECM through CAN communication and the electric oil pump is
driven based on the signal.
• The electric oil pump relay is turned ON to prepare operation of the electric oil pump.
• The electric oil pump is driven in duty control.
STOP/START OPERATION PERMISSION CONDITION EVALUATED BY TCM
When TCM detects the vehicle status and stop/start system operation OK is determined, stop/start enable sig-
nal is sent to ECM through CAN communication.
cardiagn.com
Item Description Permission conditions
Transmission range switch Selector lever position Other than “R” position
G sensor Gradient ±14%
CVT fluid temperature sensor CVT fluid temperature 25 – 110°C
Malfunction Normal
Electric oil pump 5 seconds or more from cancellation of previous stop/
Interval time
start system operation
Secondary pressure Control oil pressure 0.03 MPa or more
TCM INDICATION CHARACTERISTICS
TCM indication signal (Duty) Condition

0 – 5% Disconnection or battery short-circuit
5 – 15% Indicating stop of electric oil pump
15 – 85% Indicating operation of electric oil pump
85 – 95% Indicating operation of electric oil pump (Maximum power)
95 – 100% Short to ground
TM-504
SYSTEM
TIME CHART
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5443GB
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) P
INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Shift Position Indicator

INFOID:0000000010622741
PURPOSE
The shift position indicator displays the shift position of transmission.
TM-505
SYSTEM
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSDIA6078GB
NOTE:
Paddle shifter is applied to vehicle with paddle shifter.
SIGNAL PATH
• The TCM judges the shift position by the transmission range switch signal, manual mode switch signal, non-
cardiagn.com
manual mode switch signal, manual mode upshift signal, and manual mode downshift signal.
• The TCM transmits the shift position signal to the combination meter via CAN communication. The combina-
tion meter shows the shift position indicator on the information display, according to the signal.
LIGHTING CONDITION
Ignition switch: ON
SHUTOFF CONDITION
Ignition switch: Other than ON
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning Lamp/Indicator Lamp INFOID:0000000010622742
Name Design Arrangement/Function

Regarding the arrangement. Refer to MWI-10, "METER SYSTEM : Design".
Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) Regarding the function. Refer to MWI-50, "WARNING LAMPS/INDICATOR
LAMPS : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
WARNING/INDICATOR/CHIME LIST : Warning/Indicator (On Information Display)

INFOID:0000000010622743
Item Reference
Refer to TM-505, "INFORMATION DISPLAY (COMBINATION METER) : Shift Posi-
tion Indicator".
TM-506
A
This system is an on board diagnostic system that records exhaust emission-related diagnostic information B
and detects a sensors/actuator-related malfunction. A malfunction is indicated by the malfunction indicator
lamp (MIL) and stored in ECU memory as a DTC. The diagnostic information can be obtained with the diag-
nostic tool (GST: Generic Scan Tool).
C
GST (Generic Scan Tool) INFOID:0000000010622745
When GST is connected with a data link connector equipped on the vehicle side, it will communicate with the
control module equipped in the vehicle and then enable various kinds of diagnostic tests. Refer to GI-52, TM
"Description".
NOTE:
Service $0A is not applied for regions where it is not mandated. E
cardiagn.com
G
TM-507
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : 1 Trip Detection Diagnosis and 2 Trip Detection Diagno-
sis INFOID:0000000010622746
NOTE:
“Start the engine and turn OFF the ignition switch after warm-up.” This is defined as 1 trip.
When initial malfunction is detected, TCM memorizes DTC. In these diagnoses, some illuminate MIL and
some do not. Refer to TM-529, "DTC Index".
When initial malfunction is detected, TCM memorizes DTC of the 1st trip. MIL does not light at this stage. <1
trip>
If the same malfunction is detected again in next driving, TCM memorizes DTC. When DTC is memorized, MIL
lights. <2 trip>
“Trip” of the “2 trip detection diagnosis” indicates the driving mode that executes self-diagnosis during driving.
×: Check possible —: Check not possible
cardiagn.com
DTC at the 1st trip DTC MIL
Item Display at the Display at the Display at the Display at the Illumination at Illumination at
1st trip 2nd trip 1st trip 2nd trip the 1st trip the 2nd trip
— — × — × —
× — — × — ×
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : DTC and DTC of 1st Trip INFOID:0000000010622747
2 TRIP DETECTION DIAGNOSIS THAT ILLUMINATES MIL

• The DTC number of the 1st trip is the same as the DTC number.
• When a malfunction is detected at the 1st trip, TCM memorizes DTC of the 1st trip. MIL does not light at this
stage. If the same malfunction is not detected at the 2nd trip (conforming to necessary driving conditions),
DTC at the 1st trip is erased from TCM. If the same malfunction is detected at the 2nd trip, TCM memorizes
DTC and MIL lights at the same time.
• The DTC of the 1st trip is specified in Service $01 of SAE J1979/ISO 15031-5. Since detection of DTC at the
1st trip does not illuminate MIL, warning for a problem is not given to a driver.
• For procedure to delete DTC and 1st trip DTC from TCM, refer to TM-510, "CONSULT Function".
• If DTC of the 1st trip is detected, it is necessary to check the cause according to the “Diagnosis flow”. Refer
to TM-541, "Work Flow".
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) INFOID:0000000010622748
• TCM not only detects DTC, but also sends the MIL signal to ECM through CAN communication. ECM sends
the MIL signal to the combination meter through CAN communication according to the signal, and illumi-
nates MIL.
• For malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) description, refer to EC-823, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp".
DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System INFOID:0000000010622749
RELATION BETWEEN DTC AT 1ST TRIP/DTC/MIL AND DRIVING CONDITIONS (FOR 2 TRIP DE-
TECTION DIAGNOSIS THAT ILLUMINATES MIL)
• When initial malfunction is detected, TCM memorizes DTC of the 1st trip. MIL does not light at this stage.
• If the same malfunction is detected at the 2nd trip, TCM memorizes DTC and MIL lights at the same time.
• Then, MIL goes after driving the vehicle for 3 trips under “Driving condition B” without malfunction.
• DTC is displayed until 40 trips of “Driving condition A” are satisfied without detecting the same malfunction.
DTC is erased when 40 trips are satisfied.
TM-508
• When the self-diagnosis result is acceptable at the 2nd trip (conforming to driving condition B), DTC of the
1st trip is erased. A
COUNTER SYSTEM LIST
Item Driving condition Trip B

MIL (OFF) B 3
DTC (clear) A 40
C
DTC at 1st trip (clear) B 1
DRIVING CONDITION
TM
Driving condition A
Driving condition A is the driving condition that provides warm-up.
• Engine speed is 400 rpm or more. E
• After start of the engine, the water temperature increased by 20°C (36°F) or more.
• The ignition switch was changed from ON to OFF. F
NOTE:
• If the same malfunction is detected regardless of the driving condition, reset the A counter.
cardiagn.com
• When the above is satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, count up the A counter.
• When MIL goes off due to the malfunction and the A counter reaches 40, the DTC is erased. G
Driving condition B
Driving condition B is the driving condition that performs all diagnoses once. H
• Engine speed is 400 rpm or more.
• In closed loop control, vehicle speed of 70 – 120 km/h (43 – 75 MPH) continued for 60 seconds or more. I
• In closed loop control, vehicle speed of 30 – 60 km/h (19 – 37 MPH) continued for 10 seconds or more.
• In closed loop control, vehicle speed of 4 km/h (2 MPH) or less and idle determination ON continued for 12
seconds or more. J
• After start of the engine, 22 minutes or more have passed.
• The condition that the vehicle speed is 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more continued for 10 seconds or more in total.
NOTE: K
• If the same malfunction is detected regardless of the driving condition, reset the B counter.
• When the above is satisfied without detecting the same malfunction, count up the B counter.
• When the B counter reaches 3 without malfunction, MIL goes off. L
• When the B counter is counted once without detecting the same malfunction after TCM memorizes DTC of
the 1st trip, DTC of the 1st trip is erased.
M
TM-509
TIME CHART
JSDIA1868GB
cardiagn.com
CONSULT Function INFOID:0000000010622750
APPLICABLE ITEM
Conditions Function
Work Support The settings for ECU functions can be changed.
Self Diagnostic Results The ECU self diagnostic results are displayed.
Data Monitor The ECU input/output data is displayed in real time.
ECU Identification The ECU part number is displayed.
CALIB DATA The calibration data status of TCM can be checked.
TM-510
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS
Refer to TM-529, "DTC Index". A
DTC at 1st trip and method to read DTC
• DTC (P0705, P0712, P0715, etc.) is specified by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
• DTC and DTC at 1st trip are displayed on “Self Diagnostic results” of CONSULT. B
When DTC is currently detected, “CRNT” is displayed. If “PAST” is displayed, it shows a malfunction
occurred in the past. The trip number of drive without malfunction of concerned DTC can be confirmed with
“IGN counter” inside “FFD”. C
• When the DTC at the 1st trip is detected, “1t” is displayed.
DTC deletion method
NOTE: TM
If the ignition switch is left ON after repair, turn OFF the ignition switch and wait for 10 seconds or more. Then,
turn the ignition ON again. (Engine stop)
1. Touch “TRANSMISSION” of CONSULT.
2. Touch “Self Diagnostic Result”. E
3. Touch “Erase”. (DTC memorized in TCM is erased.)
IGN counter
F
The ignition counter is displayed in “FFD” and the number of times of satisfied “Driving condition A” is dis-
played after normal recovery of DTC. Refer to TM-508, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Counter System".
• If malfunction (DTC) is currently detected, “0” is displayed.
cardiagn.com
• After normal recovery, every time “Driving condition A” is satisfied, the display value increases from 1 → 2 → G
3...38 → 39.
• When MIL turns OFF due to the malfunction and the counter reaches 40, the DTC is erased.
NOTE: H
The counter display of “40” cannot be checked.
DATA MONITOR
NOTE: I
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items.
J
VSP SENSOR (km/h or mph) Displays the vehicle speed calculated from the CVT output shaft speed.
ESTM VSP SIG (km/h or mph) Displays the vehicle speed signal (ABS) received through CAN communication. K
INPUT SPEED SENSOR (rpm) Displays the input speed calculated from the pulse signal of the input speed sensor.
Displays the primary pulley speed calculated from the pulse signal of the primary
PRI SPEED SEN (rpm)
speed sensor. L
Displays the secondary pulley speed calculated from the pulse signal of the output
SEC REV SENSOR (rpm)
speed sensor.
ENG SPEED SIG (rpm) Displays the engine speed received through CAN communication. M
SEC PRESSURE SEN (V) Displays the signal voltage of the secondary pressure sensor.
PRI PRESSURE SEN (V) Displays the signal voltage of the primary pressure sensor.
N
ATF TEMP SEN (V) Displays the signal voltage of the CVT fluid temperature sensor.
G SENSOR (G) Displays the decel G signal received through CAN communication.
VIGN SEN (V) Displays the battery voltage applied to TCM. O
PVING VOLT (V) Displays the backup voltage of TCM.
VEHICLE SPEED (km/h or mph) Displays the vehicle speed recognized by TCM.
INPUT REV (rpm) Displays the input shaft speed of CVT recognized by TCM.
P
PRI SPEED (rpm) Displays the primary pulley speed recognized by TCM.
SEC SPEED (rpm) Displays the secondary pulley speed recognized by TCM.
ENG SPEED (rpm) Displays the engine speed recognized by TCM.
Displays the speed difference between the input shaft speed of CVT and the engine
SLIP REV (rpm)
speed.
TM-511
Displays the pulley gear ratio calculated from primary pulley speed/secondary pulley
PULLEY GEAR RATIO
speed.
Displays the acceleration and deceleration speed of the vehicle calculated from ve-
G SPEED (G)
hicle speed change.
ACCEL POSI SEN 1 (deg) Displays the estimated throttle position received through CAN communication.
VENG TRQ (Nm) Display the engine torque recognized by TCM.
PRI TRQ (Nm) Display the input shaft torque of CVT.
TRQ RTO Display the torque ratio of torque converter.
Displays the secondary pressure calculated from the signal voltage of the secondary
SEC PRESSURE (MPa)
pressure sensor.
Displays the primary pressure calculated from the signal voltage of the primary pres-
PRI PRESSURE (MPa)
sure sensor.
Displays the CVT fluid temperature calculated from the signal voltage of the CVT flu-
FLUID TEMP (°C or °F)
id temperature sensor.
Displays the target primary pulley speed calculated from processing of gear shift
DSR REV (rpm)
control.
TGT PLLY GR RATIO Displays the target gear ratio of the pulley from processing of gear shift control.
cardiagn.com
Displays the target oil pressure of the torque converter clutch solenoid valve calcu-
LU PRS (MPa)
lated from oil pressure processing of gear shift control.
Displays the target oil pressure of the line pressure solenoid valve calculated from
LINE PRS (MPa)
oil pressure processing of gear shift control.
Displays the target oil pressure of the primary pressure solenoid valve calculated
TRGT PRI PRESSURE (MPa)
Displays the target oil pressure of the select solenoid valve calculated from oil pres-
TRGT SELECT PRESSURE (MPa)
sure processing of gear shift control.
Displays the target oil pressure of the secondary pressure solenoid valve calculated
TRGT SEC PRESSURE (MPa)
Displays the command current from TCM to the torque converter clutch solenoid
ISOLT1 (A)
valve.
ISOLT2 (A) Displays the command current from TCM to the line pressure solenoid valve.
PRI SOLENOID (A) Displays the command current from TCM to the primary pressure solenoid valve.
SEC SOLENOID CURRENT (A) Displays the command current from TCM to the secondary pressure solenoid valve.
SELECT SOLENOID CUR-
(A) Displays the command current from TCM to the select solenoid valve.
RENT
Monitors the command current from TCM to the torque converter clutch solenoid
SOLMON1 (A)
valve and displays the monitored value.
Monitors the command current from TCM to the line pressure solenoid valve and
SOLMON2 (A)
displays the monitored value.
Monitors the command current from TCM to the primary pressure solenoid valve
PRI SOL MON (A)
Monitors the command current from TCM to the secondary pressure solenoid valve
SEC SOL MON CURRENT (A)
Monitors the command current from TCM to the select solenoid valve and displays
SELECT SOL MON CURRENT (A)
the monitored value.
D POSITION SW (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the transmission range switch (D position).
N POSITION SW (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the transmission range switch (N position).
R POSITION SW (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the transmission range switch (R position).
P POSITION SW (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the transmission range switch (P position).
L POSITION SW* (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the transmission range switch (L position).
DS RANGE SW (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the transmission range switch (Ds position).
TM-512
A
Displays the reception status of the stop lamp switch signal received through CAN
BRAKESW (On/Off)
communication.
Displays the reception status of the closed throttle position signal received through
IDLE SW (On/Off) B
CAN communication.
Displays the reception status of the overdrive control switch signal received through
SPORT MODE SW* (On/Off)
CAN communication.
Displays the reception status of the ECO mode switch signal received through CAN C
ECO MODE SW (On/Off)
communication.
STRDWNSW* (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the paddle shifter (down switch).
TM
STRUPSW* (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the paddle shifter (up switch).
DOWNLVR (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the selector lever (down switch).
UPLVR (On/Off) Displays the operation status of the selector lever (up switch). E
NONMMODE (On/Off) Displays if the selector lever position is not at the manual shift gate.
MMODE (On/Off) Displays if the selector lever position is at the manual shift gate.
Displays the reception status of the TOW mode switch signal received through CAN F
TOW MODE SW* (On/Off)
communication.
cardiagn.com
Displays the transaxle value of shift position signal transmitted via CAN communi-
SHIFT IND SIGNAL
cation. G
Displays the transaxle status of the CVT warning lamp signal transmitted through
CVT LAMP* (On/Off)
CAN communication.
Displays the transaxle status of the OD OFF indicator lamp signal transmitted H
SPORT MODE IND* (On/Off)
through CAN communication.
Displays the transaxle status of the manual mode signal transmitted through CAN
MANU MODE SIGNAL (On/Off)
communication. I
Displays the shift position signal status from transmission range switch (Ds posi-
DS RANGE SIGNAL (On/Off)
tion).
Displays the transaxle status of the ECO mode signal transmitted through CAN J
ECO MODE SIGNAL (On/Off)
communication.
Displays the reception status of the VDC operation signal received through CAN
VDC ON (On/Off)
communication. K
Displays the reception status of the TCS operation signal received through CAN
TCS ON (On/Off)
communication.
Displays the reception status of the ABS malfunction signal received through CAN L
ABS FAIL SIGNAL (On/Off)
communication.
Displays the reception status of the ABS operation signal received through CAN
ABS ON (On/Off)
communication. M
RANGE Displays the gear position recognized by TCM.
M GEAR POS Display the target gear of manual mode
G SEN SLOPE (%) Displays the gradient angle calculated from the G sensor signal voltage. N
G SEN CALIBRATION (YET/DONE) Displays the status of “G SENSOR CALIBRATION” in “Work Support”.
N IDLE STATUS* (On/Off) Displays idle neutral status.
O
ENGBRKLVL (On/Off) Displays the setting of “ENGINE BRAKE ADJ” in “Work Support”.
DRIVE MODE STATS Displays the drive mode status recognized by TCM.
SNOW MODE* (On/Off) Displays whether it is the SNOW mode. P
ECO MODE* (On/Off) Displays whether it is the ECO mode.
NORMAL MODE* (On/Off) Displays whether it is the NORMAL mode.
SPORT MODE* (On/Off) Displays whether it is the SPORT mode.
(INCOMP/
AIR BLDING STATE Displays the status of “ELECTRIC O.P. AIR BLEEDING” in “Work Support”.
COMP)
TM-513
Displays the command signal value (duty) of the electric oil pump transmitted from
ELECTRIC OP DUTY (%)
TCM.
Monitors the status signal value (duty) transmitted from the electric oil pump and dis-
E-OP DUTY MON (%)
plays the monitored value.
ELECTRIC OP RELAY (On/Off) Displays the command status from TCM to the electric oil pump relay.
Monitors the command status from TCM to the oil pump relay and displays the mon-
E-OP RELAY MON (On/Off)
itored value.
CVT-B
CVT-A
G SENSOR (V) Displays the signal voltage of the G sensor.
*: Not applicable but displayed.
WORK SUPPORT
Item name Description

CONFORM CVTF DETERIORTN Checks the degradation level of the CVT fluid under severe conditions.
cardiagn.com
G SENSOR CALIBRATION Compensates the G sensor.
ERASE LEARNING VALUE* Erases learning value memorized by TCM.
Although there is no malfunction on the transaxle and the CVT system, if a cus-
tomer make a complaint like “I do not feel comfortable with automatic operation of
ENGINE BRAKE ADJ.
the engine brake on downhill”, the engine brake may be cancelled with “engine
brake adjustment”.
ELECTRIC O.P. AIR BLEEDING Bleed air from the electric oil pump.
WRITE IP CHARA - REPLACEMENT AT/CVT Writes IP characteristics when transaxle assembly is replaced.
READ IP CHARA - REPLACEMENT TCM Reads IP characteristics when TCM is replaced.
WRITE IP CHARA - REPLACEMENT TCM Writes IP characteristics when TCM is replaced.
*: This item does not use.
Engine brake adjustment
ENGINE BRAKE LEVEL

ON : Turn ON the engine brake control.
OFF : Turn OFF the engine brake control.
Check the degradation level of the CVT fluid.
CVTF degradation level data

210,000 or more : Replacement of the CVT fluid is required.
Less than 210,000 : Replacement of the CVT fluid is not required.
TM-514
TCM
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [CVT: RE0F10G]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

TCM
Reference Value INFOID:0000000010622751
B
CONSULT DATA MONITOR STANDARD VALUE

• In CONSULT, electric shift timing or lock-up timing, i.e. operation timing of each solenoid valve, is displayed. C
Therefore, if there is an obvious difference between the shift timing estimated from a shift shock (or engine
speed variations) and that shown on the CONSULT, the mechanism parts (including the hydraulic circuit)
excluding the solenoids and sensors may be malfunctioning. In this case, check the mechanical parts follow-
ing the appropriate diagnosis procedure. TM
• Shift point (gear position) displayed on CONSULT slightly differs from shift pattern described in Service Man-
ual. This is due to the following reasons.
- Actual shift pattern may vary slightly within specified tolerances. E
- While shift pattern described in Service Manual indicates start of each shift, CONSULT shows gear position
at end of shift.
- The solenoid display (ON/OFF) on CONSULT is changed at the start of gear shifting. In contrast, the gear
position display is changed at the time when gear shifting calculated in the control unit is completed. F
NOTE:
cardiagn.com
to this vehicle, refer to CONSULT display items. G

VSP SENSOR While driving Almost same as the speedometer display. H
ESTM VSP SIG While driving Almost same as the speedometer display.
INPUT SPEED SENSOR In driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed.
PRI SPEED SEN In driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed.
I
SEC REV SENSOR While driving VSP SENSOR × 40

ENG SPEED SIG Engine running Almost same reading as tachometer J
SEC PRESSURE SEN • Selector lever: “N” position 1.6 – 1.8 V
• At idle
K
PRI PRESSURE SEN • Selector lever: “N” position 1.2 – 1.3 V
• At idle
L
ATF TEMP SEN CVT fluid: Approx. 50°C (122°F) 1.4 – 1.5 V
CVT fluid: Approx. 80°C (176°F) 0.9 – 1.0 V M
• Vehicle stopped
0G
The value changes to the positive side N
During deceleration
O
VIGN SEN Ignition switch: ON 10 – 16 V
PVIGN VOLT Ignition switch: ON 10 – 16 V
VEHICLE SPEED While driving Almost same as the speedometer display. P
INPUT REV In driving (lock-up ON) Almost same as the engine speed.
PRI SPEED In driving (lock-up ON) Approximately matches the engine speed.
SEC SPEED While driving VSP SENSOR × 40
ENG SPEED Engine running Almost same reading as tachometer
SLIP REV While driving Engine speed − Input speed
TM-515
TCM
PULLEY GEAR RATIO
Vehicle stopped 0.00 G
During acceleration
G SPEED along with acceleration.
During deceleration
Accelerator pedal released 0.00 deg
ACCEL POSI SEN 1
Accelerator pedal fully depressed 80.00 deg
VENG TRQ While driving
deceleration.
PRI TRQ While driving
deceleration.
TRQ RTO While driving
deceleration.
SEC PRESSURE • Selector lever: “N” position 1.8 MPa
cardiagn.com
• At idle
PRI PRESSURE • Selector lever: “N” position 1.2 MPa
• At idle
FLUID TEMP Ignition switch ON. Displays the CVT fluid temperature.
DSR REV While driving It varies along with the driving condition.
TGT PLLY GR RATIO
• Engine started
−0.50 MPa
• Vehicle is stopped.
LU PRS • Selector lever: “D” position

• Accelerator pedal position: 1/8 or less
0.550 MPa
more
LINE PRS • Selector lever: “N” position 1.8 MPa
• At idle
TRGT PRI PRESSURE • Selector lever: “N” position 1.2 MPa
• At idle
• Selector lever: “N” position 0 MPa
TARGET SELECT PRESSURE • At idle
0.3 – 0.5 MPa
• At idle
TARGET SEC PRESSURE • Selector lever: “N” position 1.8 MPa
• At idle
ISOLT1* — —
ISOLT2* — —
PRI SOLENOID* — —
SEC SOLENOID CURRENT* — —
SELECT SOLENOID CURRENT* — —
SOLMON1* — —
TM-516
TCM
A
SOLMON2* — —
PRI SOL MON* — —
SEC SOL MON CURRENT* — — B
SELECT SOL MON CURRENT* — —
D POSITION SW
Other than the above Off C
N POSITION SW
TM
R POSITION SW
Selector lever: “P” position On E
P POSITION SW
L POSITION SW Always Off
F
Selector lever: “DS” position On
DS RANGE SW
cardiagn.com
Brake pedal is depressed On G
BRAKESW
Brake pedal is released Off
Accelerator pedal is released On
IDLE SW H
Accelerator pedal is fully depressed Off
SPORT MODE SW Always Off
Press the ECO mode switch On I
ECO MODE SW
Release the ECO mode switch Off
STRDWNSW Always Off
STRUPSW Always Off
J
Selector lever: − side On

DOWNLVR
K
Selector lever: + side On
UPLVR
Manual shift gate position (neutral, + side, L
Off
NONMMODE − side)
Other than the above On
Manual shift gate position (neutral, + side,
M
On
MMODE − side)
N
TOW MODE SW Always Off
TM-517
TCM
When the selector lever is positioned in be-
OFF
tween each position.
Selector lever: “P” position P
Selector lever: “R” position R
Selector lever: “N” position N
Selector lever: “D” position D
SHIFT IND SIGNAL Manual mode: 1st 1st

Manual mode: 2nd 2nd
Manual mode: 3rd 3rd
Approx. 2 seconds after ignition switch ON On
CVT LAMP
cardiagn.com
SPORT MODE IND Always Off
Driving with manual mode On
MANU MODE SIGNAL
Selector lever: “DS” position On
DS RANGE SIGNAL
ECO MODE SIGNAL Always Off
When VDC malfunction signal is received On
VDC ON
When TCS malfunction signal is received On
TCS ON
When ABS malfunction signal is received On
ABS FAIL SIGNAL
ABS is activated On
ABS ON
Selector lever: “P” and “N” positions N/P
Selector lever: “R position R
RANGE
Selector lever: “D” position
D
Selector lever: “M” position
M GEAR POS Manual mode: 1st – 7th 1 to 7
Flat road 0%
Uphill gradient along with uphill gradient. (Maximum
G SEN SLOPE 40.45%)
The value changes to the negative side
Downhill gradient along with downhill gradient. (Minimum −
40.45%)
When G sensor calibration is completed DONE
G SEN CALIBRATION
When G sensor calibration is not completed YET
N IDLE STATUS Always Off
TM-518
TCM
A
On
BRAKE ADJ”. in “Work Support” is ON
ENGBRKLVL
Off B
BRAKE ADJ”. in “Work Support” is OFF
While driving in ECO mode ECO
DRIVE MODE STATS
Other than the above NORMAL
C
SNOW MODE Always Off
ECO MODE Always Off
NORMAL MODE Always Off TM
SPORT MODE Always Off
When air bleeding of the electric oil pump is
COMP E
completed
AIR BLDING STATE
When air bleeding of the electric oil pump is
INCOMP
not completed
Ignition switch: ON 5 – 15% F
• Selector lever: D position
ELECTRIC OP DUTY 5 – 15%
cardiagn.com
• Vehicle speed: 11 km/h (7 MPH) or more
G
During the stop/start system operation 55 – 85%
Ignition switch: ON 25 – 35%
• Selector lever: D position H
E-OP DUTY MON 0%
During the stop/start system operation 45 – 55%
• Selector lever: D position I
On
• Vehicle speed: 6 km/h (4 MPH) or less
ELECTRIC OP RELAY
Off
J
On
E-OP RELAY MON
• Selector lever: D position K
Off
CVT-B* — —
CVT-A* — — L
• Vehicle stopped
0G
The value changes to the positive side M
During deceleration
along with deceleration. N
*: These monitor items do not use.
TERMINAL LAYOUT
O
JSDIA2713ZZ
TM-519
TCM
INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL STANDARD
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color)
Input/
+ − Signal
Output
• Vehicle speed: 6 km/h (3 MPH) or 0V
1 Electric oil pump re- less
Ground Output
(P) lay • Selector lever: “D” position
• Vehicle speed: 11 km/h (7 MPH) or 10 − 16 V
more
2*
— — — — —
(GR)
4 Selector lever: “D” position 10 − 16 V

Ground D range switch Input
(Y) Other than the above 0V
5 Selector lever: “N” position 10 − 16 V

Ground N range switch Input
(BR) Ignition Other than the above 0V
switch
Selector lever: “R” position 10 − 16 V
cardiagn.com
6 ON
Ground R range switch Input
(G) Other than the above 0V
7 Selector lever: “P” position 10 − 16 V

Ground P range switch Input
(V) Other than the above 0V
11
Ground Sensor ground — Always 0V
(LG)
2.01 – 2.05 V
(68°F)
Ignition
12 CVT fluid tempera- CVT fluid: Approx. 50°C
Ground Output switch 1.45 – 1.50 V
(BR) ture sensor (122°F)
ON
0.90 – 0.94 V
176°F)
Ignition
14 When the vehicle stops on
Ground G sensor Input switch 2.5 V
(V) flat road
ON
16 Secondary pres-
(SB) sure sensor
• At idle
17 Primary pressure
(R) sensor
• At idle
23 Input/
— CAN-L — —
(P) Output
880 Hz
24 • Shift position: “M1” position

Ground Input speed sensor Input
(LG) • Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)
JSDIA3769GB
25 Electric oil pump During the stop/start system operation 100 Hz

Ground Output
(R) command signal Ignition switch: OFF 0 Hz
26 Sensor power sup- Ignition switch: ON 5.0 V

Ground Output
TM-520
TCM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) A
Input/
+ − Signal
Output
B

• Selector lever: “N” position C
• At idle
30 Line pressure sole- JSDIA1897GB TM

Ground Output
(GR) noid valve
E
• Depress the accelerator pedal fully
F
JSDIA1898GB
cardiagn.com
32 Electric oil pump During the stop/start system operation 100 Hz
Ground Input G
(SB) status signal Ignition switch: OFF 0 Hz
33 Input/
— CAN-H — —
(L) Output
H
200 Hz
I
34 Output speed sen- • Shift position: “M1” position
Ground Input
(W) sor • Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)
J
JSDIA1904GB
700 Hz
K
35 Primary speed sen- • Shift position: “M1” position

Ground Input
(GR) sor • Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)
L
JSDIA1905GB
• Engine started
37 Select solenoid N
Ground Output • Vehicle is stopped
(Y) valve
JSDIA1897GB O
TM-521
TCM
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color)
Input/
+ − Signal
Output

• Accelerator pedal position: 1/8 or
less
more
Torque converter
38 JSDIA1900GB
Ground clutch solenoid Output
(G)
valve
• Engine started
• Vehicle is stopped
JSDIA1903GB
cardiagn.com
39 Secondary pres- • Shift position: “M1” position
Ground Output
(W) sure solenoid valve • Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)
JSDIA1897GB
40 Primary pressure • Shift position: “M1” position

Ground Output
(V) solenoid valve • Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH)
JSDIA1897GB
41
(B)
42
(B)
Battery power sup-
45
(V)
up)
Battery power sup-
46
(V)
up)

Ground Input

Ground Input
*: This harness does not use.
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000010622752
TM-522
TCM
is detected by TCM and the vehicle may be in a fail-safe mode. At this time, check the DTC code and perform A
Fail-safe function
B
P062F • Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation — C
played TM
• Start is slow
• Lock-up is not performed E
F
played
cardiagn.com
• Start is slow G
• Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation H
• Acceleration is slow Temp. ≥ 10°C (50°F) I
• Start is slow
−35°C (−31°F) ≤ Temp. < 10°C (50°F)
J
• Start is slow
Temp. < −35°C (−31°F)
K
• Start is slow Engine coolant temperature when engine start: L
• Start is slow M
−35°C (−31°F) ≤ Temp. < 10°C (50°F)
• Start is slow N
Temp. < −35°C (−31°F)
• Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay O
• Start is slow
• Lock-up is not performed P
TM-523
TCM
• Start is slow
P0717 —
• Start is slow
P0740 —
• Start is slow
P0743 —
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
• Start is slow
• Start is slow
• Start is slow
• Start is slow
P0778 —
• Start is slow
P0779 —
TM-524
TCM
A
• Start is slow
P0863 • Lock-up is not performed — B
C
• Start is slow
• Lock-up is not performed TM
P0890 —
• Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay E
• Start is slow
F
cardiagn.com
• Start is slow
H
• Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay I
• Start is slow
• Lock-up is not performed When a malfunction occurs on the low oil pressure side J
P0965 • Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay
K
• Stop/start system prohibited When a malfunction occurs on the high oil pressure side
• Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation L
• Start is slow M
• Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation N
• Start is slow O
• Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation P
TM-525
TCM
P188E —
P188F —
P1890 —
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
• Start is slow
• Vehicle speed is not increased When a malfunction occurs on the low oil pressure side
P2813 • Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation
P2814 —
P2815 —
• Start is slow
• Start is slow
TM-526
TCM
A
• Selector shock is large B
• Start is slow
U0300 —
C
• Start is slow
U1000 • Lock-up is not performed — TM
E
U110F • Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation —
F
cardiagn.com
• Stop/start system prohibited G
Protection Control INFOID:0000000010622753

H
transmission is lost. It automatically returns to the normal status if the safety is secured. I
J
Control
Vehicle behavior in If the accelerator is kept depressing during wheel spin, the engine revolution and vehicle speed are limited to K
tion L
Control Engine output is controlled according to a vehicle speed while reversing the vehicle. M
Vehicle behavior in
control
Normal return condi- N
tion

O
Control
P
Vehicle behavior in
control
tion
TM-527
TCM
Control
control reverse.
tion engaged.)
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000010622754
If multiple malfunction codes are detected at the same time, check each code according to the DTC check pri-
ority list below.
Items
(CONSULT screen terms)
P0863 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) TM-613, "DTC Description"
U0073 COMM BUS A OFF TM-555, "DTC Description"
U0100 LOST COMM (ECM A) TM-556, "DTC Description"
U0140 LOST COMM (BCM) TM-558, "DTC Description"
cardiagn.com
U0141 LOST COMM (BCM A) TM-559, "DTC Description"
1 U0155 LOST COMM (IPC) TM-560, "DTC Description"
U0300 CAN COMM DATA TM-561, "DTC Description"
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT TM-563, "DTC Description"
U110F LOST COMM (ECM) TM-564, "DTC Description"
U1111 LOST COMM (CHASSIS CONT MDUL) TM-565, "DTC Description"
U1117 LOST COMM (ABS) TM-566, "DTC Description"
2
TM-528
TCM
Items
(CONSULT screen terms) A
P062F EEPROM TM-567, "DTC Description"
B
P0713 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A TM-578, "DTC Description" C
TM
P0826 UP/DOWN SHIFT SWITCH TM-600, "DTC Description"
P0841 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A TM-603, "DTC Description"
3
P0847 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B TM-605, "DTC Description" E
P084C FLUID PRESS SEN/SW H TM-609, "DTC Description"
P084D FLUID PRESS SEN/SW H TM-611, "DTC Description" F
P0890 TCM TM-614, "DTC Description"
cardiagn.com
P1586 G SENSOR TM-626, "DTC Description"
G
P188E ELECTRIC OIL PUMP TM-632, "DTC Description"
P1890 ELECTRIC OIL PUMP RELAY TM-639, "DTC Description"
P2765 INPUT SPEED SENSOR B TM-643, "DTC Description" H
I
4 P0965 PC SOLENOID B TM-620, "DTC Description"
P1588 G SENSOR TM-629, "DTC Description" J
P188F ELECTRIC OIL PUMP TM-637, "DTC Description"
K
DTC Index INFOID:0000000010622755
NOTE: L
• If multiple malfunction codes are detected at the same time, check each code according to the “DTC check
priority list”. Refer to TM-528, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart".
• The ignition counter is displayed in “FFD”. Refer to TM-510, "CONSULT Function".
M
*1, *2
DTC Stop/start
Items
Trip MIL*3 indicator Reference
GST lamp N
(TRANSMISSION)
P062F P062F EEPROM 1 ON Blinking TM-567
P0705 P0705 T/M RANGE SENSOR A 2 ON Blinking TM-568
O
P0706 P0706 T/M RANGE SENSOR A 2 ON Blinking TM-573
P0712 P0712 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A 2 ON Blinking TM-576
P0713 P0713 FLUID TEMP SENSOR A 2 ON Blinking TM-578 P
P0715 P0715 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A 2 ON Blinking TM-580
P0717 P0717 INPUT SPEED SENSOR A 2 ON Blinking TM-583
P0740 P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER 2 ON Blinking TM-586
P0743 P0743 TORQUE CONVERTER 2 ON Blinking TM-588
P0744 P0744 TORQUE CONVERTER 2 ON — TM-590
TM-529
TCM
DTC*1, *2 Stop/start
Items
Trip MIL*3 indicator Reference
GST lamp
(TRANSMISSION)
P0746 P0746 PC SOLENOID A 2 ON Blinking TM-592
P0776 P0776 PC SOLENOID B 2 ON — TM-594
UP/DOWN SHIFT
— P0826 1 — — TM-600
SWITCH
P0841 P0841 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A 2 — Blinking TM-603
P0847 P0847 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B 2 ON Blinking TM-605
P0848 P0848 FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B 2 ON Blinking TM-607
P084C P084C FLUID PRESS SEN/SW H 2 ON — TM-609
P084D P084D FLUID PRESS SEN/SW H 2 ON — TM-611
P0863 P0863 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) 1 ON Blinking TM-613
P0890 P0890 TCM 1 ON Blinking TM-614
cardiagn.com
P0965 P0965 PC SOLENOID B 2 ON Blinking TM-620
— P1586 G SENSOR 1 — Blinking TM-626
— P1588 G SENSOR 1 — Blinking TM-629
— P188E ELECTRIC OIL PUMP 1 — — TM-632
— P188F ELECTRIC OIL PUMP 1 — — TM-637
ELECTRIC OIL PUMP RE-
— P1890 1 — — TM-639
LAY
P2765 P2765 INPUT SPEED SENSOR B 2 ON Blinking TM-643
P2813 P2813 SELECT SOLENOID 2 ON Blinking TM-646
U0073 U0073 COMM BUS A OFF 1 ON Blinking TM-555
U0100 U0100 LOST COMM (ECM A) 1 ON Blinking TM-556
— U0140 LOST COMM (BCM) 1 — Blinking TM-558
— U0141 LOST COMM (BCM A) 1 — Blinking TM-559
— U0155 LOST COMM (IPC) 1 — Blinking TM-560
— U0300 CAN COMM DATA 1 — Blinking TM-561
— U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT 1 — Blinking TM-563
— U110F LOST COMM (ECM) 1 — — TM-564
LOST COMM (CHASSIS
— U1111 1 — — TM-565
CONT MDUL)
— U1117 LOST COMM (ABS) 1 — Blinking TM-566
*1: These numbers are specified by SAE J2012/ISO 15031-6.
*2: The DTC number of the 1st trip is the same as the DTC number.
*3: Refer to TM-508, "DIAGNOSIS DESCRIPTION : Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)".
TM-530
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [CVT: RE0F10G]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
B
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JRDWC2847GB
TM-531
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
JRDWC2848GB
TM-532
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JRDWC2849GB
TM-533
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
JRDWC2850GB
TM-534
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JRDWC2851GB
TM-535
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
cardiagn.com
JRDWC2852GB
TM-536
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JRDWC2853GB
TM-537
cardiagn.com
JRDWC2854GB
TM-538
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JRDWC2855GB
TM-539
cardiagn.com
JRDWC2856GB
TM-540
< BASIC INSPECTION > [CVT: RE0F10G]
BASIC INSPECTION A
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010622758
B
NOTE:
“DTC” includes DTC at the 1st trip.
C
1.OBTAIN INFORMATION ABOUT SYMPTOM
Refer to TM-542, "Diagnostic Work Sheet" and interview the customer to obtain the malfunction information
(conditions and environment when the malfunction occurred) as much as possible when the customer brings TM
in the vehicle.
>> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK DTC
1. Before checking the malfunction, check whether any DTC exists.
2. If DTC exists, perform the following operations. F
- Records the DTCs. (Print out using CONSULT and affix to the Work Order Sheet.)
- Erase DTCs.
cardiagn.com
- Check the relation between the cause found by DTC and the malfunction information from customer. TM- G
659, "Symptom Table" can be used effectively.
3. Check the relevant information including STI, etc.
Do malfunction information and DTC exists? H
Malfunction information and DTC exists.>>GO TO 3.
Malfunction information exists but no DTC.>>GO TO 4.
No malfunction information, but DTC exists.>>GO TO 5.
I
3.REPRODUCE MALFUCTION SYSTEM
Check if the behavior is fail safe or normal operation. Refer to TM-522, "Fail-safe". J
Work Sheet".
Verify the relationship between the symptom and the conditions in which the malfunction described by the cus- K
tomer occurs.
>> GO TO 5. L
4.REPRODUCE MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM
Check if the behavior is fail safe or normal operation. Refer to TM-522, "Fail-safe". M
Work Sheet".
Verify the relationship between the symptom and the conditions in which the malfunction described by the cus- N
tomer occurs.
>> GO TO 6. O
5.PERFORM “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” of the appropriate DTC to check if DTC is detected again.
Refer to TM-528, "DTC Inspection Priority Chart" when multiple DTCs are detected, and then determine the P
order for performing the diagnosis.
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Follow GI-44, "Intermittent Incident" to check.
6.IDENTIFY MALFUNCTIONING SYSTEM WITH “DIAGNOSIS CHART BY SYMPTOM”
TM-541
Use TM-659, "Symptom Table" from the symptom inspection result in step 4. Then identify where to start per-
forming the diagnosis based on possible causes and symptoms.
>> GO TO 8.
7.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
Repair or replace the detected malfunctioning parts.
Reconnect parts or connector after repairing or replacing, and then erase DTC if necessary.
>> GO TO 8.
8.FINAL CHECK
Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” again to make sure that the repair is correctly performed.
Check that malfunctions are not reproduced when obtaining the malfunction information from the customer,
referring to the symptom inspection result in step 3 or 4.
Is DTC or malfunction symptom reproduced?
YES-1 (DTC is reproduced.)>>GO TO 5.
YES-2 (Malfunction is reproduced.)>>GO TO 6.
NO >> Before delivering the vehicle to the customer, make sure that DTC is erased.
cardiagn.com
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000010622759
DESCRIPTION
There are many operating conditions that may cause a malfunction
of the transmission parts. By understanding those conditions prop-
erly, a quick and exact diagnosis can be achieved.
In general, perception of a problem varies depending on individuals.
Ask the customer about his/her concerns carefully. It is important to
understand the phenomenon or status. To systemize all the informa-
tion for the diagnosis, prepare the question sheet referring to the
question points.
In some cases, multiple conditions that appear simultaneously may
cause a DTC to be detected.
SEF907L
Worksheet Sample
Question sheet
MR/MS
name
Year Month
day
Symptom Vehicle does not start. ( R position D position Ds position M position)
Upshifting does not occur. Downshifting does not occur.
Lock-up malfunction
Shift point is too high. Shift point is too low.
Shift shock ( N⇒D Lock-up R, D, Ds, and M)
Slip ( N⇒D Lock-up R, D, Ds, and M)
Noise Vibration
When selector lever position is shifted, shift pattern does not change.
Other
( )
First occurrence Recently (as from month of year )
Frequency of occurrence Always Under certain conditions Sometimes ( time(s)/day)
TM-542
Question sheet
A
MR/MS
name
B
Year Month
day
Climate con-
Irrelevant C
ditions
Weather Clear Cloud Rain Snow Others )
Temperature Hot Warm Cool Cold Temperature (Approx. °C/°F)
TM
Relative humidity High Moderate Low
Transaxle condition In cold-start During warm-up (approx. °C/°F) After warm-up
Engine speed: rpm E
Urban area Suburb area Highway
Road conditions
Mountainous road (uphill or downhill)
Operating condition, etc. Irrelevant F
When engine starts During idling During driving
During acceleration At constant speed driving During deceleration
cardiagn.com
During cornering (RH curve or LH curve)
G
Other conditions
TM-543
Always perform the following items when the TCM is replaced.

TCM PROGRAMMING
CAUTION:
SAVING AND WRITING OF TCM DATA
reason, it is necessary to save data of current TCM in CONSULT before replacing the TCM. After this, the
saved data must be written in new TCM.
CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR
• TCM stores calibration data (inherent characteristic value) of G sensor to provide accurate control. There-
fore, it is required to perform calibration of G sensor after the replacement of TCM.
BLEEDING OF ELECTRIC OIL PUMP
• If TCM is replaced, air bleeding of the electric oil pump memorized in TCM is reset. The data monitor dis-
plays “INCOMP”. It is necessary to bleed air to “COMP” the value.
cardiagn.com
1.SAVE TCM DATA (IP CHARACTERISTICS VALUE)

NOTE:
With CONSULT
5. Select “READ IP CHARA - REPLACEMENT TCM”.
6. Import data according to the instructions on the CONSULT screen.
>> GO TO 2.
NOTE:
With CONSULT
NOTE:
6. Save TCM data on CONSULT according to the CONSULT display.
>> GO TO 3.
3.REPLACE TCM
2. Replace TCM. Refer to TM-676, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 4.
TM-544
4.WRITE TCM DATA (VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS) A

NOTE:
With CONSULT B
C
>> GO TO 5.
NOTE: TM
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait for 10 seconds. E
4. Select “WRITE IP CHARA - REPLACEMENT TCM”.
5. Write data saved in CONSULT in TCM according to the instructions on the CONSULT screen. F
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 6.
G
6.CALIBRATE G SENSOR
Refer to TM-551, "Work Procedure".
H
>> GO TO 7.
7.BLEED ELECTRIC OIL PUMP I
>> WORK END J
TM-545
Perform the following work after the transaxle assembly is replaced.

WRITING TCM DATA
reason, after replacing transaxle assembly, it is necessary to write new data in TCM.
ERASING OF CVT FLUID DEGRADATION LEVEL DATA
• TCM records the degradation level of the CVT fluid calculated from the vehicle driving status. Therefore, if
the transaxle assembly is replaced, it is necessary to erase the CVT fluid degradation level data recorded by
TCM.
• The electric oil pump suctions oil from the oil pan through the sub-strainer. If air is contained in the sub-
strainer, oil pressure cannot be generated and it is necessary to bleed air.
1.CHECK THE SERIAL NUMBER
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6075GB
>> GO TO 2.
NOTE:
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
NOTE:
TM-546
>> GO TO 3.
3.ERASE CVT FLUID DEGRADATION LEVEL DATA A
With CONSULT
1. Select “WORK SUPPORT” in “TRANSMISSION”. B
2. Select “CONFORM CVTF DETERIORTN”.
3. Touch “Clear”.
C
>> GO TO 4.
4.BLEED ELECTRIC OIL PUMP
Refer to TM-552, "Work Procedure". TM
>> WORK END

E
cardiagn.com
G
TM-547
BLY
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCM AND TRANSAXLE AS-
SEMBLY
When replacing TCM and transaxle assembly simultaneously, perform the following work.
TCM PROGRAMMING
CAUTION:
WRITING TCM DATA
reason, after replacing TCM and transaxle assembly, it is necessary to write new data in TCM.
• TCM stores calibration data (inherent characteristic value) of G sensor to provide accurate control. There-
fore, it is required to perform calibration of G sensor after the replacement of TCM.
• The electric oil pump suctions oil from the oil pan through the sub-strainer. If air is contained in the sub-
cardiagn.com

With CONSULT
NOTE:
7. Save TCM data on CONSULT according to the CONSULT display.
>> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE TCM AND TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
2. Replace TCM and transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-676, "Removal and Installation" (TCM), TM-704,
"Removal and Installation" (Transaxle assembly).
CAUTION:
TM-548
BLY
A
TM
JSDIA6075GB F
>> GO TO 3.
cardiagn.com
3.WRITE TCM DATA (VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS) G
NOTE:
H
With CONSULT
I
>> GO TO 4.
4.WRITE TCM DATA (IP CHARACTERISTICS VALUE) J
NOTE:
With CONSULT K
CAUTION:
L
5. Select “Work Support” in “TRANSMISSION”. M
N
NOTE:
O
>> GO TO 5.
Refer to TM-551, "Work Procedure". P
>> GO TO 6.
TM-549
BLY
>> WORK END
cardiagn.com
TM-550
A
TCM stores calibration data (inherent characteristic value) of G sensor to provide accurate control. Therefore, B
it is required to perform calibration of G sensor after the following work is performed.
• Removal/installation or replacement of G sensor
• Replacement of TCM
C
1.PREPARATION BEFORE CALIBRATION PROCEDURE TM

1. Park the vehicle on a level surface.
2. Adjust air pressure of all tires to the specified pressure. Refer to WT-66, "Tire Air Pressure".
E
>> GO TO 2.
F
With CONSULT
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
Never start engine. G
3. Select “G SENSOR CALIBRATION”.
4. Touch “Start”. H
CAUTION:
Never swing the vehicle during “G sensor calibration”.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed? I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Perform steps 1 and 2 again.
3.CHECK DTC J
With CONSULT
2. Turn ignition switch ON. K
Is “P1586” or “P1588” detected?
YES >> Go to TM-529, "DTC Index". L
NO >> Calibration end
TM-551
BLEEDING ELECTRIC OIL PUMP
BLEEDING ELECTRIC OIL PUMP
The electric oil pump suctions oil from the oil pan through the sub-strainer. If air is contained in the sub-

1. Start the engine and warm it up.
2. After warm-up, stop the engine and wait for 60 seconds or more.
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
cardiagn.com
3. Select “WORK SUPPORT” in “TRANSMISSION”.
4. Select “ELECTRIC O.P. AIR BLEEDING”.
5. Touch “Start”.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine during air bleeding.
NOTE:
It may take approximately 20 seconds until completion.
Is “COMPLETED” displayed?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Turn OFF the ignition switch and wait for 10 seconds or more. Then, start the work again.
3.CHECK THE COMPLETION OF BLEEDING ELECTRIC OIL PUMP (PART 1)
With CONSULT
2. Wait for 10 seconds.
4. Wait for 10 seconds.
CAUTION:
Never start the engine.
7. Select “AIR BLDING STATE”.
Is “COMP” displayed?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Turn OFF the ignition switch and wait for 10 seconds or more. Then, start the work again.
4.CHECK THE COMPLETION OF BLEEDING ELECTRIC OIL PUMP (PART 2)
2. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC-856, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT mod-
els)".
Does the stop/start system start?
YES >> WORK END
NO >> Check DTC “P188F”. Refer to TM-529, "DTC Index".
TM-552
STALL TEST
STALL TEST
A
INSPECTION B
1. Check the engine oil level. Replenish if necessary. Refer to LU-38, "Inspection".
2. Check for leak of the CVT fluid. Refer to TM-663, "Inspection".
3. Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the CVT fluid temperature is 50 to 80°C (122 to C
176°F).
4. Be sure to apply the parking brake and block the tires.
TM
5. Start the engine, depress the brake pedal and put the selector lever to the D position.
6. While depressing the brake pedal, depress the accelerator pedal gradually.
7. Read the stall speed quickly. Then, release your foot from the accelerator pedal quickly. E
CAUTION:
Do not depress the accelerator pedal for 5 seconds or more during the test.
F
Stall speed : Refer to TM-710, "Stall Speed".
8. Place the selector lever in the N position.
cardiagn.com
9. Cool the CVT fluid. G
CAUTION:
Run the engine with the idle speed for at least 1 minute.
10. Put the selector lever to the R position and perform Step 6 to Step 9 again. H
NARROWING-DOWN MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
Selector lever position I

Possible cause
D R
H O • Forward clutch
J
O H • Reverse brake
• Engine
L L
Stall speed • Torque converter one way clutch
K
• Line pressure is low.
• Primary pulley
H H
• Secondary pulley
• Steel belt L
O: Within the stall speed standard value.
H: Stall speed is higher than the standard value.
L: Stall speed is lower than the standard value. M
TM-553
CVT POSITION
CVT POSITION
1. Turn ON the ignition switch with the shift selector at the “P” position.
2. Press the shift selector button with the brake pedal depressed, and confirm that the shift selector can be
moved to positions other than “P”. Also confirm that movement is not allowed from the “P” position to other
position without depressing the brake pedal.
3. Move the shift selector and check for “excessive effort”, “sticking”, “noise” or “rattle”.
4. Confirm that shift selector stops at each position with the feel of engagement when it is moved through all
the positions. Check whether or not the actual position the shift selector is in matches the position shown
by the transaxle body.
5. Make sure that the shift selector is moved to all the shift posi-
tions in the manner shown.
6. When the shift selector button is pressed without applying for-
ward/backward force to the shift selector at “P”, “R”, “N”, or “D”
positions, there should be no “sticking” on the shift selector but-
ton operation.
7. The relationship between selector lever, engine starting ability,
cardiagn.com
and shift position indicator lighting should satisfy the conditions
of the following table.
JPDIA0344GB
Selector lever Load direction to the se- Applied load to the se-
Engine starting ability Shift position indicator lighting
position lector lever lector lever
P P (over stroke) ← P → R Start P indicator shall be illuminated
R P←R 30 N (3.1 kg, 6.7 lb) Not start R indicator shall be illuminated
N R←N Start N indicator shall be illuminated
D — — Not start —
8. Confirm that the back-up lamps illuminate only when lever is placed in the “R” position. Confirm that the
back-up lamps does not illuminate when selector lever is pushed against “R” position in the “P” or “N”
position.
9. Check that the transaxle is locked when the selector lever is in the “P” position.
10. When selector lever is set to manual shift gate, make sure that manual mode is displayed on combination
meter. Shift selector lever to “+” and “−” sides, and check that set shift position changes.
1. Shift the selector lever to the “P” position.

CAUTION:
Rotate the wheels at least a quarter turn and be certain the Park position mechanism is fully
engaged.
2. Loosen nut and set manual lever to the “P” position.
CAUTION:
Never apply force to the manual lever.
3. Tighten the nut to the specified torque. Refer to TM-670,
"Exploded View".
CAUTION:
In tightening, fix the manual lever.
JSDIA6016ZZ
TM-554
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F10G]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

C
COMM BUS A OFF TCM communication blockage lasts for 2 seconds or more when turning
U0073 TM
(Control Module Communication Bus A Off) ON the ignition switch. (Communication not established.)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Harness or connector (CAN communication line is error) E
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow F
cardiagn.com
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test. I
>> GO TO 2.
J
2. Check the DTC. K
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". L
M
TM-555
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

LOST COMM (ECM A) When the ignition switch is ON, TCM is unable to receive the CAN
U0100
(Lost Communication With ECM/PCM A) communications signal from ECM continuously for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check the DTC.
TM-556
A

LOST COMM (TRANSFER) When the ignition switch is ON, TCM is unable to receive the CAN com-
U0102 (Lost Communication With Transfer Case Con- munications signal from 4WD control unit continuously for 2 seconds or
trol Module) more.
TM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• 4WD control unit
FAIL-SAFE
• Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation F
cardiagn.com
G
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
J
2. Check the DTC.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010622774 L
M
TM-557
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

LOST COMM (BCM)
munications signal from BCM continuously for 2 seconds or more.
ule)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• BCM
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Check the DTC.
TM-558
A

LOST COMM (BCM A)
When the ignition switch is turned ON, TCM continues no reception of
the CAN communication signal from IPDM E/R for 2 seconds or more.
ule A)
TM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• IPDM E/R
FAIL-SAFE
• Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation F
cardiagn.com
G
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
J
2. Check the DTC.
M
TM-559
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

[Trouble diagnosis content]
LOST COMM (IPC) When the ignition switch is ON, TCM is unable to receive the CAN com-
U0155 [Lost Communication With Instrument Panel munications signal from the combination meter continuously for 2 sec-
Cluster (IPC) Control Module] onds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Combination meter
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Check the DTC.
TM-560
A

CAN COMM DATA When the ignition switch is ON, the data length transmitted from each
U0300 (Internal Control Module Software Incompatibili- control unit is shorter than the specified length and the status continues
ty) for 2 seconds or more.
TM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Control unit other than TCM
FAIL-SAFE E
• Start is slow
• Acceleration is slow F
cardiagn.com
G
I
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Check the DTC. K
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". L
M
Check the number of control units replaced before “U0300” is detected. N
Is one control unit replaced?
YES >> The specification of the control unit replaced may be incorrect. Check the part number and the
specification. O
NO >> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT P
1. Remove one of the control unit replaced.
2. Assemble the old control unit before replacement.
3. Turn ignition switch ON, and wait for 2 seconds or more.
Is “U0300”detected?
YES >> Turn OFF the ignition switch and check other control units in the same manner.
TM-561
NO >> The specification of the control unit removed may be incorrect. Check the part number and the
specification.
cardiagn.com
TM-562
A
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real-time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- B
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability.
Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links
with other control units during operation (not independently). In CAN communication, control units are con-
nected with 2 communication lines (CAN-H line, CAN-L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission C
with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
TM
CAN COMM CIRCUIT When the ignition switch is ON, TCM cannot send the CAN communica-
E
U1000
(CAN Communication Line) tion signal continuously for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
F
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at I
>> GO TO 2. J
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine and wait for at least 5 seconds. K
2. Check the DTC.
L
M
N
TM-563
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

LOST COMM (ECM) When the ignition switch is ON, TCM is unable to receive the CAN com-
U110F
(Lost Communication With ECM) munications signal from ECM continuously for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ECM
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Check the DTC.
Is “U110F” detected?
TM-564
A

LOST COMM (CHASSIS CONT MDUL) When the ignition switch is ON, TCM is unable to receive the CAN com-
U1111 (Lost Communication With Chassis Control munications signal from chassis control module continuously for 2 sec-
Module) onds or more.
TM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Chassis control module
FAIL-SAFE
F
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2. H

With CONSULT I
2. Check the DTC.
TM-565
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

LOST COMM (ABS)
U1117 munications signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) con-
(Lost Communication With ABS)
tinuously for 2 seconds or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Check the DTC.
TM-566
P062F EEPROM
P062F EEPROM
A
TCM compares the calculated value stored in the flash ROM with the value stored in TCM. If the calculated B
value does not agree with the stored value, TCM judges this as a malfunction.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
C
EEPROM TM
P062F Flash ROM error is detected when turning ON the ignition switch.
(Internal Control Module EEPROM Error)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• TCM (Flash ROM) E
FAIL-SAFE
• Stop/start system prohibited F
cardiagn.com
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at H
>> GO TO 2. I
1. Start the engine. J
2. Check the DTC.
Is “P062F” detected?
1.REPLACE TCM
Replace the TCM. Refer to TM-676, "Removal and Installation". M
>> WORK END

N
TM-567
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

T/M RANGE SENSOR A
P0705 [Transmission Range Sensor A Circuit (PRNDL
• Two or more range signals simultaneously stay ON continuously
Input)]
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Short circuit between transmission range switch and TCM)
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
5 seconds or more.)

With CONSULT
3. Select “D POSITION SW”, “N POSITION SW”, “R POSITION SW”, and “P POSITION SW”.
4. Shift the selector lever through entire positions from “P” to “D” and check ON/OFF of each monitor item.

D POSITION SW
TM-568
A
N POSITION SW
Selector lever: “R” position On B
R POSITION SW
Selector lever: “P” position On
P POSITION SW
Other than the above Off C
Without CONSULT
TM
4. Shift the selector lever from “P” to “D” and check voltage between TCM harness connector terminals and
ground. E
+
TCM − Condition Voltage F
Connector Terminal
cardiagn.com
Selector lever: “D” position 10 – 16 V
4 G
Selector lever: “N” position 10 – 16 V
5
Other than the above Approx. 0 V H
F119 Ground
Selector lever: “R” position 10 – 16 V
6
I
Selector lever: “P” position 10 – 16 V
7
NO-1 [“D POSITION SW” is “ON” when selector is not in “D” position. (Or connector terminal 4 is at power
voltage.)]>>GO TO 2. K
NO-2 [“N POSITION SW” is “ON” when selector is not in “N” position. (Or connector terminal 5 is at power
NO-3 [“R POSITION SW” is “ON” when selector is not in “R” position. (Or connector terminal 6 is at power
L
NO-4 [“P POSITION SW” is “ON” when selector is not in “P” position. (Or connector terminal 7 is at power
2.CHECK D POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART 1) M

2. Disconnect TCM connector. N
TCM
Continuity O
Connector Terminal
2
5 P
F119 4 Not existed
6
7
YES >> GO TO 3.
TM-569

+
Voltage
TCM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F119 4 Ground 0V
YES >> GO TO 10.
cardiagn.com
TCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
4
F119 5 Not existed
6
7
YES >> GO TO 5.
+
Voltage
TCM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F119 5 Ground 0V
YES >> GO TO 10.
TM-570
TCM A
Continuity
Connector Terminal
2
B
4
F119 7 Not existed
5
6 C
YES >> GO TO 7.
1. Disconnect transmission range switch connector. E
F
+
Voltage
TCM −
cardiagn.com
(Approx.)
F119 7 Ground 0V
H
YES >> GO TO 10.
8.CHECK R POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART1) I
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals. J
TCM
Continuity
Connector Terminal K
2
4
F119 6 Not existed L
5
7
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK R POSITION SW CIRCUIT (PART 2) N

3. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminal and ground. O
+
Voltage P
TCM −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F119 6 Ground 0V
YES >> GO TO 10.
TM-571



Terminal
1–2
3–4
cardiagn.com
3–5
3–6
3–7
TM-572
A

T/M RANGE SENSOR A
P0706 (Transmission Range Sensor A Circuit Range/
• All range signals stay OFF
Performance) TM
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Open circuit between ignition switch and transmission range switch/open circuit E
between transmission range switch and TCM)
• Control cable
Harness or connector (CAN communication line is error) F
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
• Start is slow
• Lock-up is not performed H
I
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK J
K
>> GO TO 2.
1. Turn ignition switch ON. L
40 seconds or more.)
3. Check the first trip DTC. M
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". N
O
1.ADJUSTMENT OF CONTROL CABLE
Adjust control cable. Refer to TM-308, "Adjustment".
P
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
TM-573
4. Perform “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE". Refer to TM-573, "DTC Description".
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK POWER CIRCUIT
4. Check voltage between transmission range switch harness connector terminal and ground.
+
Transmission range switch − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F22 3 Ground 10 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 7.
cardiagn.com
3. Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector terminals and TCM harness con-
nector terminals.
Transmission range switch TCM

Continuity
4 7
5 6
F22 F119 Existed
6 5
7 4
YES >> GO TO 5.
Check continuity between transmission range switch harness connector terminals and ground.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
4
5
6
7
YES >> GO TO 6.
TM-574
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. A
7.ETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEMS
• Open circuit or short circuit in harness between ignition switch and transmission range switch harness con- B
nector terminal 3. Refer to PG-52, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
• 10A fuse [No. 57, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. Refer to PG-84, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrange-
ment". C
1.CHECK TRANSMISSION RANGE SWITCH E

F
Terminal
cardiagn.com
Manual lever: “P” and “N” positions Existed G
1–2
3–4 H
3–5
Other than the above Not existed I
3–6
J
3–7
704, "Removal and Installation". L
TM-575
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

FLUID TEMP SENSOR A
P0712 (Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor A Cir-
cuit Low)
• Fluid temperature sensor detection voltage: 0.15 V or less
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (CVT fluid temperature sensor circuit is shorted to ground)
FAIL-SAFE
- Start is slow
cardiagn.com
- Stop/start system prohibited
- Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation
- Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay
- Start is slow
- Start is slow
>> GO TO 2.

TM-576
A
TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
B
YES >> GO TO 2. C
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning part.
2.CHECK CVT UNIT TERMINAL CODE ASSEMBLY
Check continuity between CVT unit connector terminal and ground. TM
CVT unit
— Continuity E
Connector Terminal
Is the inspection result normal? F
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> There is a malfunction of the CVT unit terminal code assembly. Replace the transaxle assembly.
cardiagn.com
Refer to TM-704, "Removal and Installation". G
3.CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminals.
H
CVT unit Resistance

Condition
I
J

YES >> INSPECTION END K
NO >> There is a malfunction of the CVT fluid temperature sensor. Replace the transaxle assembly.
L
TM-577
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

FLUID TEMP SENSOR A tained for 5 seconds:
P0713 (Transmission Fluid Temperature Sensor A Cir- • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
cuit High) • Vehicle speed: More than 10 km/h (7 MPH)
• Fluid temperature sensor detection voltage: 2.48 V or more
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (CVT fluid temperature sensor circuit is open or shorted to power supply)
FAIL-SAFE
- Start is slow
cardiagn.com
- Start is slow
- Start is slow
>> GO TO 2.

TM-578
A
2. Disconnect TCM connector and CVT unit connector. B
TCM CVT unit C

Continuity
11 18
F119 F127 Existed TM
12 12
YES >> GO TO 2. E
F
cardiagn.com
G
+
Voltage
TCM −
(Approx.)
F119 12 Ground 0V
I
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CVT FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR J
2. Check resistance between CVT unit connector terminals.
K
CVT unit Resistance
Condition

L
M
NO >> There is a malfunction of the CVT fluid temperature sensor. Replace the transaxle assembly. N
TM-579
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
CONSULT screen terms DTC detection condition

DTC
for 5 seconds:
- Primary pulley speed: Less than 150 rpm
- Secondary pulley speed: 500 rpm or more
for 0.5 seconds:
- 10-msec-ago primary pulley speed: 1,000 rpm or more
- Now primary pulley speed: 0 rpm
INPUT SPEED SENSOR A
P0715 (Input/Turbine Speed Sensor A Cir-
cardiagn.com
for 5 seconds:
cuit)
- Range: D or L
- Input peed: 300 rpm or more
- Differences between engine speed and primary pulley speed: More than
1,000 rpm
- Differences between primary pulley speed and input speed: More than 1,000
rpm
- Differences between engine speed and input speed: 1,000 rpm or less
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Primary speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Primary speed sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
CAUTION:
>> GO TO 2.
TM-580
Selector lever : “D” POSITION A

TM
1.CHECK PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT

E
2. Disconnect primary speed sensor connector.
4. Check voltage between primary speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground. F
cardiagn.com
+
G
Primary speed sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F55 3 Ground 10 – 16 V H
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6. I
2.CHECK PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between primary speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground. J

— Continuity
Connector Terminal K
L
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR AND TCM (PART 1) M
3. Check continuity between primary speed sensor harness connector terminal and TCM harness connector N
terminal.
Primary speed sensor TCM

Continuity O
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN PRIMARY SPEED SENSOR AND TCM (PART 2)
TM-581

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
4. Check frequency of primary speed sensor.
+
Frequency
TCM − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
700 Hz
cardiagn.com
F119 35 Ground
JSDIA1905GB

NO >> Replace primary speed sensor. Refer to TM-686, "Removal and Installation".
• Open circuit or short circuit in harness between ignition switch and primary speed sensor harness connector
terminal 3. Refer to PG-52, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
ment".
TM-582
A

- After range change completion, it spends 2 seconds or more. TM
2. When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is main-
E
- Input speed: Less than 150 rpm
- Range: Other than P, N
- P0715 is not detected
3. When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is main- F
- 10-msec-ago input speed: 1,000 rpm or more
cardiagn.com
INPUT SPEED SENSOR A - Now input speed: 0 rpm
P0717 (Input/Turbine Speed Sensor “A” Circuit No 4. When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is main- G
Signal) tained for 5 seconds:
- Range: D or L
- Input peed: 300 rpm or more H
- Differences between engine speed and primary pulley speed: 1,000
rpm or less I
- Differences between primary pulley speed and input speed: More than
1,000 rpm
- Differences between engine speed and input speed: More than 1,000 J
rpm
K
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Input speed sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Input speed sensor
L
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
M
• Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay N
CAUTION:
Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. O
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at P
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
TM-583

1.CHECK INPUT SPEED SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect input speed sensor connector.
4. Check voltage between input speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.
cardiagn.com
+
Input speed sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F128 3 Ground 10 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK INPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Input speed sensor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3. Check continuity between input speed sensor harness connector terminal and TCM harness connector
terminal.
Input speed sensor TCM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
TM-584
Input speed sensor A

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
B
YES >> GO TO 5.
4. Check frequency of input speed sensor.
E
+
Frequency
TCM − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F
880 Hz
cardiagn.com
G
F119 24 Ground
H
JSDIA3769GB

NO >> Replace input speed sensor. Refer to TM-684, "Removal and Installation".
6.ETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEMS J
• Open circuit or short circuit in harness between ignition switch and input speed sensor harness connector
terminal 3. Refer to PG-52, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -". K
ment".
Is the check result normal? L
M
TM-585
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TORQUE CONVERTER
(Torque Converter Clutch Circuit/Open)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted to power supply)
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
With GST
NOTE:
YES >> GO TO 3.
2. GO TO 3.
TM-586

4. Check the first trip DTC. B
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". C
TM
E
F
TCM CVT unit
Continuity
cardiagn.com
F119 38 F127 5 Existed G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. H
I
CVT unit
Connector Terminal J
K
YES >> INSPECTION END L
M
TM-587
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TORQUE CONVERTER tained for 0.48 seconds:
P0743
(Torque Converter Clutch Circuit Electrical) • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Torque converter clutch solenoid valve circuit is shorted to ground)
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
With GST
NOTE:
YES >> GO TO 3.
2. GO TO 3.
TM-588

4. Check the first trip DTC. B
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". C
TM
E
F
TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
cardiagn.com
F119 38 Ground Not existed G
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. H
I
CVT unit
Connector Terminal J
K
YES >> INSPECTION END L
M
TM-589
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TORQUE CONVERTER
P0744 • P0717 is not detected.
(Torque converter clutch circuit intermittent)
• CAN communication is normal
• Torque converter slip speed: (40+vihicle speed/2) rpm
• LU pressure: More than 0.2 MPa
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Torque converter
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
• Start is slow
CAUTION:
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
With GST
NOTE:
YES >> GO TO 3.
2. GO TO 3.
TM-590

TM

E
>> WORK END F
cardiagn.com
G
TM-591
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

The detecting condition A or detection condition B is detected twice or
more (1 second or more later after detection of the first) in the same DC
under the following diagnosis conditions:
• Diagnosis conditions
- Primary pulley speed: More than 450 rpm
- Idle is not being detected.
PC SOLENOID A - Acceleration/deceleration speed: −0.49 m/s2 (−0.05 G) or more
P0746 (Pressure Control Solenoid A Performance/ - The primary pulley speed experienced 300 rpm or more and the sec-
Stuck Off) ondary pulley speed experienced 250 rpm or more at least once.
- Secondary pulley speed: More than 150 rpm
• Detection condition A
cardiagn.com
• Detection condition B
NOTE:
DC stands for "DRIVING CYCLE" and indicates a series of driving cycle of "Ignition switch OFF → ON → driv-
ing → OFF".
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
CAUTION:
>> GO TO 2.

TM-592
5. Check the first trip DTC. A
NO-1 >> To check malfunction symptom before repair: Refer to GI-44, "Intermittent Incident". B
C
TM
>> WORK END

E
cardiagn.com
G
TM-593
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

onds:
- Instruction pressure of secondary pressure: 0 MPa or more
- Instruction pressure of secondary pressure - secondary pressure:
More than 1.2 MPa
cardiagn.com
PC SOLENOID B
P0776 (Pressure Control Solenoid “B” Performance/
• Instruction pressure of secondary pressure − secondary pressure:
Stuck Off)
0.25 MPa or more
• Secondary pressure - instruction pressure of secondary pressure:
1.2 MPa or more
- Secondary pressure - instruction pressure of secondary pressure:
More than 1.2 MPa
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Secondary pressure solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
- Start is slow
- Start is slow
CAUTION:
TM-594

B
>> GO TO 2.
C
TM
Accelerator pedal position : 1.0/8 or more E
Is “P0776” detected? F
cardiagn.com
1.REPLACE TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY H

I
>> WORK END
TM-595
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is maintained
PC SOLENOID B for 0.48 seconds:
P0778
(Pressure Control Solenoid “B” Electrical) • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Secondary pressure solenoid valve circuit is shorted to ground)
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
>> GO TO 2.

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
TM-596
CVT unit A
Connector Terminal
B
cardiagn.com
G
TM-597
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

PC SOLENOID B • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
P0779
(Pressure control solenoid B Intermittent) • P0778 is not detected
• TCM judges that solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted to power sup-
ply.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Secondary pressure solenoid valve circuit open or shorted to power supply)
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
• Start is slow
>> GO TO 2.


TCM CVT unit

Continuity
TM-598
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair or replace damaged parts. A
B
CVT unit
Connector Terminal C
TM

YES >> INSPECTION END E
cardiagn.com
G
TM-599
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TCM monitors manual mode, non-manual mode, up or down switch sig-
UP/DOWN SHIFT SWITCH
P0826 nal, and detects as irregular when impossible input pattern occurs 1 sec-
(Up and Down Shift Switch Circuit)
ond or more.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Manual mode switch circuit are open or shorted)
• Manual mode switch
FAIL-SAFE
Manual mode is not activated
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Shift the selector lever to “D” position and wait for 1 second or more.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
1. Shift the selector lever to manual shift gate and wait for 1 second or more.
NO >> GO TO 4.
With CONSULT
1. Shift the selector lever to “UP side (+ side)” and wait for 1 second or more.
NO >> GO TO 5.
With CONSULT
1. Shift the selector lever to “DOWN side (− side)” and wait for 1 second or more.
TM-600
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END A
1.CHECK DTC (COMBINATION METER) B
With CONSULT
C
2. Select “Self Diagnostic Results” in “METER/M&A”.
YES >> Check DTC detected item. Refer to MWI-105, "DTC Index". TM
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect CVT shift selector connector.
4. Check voltage between CVT shift selector harness connector terminal and ground. F
cardiagn.com
Voltage
CVT shift selector – Condition G
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
7 H
8
Ignition switch: OFF 0V I
M52 Ground
9
J
11
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH L
2. Check manual mode switch. Refer to TM-602, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 5.
N
4.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN CVT SHIFT SELECTOR AND COMBINATION METER
2. Disconnect combination meter connector. O
3. Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector terminals and combination meter harness
connector terminals.
P
CVT shift selector Combination meter
Continuity
7 30
8 33
M52 M34 Existed
9 32
11 31
TM-601
4. Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector terminals and ground.
CVT shift selector

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
7
8
M52 Ground Not existed
9
11
5.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between CVT shift selector harness connector terminal and ground.
CVT shift selector

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
cardiagn.com
1.MANUAL MODE SWITCH

Check continuity between CVT shift selector connector terminals.
CVT shift selector

Terminal
Manual shift gate position (neutral) Existed
7 – 10
Selector lever: DOWN (− side) Existed
8 – 10
Selector lever: UP (+ side) Existed
9 – 10
Manual shift gate position Not existed
10 – 11
Other than the above Existed
NO >> There is malfunction of manual mode switch. Replace CVT shift selector assembly. Refer to TM-
TM-602
A

FLUID PRESS SEN/SW A • DTC other than the applicable DTC is not detected. TM
P0841 (Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch • Primary pulley speed: 300 rpm or more
“A” Circuit Range/Performance) • Secondary pulley speed: 250 rpm or more
• Target speed for shifting: Less than 0.1 seconds
E
• Primary pulley pressure is outside the specified value.
• Pulley ratio: 0.5 – 1.0
POSSIBLE CAUSE F
• Harness or connector (Secondary pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted)
• Harness or connector (Primary pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted)
cardiagn.com
G
FAIL-SAFE
CAUTION: I
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at J
>> GO TO 2. K

1. Start the engine. L
M
Vehicle speed : Constant speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH)
CAUTION: N
Also keep the accelerator pedal position constant.
O
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END P

TM-603
>> WORK END
cardiagn.com
TM-604
A

FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B tained for 5 seconds:
P0847 (Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch B • CVT fluid temperature: More than −20°C (−4°F)
Circuit Low) • TCM power supply voltage: 11 V or more TM
• Secondary pressure sensor voltage: 0.09 V or less
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
• Harness or connector (Secondary pressure sensor circuit is open or shorted to ground)
F
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com

I
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”. K
L
FLUID TEMP : −20°C (−4°F)
With GST M
CAUTION:
engine for approximately 5 minutes. N
YES >> Go to TM-605, "Diagnosis Procedure". O
P

TM-605
+
Connector Terminal
• At idle
NO >> GO TO 2.
TCM CVT unit

Continuity
cardiagn.com
11 18
F119 16 F127 14 Existed
26 22
YES >> GO TO 3.
TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
16
26
TM-606
A

FLUID PRESS SEN/SW B
• CVT fluid temperature: More than −20°C (−4°F)
P0848 (Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch B TM
Circuit Low)
• Instruction secondary pressure: 5.7 MPa or less
• Secondary pressure sensor voltage: 4.7 V or more
POSSIBLE CAUSE E
• Harness or connector (Secondary pressure sensor circuit is shorted to power supply)
• Control valve assembly F
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
• Restart the engine during the stop/start system operation G
H
If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, the ignition switch OFF and wait for at
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test. I
>> GO TO 2.
J
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine. K
L
M
With GST
CAUTION:
When the ambient temperature is less than −20°C (−4°F) and the engine is cold, warm up the N
Is “P0848”detected? O
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END P

TM-607
+
Connector Terminal
• At idle
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT
2. Connect TCM connector.
+
Voltage
CVT unit −
cardiagn.com
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F127 22 Ground 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SECONDARY PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+
Voltage
CVT unit −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F127 14 Ground 0V
TM-608
A

P084C (Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch H • CVT fluid temperature: More than −20°C (−4°F)
Circuit Low) • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V TM
• Primary pressure sensor voltage: 0.09 V or less
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
F
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2. I
With CONSULT
4. Maintain the following conditions for 10 seconds or more. K

With GST
CAUTION: M
Is “P084C”detected? N
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END O
P
TM-609
+
Connector Terminal
• At idle
NO >> GO TO 2.
TCM CVT unit

Continuity
cardiagn.com
11 18
F119 17 F127 13 Existed
26 22
YES >> GO TO 3.
TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
17
26
TM-610
A

P084D (Transmission Fluid Pressure Sensor/Switch • CVT fluid temperature: More than −20°C (−4°F)
“H” Circuit High) • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V TM
• Primary pressure sensor voltage: 4.7 V or more
POSSIBLE CAUSE
E
F
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2. I
With CONSULT
4. Maintain the following conditions for 10 seconds or more. K

With GST
CAUTION: M
Is “P084D”detected? N
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END O
P
TM-611
+
Connector Terminal
• At idle
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK PRIMARY PRESSURE SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT
2. Connect TCM connector.
+
Voltage
CVT unit −
cardiagn.com
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F127 22 Ground 5.0 V
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK PRIMARY PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT
+
Voltage
CVT unit −
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
F127 13 Ground 0V
TM-612
A

CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
P0863 An error is detected at the initial CAN diagnosis of TCM.
(TCM Communication Circuit)
POSSIBLE CAUSE TM
TCM
FAIL-SAFE
E
• Start is slow
• Lock-up is not performed F
cardiagn.com
I
>> GO TO 2.
J
2. Check the DTC.
K
L
1.REPLACE TCM M
Replace TCM. Refer to TM-676, "Removal and Installation".
>> WORK END N
TM-613
P0890 TCM
P0890 TCM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

TCM
P0890 (Transmission Control Module Power Relay
Sense Circuit Low)
• Battery voltage: Less than 8.4 V
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• TCM
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check the DTC.
1.CHECK TCM POWER SUPPLY (BACK-UP) CIRCUIT

+
TCM − Voltage
Connector Terminal
45
F119 Ground 10 – 16 V
46
YES >> Replace TCM. Refer to TM-676, "Removal and Installation".
TM-614
P0890 TCM
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEMS A

• Open circuit or short circuit in harness between battery positive terminal and TCM connector terminals 45,
B
• 10A fuse [No.75, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. Refer to PG-84, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrange-
ment".
TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-615
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

PC SOLENOID A
P0962 (Pressure Control Solenoid A Control Circuit
Low)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Line pressure solenoid valve circuit is shorted to ground)
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
TM-616
CVT unit A
Connector Terminal
B
704, "Removal and Installation". TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-617
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

PC SOLENOID A tained for 0.2 seconds:
P0963 (Pressure Control Solenoid A Control Circuit • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
High) • P0962 is not detected
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Line pressure solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted to power supply)
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.

TCM CVT unit

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 2.
TM-618
A
CVT unit
Connector Terminal
B
CVT fluid temperature: 80°C (176°F) 6.5 – 8.5 Ω C
NO >> There is malfunction of line pressure solenoid valve. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM- TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-619
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

onds:
- Instruction pressure of primary pressure: 0.86 MPa or more
- Instruction pressure of primary pressure - primary pressure: More
than 1.2 MPa
cardiagn.com
maintained for 1 second:
PC SOLENOID B • Selector lever: Other than P/N position
P0965 (Pressure Control Solenoid B Control Circuit • Engine speed: More than 625 rpm
Range Performance) • Instruction pressure of primary pressure: More than 2 MPa
• Primary pressure: 0.4 MPa or less
• Primary pressure - instruction pressure of primary pressure: 1.2
MPa or more
- Primary pressure - instruction pressure of primary pressure: More
than 1.2 MPa
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Primary pressure solenoid valve circuit is open or shorted)
FAIL-SAFE
- Start is slow
TM-620
A
If another "DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at B
>> GO TO 2. C
1. Start the engine. TM
Vehicle speed : 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more E

F
cardiagn.com
H
I
>> WORK END
TM-621
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

PC SOLENOID B
P0966 (Pressure Control Solenoid B Control Circuit
Low)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Primary pressure solenoid valve circuit shorted to ground)
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
TM-622
CVT unit A
Connector Terminal
B
cardiagn.com
G
TM-623
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

PC SOLENOID B tained for 0.2 seconds:
P0967 (Pressure Control Solenoid B Control Circuit • TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
High) • P0966 is not detected
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Primary pressure solenoid valve circuit open or shorted to power supply)
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.

TCM CVT unit

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 2.
TM-624
A
CVT unit
Connector Terminal
B
NO >> There is malfunction of primary pressure solenoid valve. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-625
P1586 G SENSOR
P1586 G SENSOR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When 1 or 2 is satisfied and maintained for 5 seconds or more, and this
state is satisfied two times within the same DC:
G SENSOR - G sensor detection voltage: 0.675 V or less
P1586
(G Sensor Circuit Electrical) - TCM power supply voltage: More than 11 V
- G sensor detection voltage: 3.13 V or more
NOTE:
DC stands for “DRIVING CYCLE” and indicates a series of driving cycle of “Ignition switch OFF →ON → driv-
ing → OFF”.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
cardiagn.com
• Harness or connector (G sensor circuit)
• G sensor
FAIL-SAFE
CAUTION:
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
2. Drive the vehicle for 5 seconds or more.
CAUTION:
Never stop the engine.
4. Repeat step 2 through 3.
5. Check the DTC.
“P1586”detected?
1.CHECK G SENSOR SIGNAL

With CONSULT
3. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”
TM-626
P1586 G SENSOR
4. Select “G SEN SLOPE”.
5. Swing the vehicle and check if value varies between −40.45% and 40.45%. A
Monitor item Condition Standard

Flat road 0% B
G SEN SLOPE Uphill Positive value (Maximum 40.45%)
Downhill Negative value (Minimum −40.45%)
C
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. TM
2.G SENSOR CALIBRATION (PART 1)
With CONSULT
E
F
>> Perform “G SENSOR CALIBRATION”. Refer to TM-551, "Work Procedure".
3.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
cardiagn.com
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. G
2. Disconnect G sensor connector.
4. Check voltage between G sensor harness connector terminal and ground. H
+
G sensor − Voltage (Approx.) I
Connector Terminal
M130 3 Ground 5.0 V
J
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 8.
K
4.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND G SENSOR (PART 1)
2. Disconnect TCM connector. L
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals and G sensor harness connector terminals.
TCM G sensor M
Continuity
11 2
F119 M130 Existed N
14 1
YES >> GO TO 5. O
5.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND G SENSOR (PART 2)
Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminals and ground. P
TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
11
14
TM-627
P1586 G SENSOR
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK G SENSOR
1. Remove G sensor. Refer to TM-678, "Removal and Installation".
2. Connect the all connectors.
4. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminal and
ground.
: Direction of gravitational force
+
Voltage (Ap-
TCM − Test condition
prox.)
Connector Terminal
Vertical (−1G) 1.17 V SCIA8343J
F119 14 Ground Horizontal 2.5 V
cardiagn.com
Vertical (1G) 3.83 V

YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Replace G sensor. Refer to TM-678, "Removal and Installation".
With CONSULT
1. Install G sensor. Refer to TM-678, "Removal and Installation".

8.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (PART 1)
3. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and G sensor harness connector terminal.
TCM G sensor
Continuity
F119 26 M130 3 Existed
YES >> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (PART 2)
Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and ground.
TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
TM-628
P1588 G SENSOR
P1588 G SENSOR
A

When 1 is satisfied and 2 is satisfied two times within the same DC:
maintained for 1 second:
- The difference between the current G sensor detection voltage and
the previous G sensor detection voltage of 10 msec. before: ±0.015
G SENSOR V or less
P1588 E
(G Sensor Circuit Range/Performance) 2. When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is
- The difference between the current acceleration and the previous
acceleration of 1 second before: 0.2677m/s2 (0.0273 G) F
- The difference between the current G sensor detection voltage and
the previous G sensor detection voltage of 10 msec. before: ±0.015
cardiagn.com
V or more
G
NOTE:
DC stands for “DRIVING CYCLE” and indicates a series of driving cycle of “Ignition switch OFF →ON → driv-
ing → OFF”.
H
POSSIBLE CAUSE
G sensor
FAIL-SAFE I
• Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay J
CAUTION:
Be careful of the driving speed. K
If another “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE" occurs just before, turn ignition switch OFF and wait for at L
>> GO TO 2. M
With CONSULT
1. Start the engine. N
3. Select “G SPEED”.
4. Drive the vehicle. O
Selector lever : “L” position

P
G SPEED : 0.05 G or more
CAUTION:
Never stop the engine.
7. Repeat step 4 through 6.
8. Check the DTC.
“P1588” detected?
TM-629
P1588 G SENSOR
1.CHECK G SENSOR SIGNAL

With CONSULT
3. Select “Data Monitor” in “TRANSMISSION”
4. Select “G SEN SLOPE”.
5. Swing the vehicle and check if value varies between −40.45% and 40.45%.
Monitor item Condition Standard

Flat road 0%
G SEN SLOPE Uphill Positive value (Maximum 40.45%)
Downhill Negative value (Minimum −40.45%)
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT

3.CHECK G SENSOR
1. Remove G sensor. TM-678, "Removal and Installation".
2. Connect the all connectors.
4. Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminal and
ground.
: Direction of gravitational force
+
Voltage (Ap-
TCM − Test condition
prox.)
Connector Terminal
Vertical (−1G) 1.17 V SCIA8343J
F119 14 Ground Horizontal 2.5 V
Vertical (1G) 3.83 V

YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Replace G sensor. TM-678, "Removal and Installation".
With CONSULT
1. Install G sensor. TM-678, "Removal and Installation".
TM-630
P1588 G SENSOR
>> Perform “G SENSOR CALIBRATION”. Refer to TM-551, "Work Procedure". A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-631
P188E ELECTRIC OIL PUMP
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When 1 is not satisfied and 2 is satisfied, and this state is maintained for
1 second or more:
1. When any of the following conditions are satisfied (diagnosis prohi-
bition condition):
- Battery voltage: 10 V or less
- Electric oil pump relay ON is being instructed and within 0.52 sec-
onds after battery voltage recovers from the state that is 10 V or less
- Electric oil pump relay OFF is being instructed
- Within 0.35 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON
- Within 1 second after electric oil pump traction is instructed
- Electric oil pump traction is instructed
- Electric oil pump relay ON is being instructed
cardiagn.com
- Electric oil pump duty: Less than 46% or more than 54%
ELECTRIC OIL PUMP When 1 is not satisfied and 2 is satisfied, and this state is maintained for
P188E
(Electric Oil Pump) 1 second or more:
bition condition):
- Within 0.52 seconds after electric oil pump relay ON is being in-
structed
- Within 0.25 seconds after electric oil pump stop is instructed
- Electric oil pump stop is instructed
- Electric oil pump relay ON is being instructed
- Electric oil pump duty: Less than 26% or more than 34%
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Open circuit or short circuit in harness between the TCM and the electric oil pump)
• Electric oil pump
• Electric oil pump relay
• TCM
FAIL-SAFE
• When the vehicle is in stop/start system operation and the engine stops, restart the engine immediately
CAUTION:
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
TM-632
2. Maintain stop/start system operation state for 5 seconds or more. Refer to EC-856, "STOP/START SYS-
TEM : System Description (CVT models)". A
NOTE:
If the engine restarts automatically, the system may be in fail safe.
3. Check the DTC.
B
“P188E”detected?
C
TM
1.ELECTRIC OIL PUMP RELAY
1. Check the electric oil pump relay. Refer to TM-635, "Component Inspection (Electric Oil Pump Relay)".
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the electric oil pump relay.
2.CHECK ELECTRIC OIL PUMP RELAY POWER CIRCUIT F
Check voltage between the electric oil pump relay harness connector terminal and ground.
cardiagn.com
G
+
Electric oil pump relay − Condition Voltage
1
F66 Ground Always 10 – 16 V
5
I
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 8. J
3.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN TCM AND ELECTRIC OIL PUMP RELAY (PART 1)
1. Disconnect the TCM connector.
2. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and electric oil pump relay harness connector K
terminal.
NOTE:
• A diode is located between TCM and the electric oil pump relay. L
• To check diode, refer to TM-635, "Component Inspection (Diode)".
+ − M
TCM Electric oil pump relay Continuity
N
+ − O
Electric oil pump relay TCM Continuity
P
F66 2 F119 1 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
Check continuity between the electric oil pump relay harness connector terminal and ground.
TM-633
Electric oil pump relay

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ELECTRIC OIL PUMP RELAY SIGNAL
1. Install the electric oil pump relay.
2. Connect the TCM connector.
3. Check the voltage between the TCM harness connector terminal and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
• Selector lever: “D”position
10 – 16 V
F119 1 Ground
cardiagn.com
Approx. 0 V
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace TCM. Refer to TM-676, "Removal and Installation".
6.CHECK TCM COMMAND SIGNAL
With CONSULT
3. Select “ELECTRIC OP DUTY”.
Monitor item Condition Reference value/Status

ELECTRIC OP DUTY Ignition switch: ON 5 – 15%
5. Drive the vehicle and maintain the following condition.

ELECTRIC OP DUTY 5 – 15%
6. Activate stop/start system. Refer to.EC-856, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT mod-
els)".

ELECTRIC OP DUTY Stop/start system operating 55 – 85%
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ELECTRIC OIL PUMP STATUS SIGNAL
With CONSULT
3. Select “E-OP DUTY MON”.
TM-634
Monitor item Condition Reference value/Status A

E-OP DUTY MON Ignition switch: ON 25 – 35%
B
5. Drive the vehicle and maintain the following condition.

C
E-OP DUTY MON 0%
6. Activate stop/start system. Refer to EC-856, "STOP/START SYSTEM : System Description (CVT mod- TM
els)".
Monitor item Condition Reference value/Status E

E-OP DUTY MON Stop/start system operating 45 – 55%
YES >> INSPECTION END F
NO >> There is a malfunction of the electric oil pump. Replace the electric oil pump & motor assembly.
cardiagn.com
8.DETECTION OF MALFUNCTION ITEMS G

• Fuse block (J/B) H
• 10A fuse [No. 74, located in fuse block (J/B)] Refer to PG-84, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
• Open circuit or short circuit in harness between battery positive terminal and electric oil pump relay harness
connector terminal 1, and 5. Refer to PG-12, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -". I
• Battery
YES >> INSPECTION END J
Component Inspection (Electric Oil Pump Relay) INFOID:0000000010646396
K
1. Remove the electric oil pump relay. Refer to TM-466, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
Location". L
2. Apply voltage of 12 V between the electric oil pump relay connector terminals 1 and 2.
CAUTION:
• Never cause shorting between terminals. M
• When applying voltage, put a fuse between terminals.
3. Check continuity between the electric oil pump relay connector terminals 3 and 5.
N
Terminal
Apply voltage between terminals 1 and 2. Existed O
3–5
Do not apply voltage between terminals 1 and 2. Not existed
P
Component Inspection (Diode) INFOID:0000000010646397
• Check continuity with a tester.
TM-635
• The diode is normal if the result is as shown in the figure when the
polarity is reversed.
NOTE:
Tester specifications may vary depending on the tester type. Refer to
the handling manual of the tester before checking continuity.
JSDIA2056GB
cardiagn.com
TM-636
P188F ELECTRIC OIL PUMP
A

When 1 is not satisfied and 2 and 3 are satisfied:
bition condition):
- Battery voltage: 10 V or less TM
E
- Electric oil pump system malfunction is being determined
- Secondary pressure sensor malfunction is being determined
2. When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is F
- During idling stop
cardiagn.com
- Secondary pressure: Less than 0.03 MPa
ELECTRIC OIL PUMP
P188F 3. When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is G
(Electric Oil Pump) maintained for 5 seconds:
- Judgment for 2 is complete (Idling stop oil pressure lowering judg-
ment for the first time is complete.)
- Electric oil pump air bleeding is complete after ignition switch is H
turned OFF
- Secondary pressure: Less than 0.03 MPa
- None of the following items are satisfied:
I
• A sudden deceleration of −5.88 m/s2 (−0.6 G) or less is experienced
• Ignition switch is turned OFF after judgment of 2 is complete
• When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is
maintained for 5 seconds: J
1 (diagnosis prohibition condition) is not satisfied
During idling stop
Secondary pressure: 0.03 MPa or more
K
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Electric oil pump
L
FAIL-SAFE
• Turn OFF the electric oil pump relay M
CAUTION: N
O
P
>> GO TO 2.
With CONSULT
TEM : System Description (CVT models)".
3. Restart the engine and drive.
TM-637
4. Maintain stop/start system operation state for 10 seconds or more again.
NOTE:
If the engine restarts automatically 10 seconds later, the system may be in fail safe.
5. Check the DTC.
“P188F” detected?
NO >> GO TO 3.
With CONSULT
TEM : System Description (CVT models)".
4. Restart the engine and drive.
5. Maintain stop/start system operation state for 10 seconds or more again.
NOTE:
If the engine restarts automatically 10 seconds later, the system may be in fail safe.
6. Check the DTC.
cardiagn.com
1.AIR BLEEDING OF ELECTRIC OIL PUMP

Perform air bleeding of the electric oil pump. Refer to TM-552, "Work Procedure".
>> GO TO 2.
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to TM-637, "DTC Description".
YES >> Replace the electric oil pump & motor assembly. Refer to TM-702, "Removal and Installation".
TM-638
P1890 ELECTRIC OIL PUMP RELAY
A

When 1 is not satisfied and 2 is satisfied, and this state is maintained for
5 seconds or more:
bition condition): TM
ELECTRIC OIL PUMP RELAY
P1890 - Within 0.35 seconds after ignition switch is turned ON
(Electric Oil Pump Relay)
- Electric oil pump air bleed judgment: Air bleeding in progress or air
E
bleeding is in judgment
- Electric oil pump relay OFF is being instructed and electric oil pump
duty 0 % F
POSSIBLE CAUSE
cardiagn.com
• Harness or connector (Open circuit or short circuit in harness between the TCM and the electric oil pump)
• Electric oil pump relay G
• TCM
FAIL-SAFE
I
CAUTION:
J
least 10 seconds, then perform the next test. K
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION L
With CONSULT
1. Turn ignition switch ON and wait for 5 seconds or more.
M
2. Check the DTC.
“P1890” detected?
N
O

1. Check the electric oil pump relay. Refer to TM-641, "Component Inspection (Electric Oil Pump Relay)". P
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ELECTRIC OIL PUMP RELAY POWER CIRCUIT
Check voltage between the electric oil pump relay harness connector terminal and ground.
TM-639
+
Electric oil pump relay − Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
1
F66 Ground Always 10 – 16 V
5
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 6.
1. Disconnect the TCM connector.
2. Check continuity between TCM harness connector terminal and electric oil pump relay harness connector
terminal.
NOTE:
• A diode is located between TCM and the electric oil pump relay.
• To check diode, refer to TM-641, "Component Inspection (Diode)".
cardiagn.com
+ −
TCM Electric oil pump relay Continuity
+ −
Electric oil pump relay TCM Continuity
F66 2 F119 1 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 4.
Check continuity between the electric oil pump relay harness connector terminal and ground.

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK ELECTRIC OIL PUMP RELAY SIGNAL
1. Install the electric oil pump relay.
2. Connect the TCM connector.
3. Check the voltage between the TCM harness connector terminal and ground.
TM-640
+ A
Connector Terminal
B
10 – 16 V
F119 1 Ground
Approx. 0 V C
YES >> INSPECTION END TM
6.DETECTION OF MALFUNCTION ITEMS
E
• Fuse block (J/B)
• 10A fuse [No. 74, located in fuse block (J/B)] Refer to PG-84, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
F
• Open circuit or short circuit in harness between battery positive terminal and electric oil pump relay harness
connector terminal 1, and 5. Refer to PG-12, "Wiring Diagram - BATTERY POWER SUPPLY -".
• Battery
cardiagn.com
Is the inspection result normal? G
H
Component Inspection (Electric Oil Pump Relay) INFOID:0000000010646402
1.ELECTRIC OIL PUMP RELAY I

1. Remove the electric oil pump relay. Refer to TM-466, "CVT CONTROL SYSTEM : Component Parts
Location".
2. Apply voltage of 12 V between the electric oil pump relay connector terminals 1 and 2. J
CAUTION:
• When applying voltage, put a fuse between terminals.
3. Check continuity between the electric oil pump relay connector terminals 3 and 5. K

Condition Continuity L
Terminal
Apply voltage between terminals 1 and 2. Existed
3–5
Do not apply voltage between terminals 1 and 2. Not existed M
NO >> Replace the electric oil pump relay. N
Component Inspection (Diode) INFOID:0000000010646403
• Check continuity with a tester. O
TM-641
• The diode is normal if the result is as shown in the figure when the
polarity is reversed.
NOTE:
Tester specifications may vary depending on the tester type. Refer to
the handling manual of the tester before checking continuity.
JSDIA2056GB
cardiagn.com
TM-642
A

When 1 is satisfied and any of 2, 3 or 4 is satisfied and this state is main-
E
- Secondary pulley speed: Less than 150 rpm
- Primary pulley speed: 1,000 rpm or more
maintained for 0.5 seconds: F
- 10-msec-ago secondary pulley speed: 1000 rpm or more
- Now secondary pulley speed: 0 rpm
cardiagn.com
INPUT SPEED SENSOR B
maintained for 5 seconds: G
P2765 - Range: D or L
(Input/Turbine Speed Sensor B Circuit)
- Secondary pulley speed: 300 rpm or more H
- Input speed: 300 rpm or more
- The difference between engine speed and primary pulley speed is
1,000 rpm or less
- The difference between engine speed and input speed is 1,000 rpm I
or less
- The difference between primary pulley speed and input speed is
1,000 rpm or less J
- When any of following items are satisfied:
• Primary pulley speed/secondary pulley speed: More than 2.9 K
• Primary pulley speed/secondary pulley speed: Less than 0.3
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Output speed sensor circuit is open or shorted) L
• Output speed sensor
FAIL-SAFE
• Start is slow M
• Stop/start system prohibited N
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE O
CAUTION:
1.PREPARATION BEFORE WORK P
>> GO TO 2.
TM-643

1.CHECK OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR POWER CIRCUIT

2. Disconnect output speed sensor connector.
cardiagn.com
4. Check voltage between output speed sensor harness connector terminal and ground.
+
Output speed sensor − Voltage
Connector Terminal
F19 3 Ground 10 – 16 V
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 6.
2.CHECK OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
Output speed sensor

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 3.
3. Check continuity between output speed sensor harness connector terminal and TCM harness connector
terminal.
Output speed sensor TCM

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
TM-644
A
Output speed sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
B
YES >> GO TO 5. C
1. Connect all of disconnected connectors. TM
4. Check frequency of output speed sensor. E
+
Frequency F
TCM − Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
cardiagn.com
200 Hz
G

F119 34 Ground
• Vehicle speed: 20 km/h (12 MPH) H
JSDIA1904GB
I
NO >> Replace output speed sensor. Refer to TM-688, "Removal and Installation". J
• Open circuit or short circuit in harness between ignition switch and output speed sensor harness connector K
terminal 3. Refer to PG-52, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
ment". L
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. M
TM-645
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

When any of 1, or 2 is satisfied:
1. When all the following conditions are established three times in 1DC
- Precondition
• Throttle position: More than 6.27 deg.
• CVT fluid temperature: More than 20°C (68°F)
• Turbine speed when performed N → D, N (P) → R: More than 500
rpm
- Detection time
• N → D: 0.4 seconds
N → R: 0.3 seconds
cardiagn.com
•
• P → R: 0.3 seconds
SELECT SOLENOID
P2813 2. When all of the following conditions are satisfied and this state is
(Select solenoid)
- The counting of time continues while all of the following conditions
are satisfied and stops when the conditions become unsatisfied (the
count is maintained). When accumulated time reaches 30 seconds
(Clutch is judged as engaged and the count is reset.)
• Differences between primary pulley speed and secondary speed:
Less than 120 rpm
• Clutch instructions pressure: 0.95 MPa or more
• Differences between turbine speed and input speed: Less than 200
rpm
• Turbine speed – speed: More than 450 rpm
NOTE:
DC stands for “DRIVING CYCLE” and indicates a series of driving cycle of “Ignition switch OFF → ON → driv-
ing → OFF”.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Select solenoid valve
FAIL-SAFE
- Start is slow
CAUTION:
TM-646
B
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DTC DETECTION 1 C
2. Maintain the following conditions. (Keep 30seconds or more after the selector lever shifted.)
TM
Selector lever : N→ D, N → R, P→ R
Is “P2813”detected? E
NO-2 >> Confirmation after repair: INSPECTION END F
cardiagn.com
1.REPLACE TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY G

H
>> WORK END
TM-647
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SELECT SOLENOID tained for 0.48 seconds:
P2814
(Select solenoid) • TCM power supply voltage: 11 V or more
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Select solenoid valve circuit shorted to ground)
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
>> GO TO 2.

TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 2.
TM-648
2.CHECK SELECT SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT A

CVT unit B
Connector Terminal
C
Is the inspection result normal? TM
"Removal and Installation". E
cardiagn.com
G
TM-649
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SELECT SOLENOID
(Select solenoid)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
• Harness or connector (Select solenoid valve circuit open or shorted to power supply)
FAIL-SAFE
cardiagn.com
>> GO TO 2.

TCM CVT unit

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 2.
TM-650
A
CVT unit
Connector Terminal
B
NO >> There is malfunction of select solenoid valve. Replace transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-704, TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-651

+
TCM − Voltage
Connector Terminal
45
F119 Ground 10 – 16 V
46
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 4.
cardiagn.com
Check voltage between TCM harness connector terminals and ground.
+
Connector Terminal
47
F119 Ground
48
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT
TCM
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
41
F119 Ground Existed
42
4.DETECT MALFUNCTION ITEMS (PART 1)
• Open circuit or short circuit in harness between battery positive terminal and TCM connector terminal 45,
• 10A fuse [No.75, located in the fuse block (J/B)]. Refer to PG-84, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrange-
ment".
TM-652
5.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEMS (PART 2) A

• Open circuit or short circuit in harness between ignition switch and TCM harness connector terminals 47,
and 48. Refer to PG-52, "Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
B
ment".
C
TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-653
Component Parts Function Inspection INFOID:0000000010622857
1.CHECK SHIFT POSITION INDICATOR

3. Check that the selector lever position and the shift position indicator on the combination meter are identi-
cal.
NO >> Go to TM-654, "Diagnosis Procedure".
1.CHECK TCM INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL

With CONSULT
cardiagn.com
3. Select “RANGE”.
5. Check that selector lever position, “RANGE” on CONSULT screen, and shift position indicator display on
combination meter are identical.
NO-1 (“RANGE” is changed but is not displayed on shift position indicator.>>Check “Self Diagnostic Result”
in “TRANSMISSION”.
NO-2 (“RANGE” and shift position indicator are different.)>>Check “Self Diagnostic Result” in “TRANSMIS-
SION”.
NO-3 (Specific “RANGE” is not displayed on shift position indicator.)>>Check “Self Diagnostic Result” in
“METER/M&A”.
TM-654
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
A
1.CHECK SHIFT LOCK OPERATION (PART 1) B

3. Attempt to shift the selector lever to any other than position with the brake pedal released. C
NO >> GO TO 2. TM
2.CHECK SHIFT LOCK OPERATION (PART 2)
Attempt to shift the selector lever to any other than position with the brake pedal depressed. E
NO >> Go to TM-655, "Diagnosis Procedure". F
cardiagn.com
1.CHECK POWER SOURCE (PART 1) G
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector
3. Turn ignition switch ON. H
4. Check the voltage between the stop lamp switch harness connector terminal and ground.
+ I
Stop lamp switch – Voltage
Connector Terminal
J
E115 3 Ground Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 2. K
NO >> GO TO 9.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH MOUNTING POSITION
L
Check stop lamp switch mounting position. Refer to BR-11, "Inspection and Adjustment".
YES >> GO TO 3. M
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch mounting position.
Check stop lamp switch. Refer to TM-658, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)". N
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace stop lamp switch. O
4.CHECK CIRCUIT BETWEEN STOP LAMP SWITCH AND CVT SHIFT SELECTOR
1. Disconnect CVT shift selector connector P
2. Check the continuity between the stop lamp switch harness connector terminal and the CVT shift selector
Stop lamp switch CVT shift selector

Continuity
E115 4 M52 3 Existed
TM-655
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
3. Also check short circuit in harness.
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHCK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check the continuity between the CVT shift selector harness connector terminal and ground.
CVT shift selector

— Continuity
Connector Terminal
YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK PART POSITION SWITCH
1. Disconnect park position switch connector.
2. Check park position switch. Refer to TM-657, "Component Inspection (Park Position Switch)".
cardiagn.com
YES >> GO TO 7.
1. Disconnect shift lock solenoid connector.
2. Check shift lock solenoid. Refer to TM-656, "Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid)".
YES >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK CVT SHIFT SELECTOR HARNESS
Check CVT shift selector harness. Refer to TM-657, "Component Inspection (CVT Shift Selector Harness)".
9.DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM
• Open or short circuit of the harness between ignition switch and stop lamp switch connector. Refer to PG-52,
"Wiring Diagram - IGNITION POWER SUPPLY -".
• Ignition switch
• 10A fuse [No.30, fuse block (J/B)]. Refer to PG-84, "Fuse, Connector and Terminal Arrangement".
Component Inspection (Shift Lock Solenoid) INFOID:0000000010622861

Apply voltage to terminals of shift lock solenoid connector and check that shift lock solenoid is activated.
CAUTION:
TM-656
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
+ (fuse) − A
Shift lock solenoid Condition Status
Terminal
B
Apply battery voltage be-
1 2 Shift lock solenoid operates
tween terminals 1 and 2.
NO >> Replace shift lock unit. Refer to TM-668, "Disassembly and Assembly".
Component Inspection (Park Position Switch) INFOID:0000000010622862 TM
1.CHECK PARK POSITION SWITCH

E
Check the continuity between park position switch connector terminals.
CAUTION:
• Never cause shorting between terminals. F
Park position switch
cardiagn.com
Terminal G
Shift the selector lever to “P” position. Existed
1–2
Other than above Not existed
H
NO >> Replace park position switch. Refer to TM-668, "Disassembly and Assembly". I
Component Inspection (CVT Shift Selector Harness) INFOID:0000000010622863
1.CHECK CVT SHIFT SELECTOR HARNESS (PART 1) J
Check the continuity between the CVT shift selector harness connector terminal and the shift lock solenoid
K
CVT shift selector Shift lock solenoid

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal L
YES >> GO TO 2. M
2.CHECK CVT SHIFT SELECTOR HARNESS (PART 2) N
Check the continuity between the shift lock solenoid harness connector terminal and the park position switch
O
Shift lock solenoid Park position switch
Continuity
M326 2 M325 1 Existed P
YES >> GO TO 3.
Check the continuity between the park position switch harness connector terminal and the CVT shift selector
TM-657
SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM
Park position switch CVT shift selector

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 4.
Check harness cladding CVT shift selector harness for damage.
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000010622864

Check the continuity between the stop lamp switch connector terminals.
cardiagn.com
Stop lamp switch
Terminal
Depressed brake pedal Existed
3–4
Released brake pedal Not existed
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. Refer to BR-21, "Exploded View".
TM-658
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [CVT: RE0F10G]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000010622865
B
• The diagnosis item number indicates the order of check. Start checking in the order from 1.
• Perform diagnoses of symptom table 1 before symptom table 2.
C
Symptom Table 1

TM

E


F
cardiagn.com
G



Symptom
H
Engine system
Power supply
Control valve
CVT position
I
Stall test
J
PG-52, STR-11
TM-553
TM-669
TM-652
TM-681
TM-665
EC-937
TM-529
K
Large shock (N→D position) 1 4 7 3 6 2 8 5

Shift Shock Large shock (N→R position) 1 4 7 3 6 2 8 5
L
Shock is too large for lock-up. 2 3 6 1 5 4
Vehicle cannot be started from D po-
8 3 5 6 7 9 10 11 4 2 12 13 1 M
sition.
Vehicle cannot be started from R po-
8 3 5 6 7 9 10 11 4 2 12 13 1
sition.
N
Does not lock-up. 2 6 8 3 4 10 9 11 12 5 7 13 1
Slips/Will Not Does not hold lock-up condition. 2 6 8 3 4 10 9 11 12 5 7 13 1

Engage Lock-up is not released. 2 6 3 4 5 7 8 1 O
With selector lever in D position, ac-
3 4 5 7 8 9 12 10 11 2 6 13 14 1
With selector lever in R position, ac- P
3 4 5 7 8 9 12 10 11 2 6 13 14 1
Slips at lock-up. 2 6 8 3 4 10 9 11 12 5 7 13 1
TM-659
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM





Symptom
Engine system
Power supply
Control valve
CVT position
Stall test
cardiagn.com
PG-52, STR-11
TM-553
TM-669
TM-652
TM-681
TM-665
EC-937
TM-529
No creep at all. 2 4 3 7 8 9 10 11 12 5 6 13 14 1
Vehicle cannot run in any position. 8 2 5 6 7 9 10 11 3 4 12 13 1
8 2 5 6 7 9 10 11 3 4 12 13 1
8 2 5 6 7 9 10 11 3 4 12 13 1
Judder occurs during lock-up. 2 6 3 4 5 7 8 1
Strange noise in D position. 2 3 4 1
Strange noise in N position. 2 3 4 1
Vehicle does not decelerate by en-
7 3 4 5 6 2 8 1
gine brake.
Maximum speed low. 2 3 5 6 7 8 9 11 4 10 1
Other With selector lever in P position, ve-

hicle does not enter parking condi-
tion or, with selector lever in another 1 2
position, parking condition is not
cancelled.
Vehicle runs with CVT in P position. 1 3 4 2
Vehicle runs with CVT in N position. 1 3 4 2
Engine stall. 2 6 3 4 8 9 5 7 10 1
2 6 3 4 5 7 1
Engine speed does not return to
2 4 3 5 1
idle.
Engine does not start in N or P posi-
3 2 1
tion.
Engine starts in positions other than
3 2 1
N or P.
TM-660
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
Symptom Table 2
A

B
Parking mechanism
Shift lock solenoid
CVT shift selector

Stop lamp switch
Torque converter
Forward clutch
Reverse brake
Planetary gear
Symptom C
Oil pump
Bearings
TM
TM-707
TM-658
TM-656
TM-667
TM-704
Large shock (N→D position) 2 1 E

Shift Shock Large shock (N→R position) 2 1
Shock is too large for lock-up. 1
F
Vehicle cannot be started from D
3 1 2
position.
cardiagn.com
Vehicle cannot be started from R
position.
4 1 2 3 G
Does not lock-up. 1 3 2
Slips/Will Does not hold lock-up condition. 1 3 2 H

Not Engage Lock-up is not released. 1 2
1 3 2
acceleration is extremely poor. I
1 4 2 3
acceleration is extremely poor.
Slips at lock-up. 1 2 J
TM-661
CVT CONTROL SYSTEM
Parking mechanism
Shift lock solenoid
CVT shift selector

Stop lamp switch
Torque converter
Forward clutch
Reverse brake
Planetary gear
Symptom
Oil pump
Bearings
TM-707
TM-658
TM-656
TM-667
TM-704
No creep at all. 1 6 2 4 5 3
Vehicle cannot run in all posi-
1 2 4 5 3 6
tions.
1 2 4 3 5
1 2 4 3 5
cardiagn.com
Judder occurs during lock-up. 1
Strange noise in D position. 1 2 4 3 5
Strange noise in N position. 1 2 3
Maximum speed low. 1 5 2 4 3
With selector lever in P position,
vehicle does not enter parking
condition or, with selector lever in 1
Other another position, parking condi-
tion is not cancelled.
Vehicle runs with CVT in P posi-
2 1
tion.
Vehicle runs with CVT in N posi-
2 3 1
tion.
Engine stall. 1
1
When brake pedal is depressed
with ignition switch ON, selector
1 2 3
lever cannot be shifted from P po-
sition to other position.
When brake pedal is not de-
pressed with ignition switch ON,
1 2 3
selector lever can be shifted from
P position to other position.
TM-662
CVT FLUID
< PERIODIC MAINTENANCE > [CVT: RE0F10G]
CVT FLUID
B
FLUID LEAKAGE
• Check transaxle surrounding area (oil seal and plug etc.)for fluid C
leakage.
• If anything is found, repair or replace damaged parts and adjust
CVT fluid level. Refer to TM-665, "Adjustment".
TM
SMA146B
F
Replacement INFOID:0000000010622867
cardiagn.com
G
CAUTION:
• Always use shop paper. Never use shop cloth. H
• Replace a drain plug gasket with new ones at the final stage of the operation when installing.
• After replacement, always perform CVT fluid leakage check. I
2. Select “FLUID TEMP” and confirm that the CVT fluid temperature is 40°C (104°F) or less.
3. Check that the selector lever is in the “P” position, then completely engage the parking brake. J
5. Remove the drain plug and drain the CVT fluid from the oil pan. Refer to TM-681, "Exploded View".
6. Install the drain plug to oil pan. K
CAUTION:
Drain plug gasket use the old one.
7. Remove the overflow plug from converter housing. L
: Vehicle front
M
JSDIA3714ZZ
O
TM-663
CVT FLUID
8. Install the charging pipe set (KV311039S0) (A) into the overflow
plug hole.
CAUTION:
CAUTION:
11. Remove the ATF changer hose and charging pipe, then install
the overflow plug. JSDIA3713ZZ
NOTE:
NOTE:
cardiagn.com
18. Remove the drain plug, and then drain CVT fluid from oil pan.
19. Repeat steps 6 to 18 (one time).
20. Tighten the drain plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-681, "Exploded View".
21. Remove the overflow plug.
22. Install the charging pipe set (KV311039S0) into the overflow plug hole.
CAUTION:
23. Install the ATF changer hose to the charging pipe.
CAUTION:
Press the ATF changer hose all the way onto the charging pipe until it stops.
25. Remove the ATF changer hose and charging pipe, then install the overflow plug.
NOTE:
NOTE:
31. Remove the overflow plug and confirm that the CVT fluid is drained from the overflow plug hole.
CAUTION:
NOTE:
If the CVT fluid is not drained, refer to “Adjustment” and refill with the CVT fluid.
32. When the flow of CVT fluid slows to a drip, tighten the overflow plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-
681, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Never reuse O-ring.
TM-664
CVT FLUID
35. Select “CONFORM CVTF DETERIORTN”. A
36. Select “Erase”.
37. Perform air bleeding of electric oil pump. Refer to TM-552, "Work Procedure".
B
CAUTION: TM
• During adjustment of the CVT fluid level, check CONSULT so that the oil temperature may be main-
tained from 35 to 45°C (95 to 113°F).
• During adjustment of the CVT fluid level, check that the engine speed is maintaining 500 rpm.
E
1. Check that the selector lever is in the “P” position, then completely engage the parking brake.
F
3. Adjust the CVT fluid temperature to be approximately 40°C (104°F).
NOTE:
cardiagn.com
The CVT fluid is largely affected by temperature. Therefore be sure to use CONSULT and check the
“FLUID TEMP” under “TRANSMISSION” in “Data Monitor” while adjusting. G
NOTE: H
6. Check that there is no CVT fluid leakage. I
7. Remove the overflow plug from converter housing.
: Vehicle front J
L
JSDIA3714ZZ
8. Install the charging pipe set (A) (SST: KV311039S0) into the M
overflow plug hole.
CAUTION:
N
CAUTION:
pipe until it stops. O
10. Fill approximately 0.5 liter (1/2 lmp qt) of the CVT fluid.
11. Remove the ATF changer hose from the charging pipe, and
check that the CVT fluid drains out from the charging pipe. If it JSDIA3713ZZ P
does not drain out, perform charging again.
CAUTION:
12. When the flow of CVT fluid slows to a drip, remove the charging pipe from the converter housing.
13. Tighten the overflow plug to the specified torque. Refer to TM-681, "Exploded View".
CAUTION:
Never reuse O-ring.
TM-665
CVT FLUID
cardiagn.com
TM-666
CVT SHIFT SELECTOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F10G]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

CVT SHIFT SELECTOR
B
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA6478GB J
Selector lever knob . Lock pin Knob cover

Detent switch* Park position switch Shift lock unit K
CVT shift selector assembly
:N·m (kg-m, in-lb)
L
M
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
Always apply the parking brake before performing removal and installation. N
1. Shift the selector lever to “N” position.
2. Slide the selector lever knob cover down.
CAUTION: O
Never damage the knob cover.
3. Pull out the lock pin .
4. Pull the selector lever knob and knob cover upwards to P
remove them.
and Installation" (LHD models), IP-52, "Removal and Installa-
tion" (RHD models).
6. Disconnect the CVT shift selector connector. JSDIA2778ZZ
TM-667
CVT SHIFT SELECTOR
8. Disconnect the key interlock cable from CVT shift selector assembly. Refer to TM-673, "Removal and
Installation". (Without intelligent key system)
9. Remove the control cable from the CVT shift selector assembly with the following procedure.
a. Disconnect the tip of control cable from the CVT shift selector
assembly.
b. Remove socket from CVT shift selector assembly.
CAUTION:
Never damage the pawl of socket.
10. Remove harness clips from the CVT shift selector with a clip
remover.
11. Remove CVT shift selector assembly mounting bolts.
12. Remove the CVT shift selector assembly.
JSDIA5661ZZ
INSTALLATION
• When connecting the control cable to the CVT shift selector
cardiagn.com
JPDIA0609ZZ
• Follow the procedure below and place the selector knob onto the CVT shift selector.
1. Install the lock pin onto the selector lever knob .
2. Install the knob cover onto the selector lever knob.
3. Press the selector lever knob onto the selector lever until it
clicks.
CAUTION:
• When pressing the selector lever knob onto the selector
lever, never press the selector lever knob button.
• Never strike the selector lever knob to press it into place.
4. After installing selector lever knob, pull the knob to check that it
does not become disconnected.
JSDIA2778ZZ
DISASSEMBLY
CAUTION:
Confirm the installation condition of wiring before disassembly.
1. Remove shift lock unit mounting screws ( ).
JSDIA6479ZZ
TM-668
CVT SHIFT SELECTOR
2. Remove the shift lock unit from the CVT shift selector assem-
bly. A
3. Disconnect shift lock solenoid harness connector, park position
switch harness connector, and detent switch harness connec-
tor*. B
JSDIA6480ZZ
TM
4. Remove park position switch and detent switch* from shift
lock unit.
*: With intelligent key system E
CAUTION:
Never damage pawls.
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA6481ZZ
ASSEMBLY
Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly. H
I
J
TM-669
CONTROL CABLE
CONTROL CABLE
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6082GB
Control cable Lock plate Transaxle assembly

Manual lever Bracket A Bracket B
REMOVAL
CAUTION:
• Always apply the parking brake before performing removal and installation.
3. Remove battery tray. Refer to PG-143, "R9M : Removal and Installation".
TM-670
CONTROL CABLE
from the manual lever . A
: Vehicle front
B
JSDIA4147ZZ
TM
bracket .
E
: Vehicle front

and Installation" (LHD models), IP-52, "Removal and Installa- F
tion" (RHD models).
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA4148ZZ
7. Disconnect the tip of control cable from the CVT shift selector H
assembly.
CAUTION: I
JSDIA5661ZZ K

wards to remove.
L
11. Remove the exhaust front tube. Refer to EX-17, "Exploded
View".
M
JSDIA5182ZZ
12. Remove the heat plate fixtures . O
: Vehicle front
P
JSDIA5214ZZ
TM-671
CONTROL CABLE
: Vehicle front
JPDIA0107ZZ
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
below the vehicle.
nect it.
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5182ZZ
• Pay attention to the following when connecting the control cable to the CVT shift selector.
JPDIA0609ZZ

CAUTION:
• Place the socket onto the CVT shift selector assembly,
it.
JSDIA1810ZZ

TM-672
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
I
JSDIA6482ZZ
Shift selector assembly Key interlock cable Clip J

Clip Key cylinder
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000011009351 K
REMOVAL
CAUTION: L
Always apply the parking brake before performing removal and installation.
1. Remove the instrument lower panel (driver side) and steering column cover. Refer to IP-14, "Removal and
Installation" (LHD models), IP-41, "Removal and Installation" (RHD models). M
2. Remove the center console. Refer to IP-25, "Removal and Installation" (LHD models), IP-52, "Removal
and Installation" (RHD models).
3. Press the pawls of the key interlock cable slider while slid- N
ing it in the direction of the casing cap , and separate the
adjusting holder and slider.
O
:Key interlock rod
4. Remove the key interlock cable from the shift selector.

P
JSDIA1797ZZ
TM-673
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
5. Lift the clip in the direction of the arrow ( ) and remove in
the direction of the arrow ( ).

: Key cylinder
6. Remove the key interlock cable from the key cylinder.

7. Disengage the clip and disconnect the key interlock cable from
the vehicle.
JSDIA1798ZZ
INSTALLATION
1. Move the shift selector to "P" position.
2. Turn the ignition switch to ACC or ON position.
3. Install the holder of key interlock cable to key cylinder.
4. Install the clip in the direction of the arrow ( ) and push it
in the direction of the arrow ( ).
cardiagn.com
: Key cylinder
5. Turn the ignition switch to LOCK position.
JSDIA3589ZZ
6. Install the adjusting holder onto the key interlock rod , then
install the casing cap onto the shift selector cable bracket .
CAUTION:
• When installing the key interlock cable, do not bend or
twist the cable forcefully.
• After connecting the key interlock cable to the shift selec-
tor cable bracket, be sure to check that the casing cap is
completely fastened to the cable bracket. If the casing cap
is easily displaced, replace the key interlock cable.
JSDIA1799ZZ
7. Slide the key interlock cable slider toward the key interlock
rod side and install the adjusting holder and key interlock
rod.
CAUTION:
• Never squeeze the pawls on the key interlock cable slider
when holding the slider.
• Never apply force in a perpendicular direction to the key
interlock rod when sliding the slider.
8. Install the center console. Refer to IP-25, "Removal and Installa-
tion" (LHD models), IP-52, "Removal and Installation" (RHD
models). JSDIA2644ZZ
9. Install the instrument lower panel (driver side) and steering col-
umn cover. Refer to IP-14, "Removal and Installation" (LHD models), IP-41, "Removal and Installation"
(RHD models).
TM-674
KEY INTERLOCK CABLE
• Check the CVT position. If a malfunction is found, adjust the CVT position. Refer to TM-554, "Inspection".
• The key can be removed only when the selector lever is in the “P” position. A
• It must not be possible to turn the ignition switch to LOCK when the selector lever is not in the “P” position.
TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-675
TCM
TCM
cardiagn.com
JSDIA6080GB
Battery tray ECM Bracket

TCM
: Vehicle front
CAUTION:
• Never impact the TCM when removing or installing TCM.
• Before replacing TCM, perform "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCM". Refer to TM-544,
"Work Procedure".
• When replacing TCM and transaxle assembly simultaneously, perform "ADDITIONAL SERVICE
WHEN REPLACING TCM AND TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY". Refer to TM-546, "Work Procedure".
• When replacing TCM, note the “CVTF DETERIORATION DATE” value displayed on CONSULT “CON-
FORM CVTF DETERIORTN” in MAINTENANCE BOOKLET, before start the operation.
REMOVAL
1. Remove the battery. Refer to PG-139, "R9M : Removal and Installation"
2. Remove the air duct (inlet). Refer to EM-308, "Exploded View".
3. Disconnect the TCM harness connector and the ECM har-
ness connector .
JSDIA5385ZZ
4. Remove the battery tray with ECM and TCM. Refer to PG-148, "EXCEPT FOR R9M : Removal and Instal-
lation".
TM-676
TCM
5. Remove TCM mounting nuts ( ) and remove TCM from
bracket. A
JSDIA6081ZZ
TM
INSTALLATION
Adjustment INFOID:0000000010622881 E

When replaced TCM, perform "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TCM". Refer to TM-544, "Work F
Procedure".
cardiagn.com
G
TM-677
G SENSOR
G SENSOR
JSDIA5138GB
G sensor
: Vehicle front
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
• Never drop or strike G sensor, because it has little tolerance for impact.
• Never use a power tool to avoid impact.
REMOVAL
2. Remove the center console assembly. Refer to IP-25, "Removal and Installation" (LHD models), IP-52,
"Removal and Installation" (RHD models).
3. Disconnect the G sensor harness connector .
JSDIA5192ZZ
4. Remove G sensor mounting nuts ( ) and remove G sensor .
JSDIA5193ZZ
INSTALLATION
Installation is the reverse order of removal.
TM-678
G SENSOR
A
Perform “CALIBRATION OF G SENSOR”. Refer to TM-551, "Work Procedure".
B
TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-679
AIR BREATHER
AIR BREATHER
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5220ZZ
Air breather hose cap Air breather hose Breather tube

Transaxle assembly
REMOVAL
1. Remove the air duct (inlet), air cleaner cases assembly with mass air flow sensor, and air duct assembly.
Refer to EM-308, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove air breather hose.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Never bend the air breather hose to prevent damage to the hose.
• Insert air breather hose to the end of air breather.
the curve of the tube.
JSDIA5387ZZ
TM-680
OIL PAN
OIL PAN
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
I
JSDIA4194GB
Transaxle assembly Oil pan gasket Oil pan J

Drain plug Drain plug gasket Magnet
Overflow plug O-ring
K
: N·m (kg-m, in-lb) L
: Apply CVT fluid
M
REMOVAL N
2. Remove the drain plug from oil pan and drain the CVT fluid.
O
JSDIA5205ZZ
TM-681
OIL PAN
3. Remove the drain plug gasket .
JSDIA5206ZZ
4. Remove the oil pan bolts ( ) and remove the oil pan and oil pan
gasket.
: Vehicle front
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5207ZZ
5. Remove the oil pan gasket from the oil pan.
JSDIA5208ZZ
6. Remove the magnets from the oil pan.
JSDIA5209ZZ
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Never reuse oil pan gasket.
• Never reuse drain plug gasket.
• Completely clean the iron powder from the magnet area of oil pan and the magnets.
• Install the oil pan to the transaxle case with the following procedure.
1. Install the oil pan gasket to the oil pan.
CAUTION:
Completely wipe out any moisture, oil, and old gasket from the oil pan gasket surface and bolt
hole of oil pan and transaxle case.
2. Install the oil pan assembly to the transaxle case and temporarily tighten the oil pan bolt.
TM-682
OIL PAN
3. Tighten the oil pan bolts in the order shown to the specified
torque. A
: Vehicle front
4. Tighten the oil pan bolts again clockwise from (1) shown to the B
specified torque.
• Fill ATF after installation. Refer to TM-663, "Replacement".
C
JSDIA5211ZZ
TM

Check oil pan for foreign material.
• If a large amount of worn material is found, clutch plate may be worn.
• If iron powder is found, bearings, gears, or clutch plates may be worn.
• If aluminum powder is found, bushing may be worn, or chips or burrs of aluminum casting parts may enter. F
Check points where wear is found in all cases.
cardiagn.com
Check the CVT fluid leakage. Refer to TM-663, "Inspection". G
TM-683
INPUT SPEED SENSOR
INPUT SPEED SENSOR
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5131GB
Transaxle assembly O-ring Input speed sensor

: Apply CVT fluid
REMOVAL
2. Remove the battery tray. Refer to PG-148, "EXCEPT FOR R9M : Removal and Installation".
3. Remove the fluid cooler hose A. Refer to TM-694, "Exploded View"
4. Remove the fluid cooler hose B and fluid cooler hose F from CVT oil warmer side. Refer to TM-694,
"Exploded View"
5. Remove the water hose A and water hose B. Refer to TM-692, "Exploded View"
6. Disconnect the input speed sensor harness connector.
7. Remove mounting bolt ( ) and remove input speed sensor
JSDIA5195ZZ
TM-684
INPUT SPEED SENSOR
8. Remove O-ring from input speed sensor.
A
JSDIA5196ZZ
TM
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Never reuse O-ring. E
F
cardiagn.com
G
H
TM-685
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5132GB
Transaxle assembly Primary speed sensor O-ring

: Apply CVT fluid
REMOVAL
2. Disconnect the primary speed harness connector .
JSDIA5197ZZ
3. Remove the primary speed sensor bolt ( ) and remove the pri-
mary speed sensor .
JSDIA5198ZZ
TM-686
4. Remove the O-ring from the primary speed sensor.
A
JSDIA5199ZZ
TM
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
F
cardiagn.com
G
H
TM-687
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5033GB
Transaxle assembly Output speed sensor O-ring

: Apply CVT fluid
REMOVAL
2. Disconnect the output speed sensor harness connector .
JSDIA5200ZZ
3. Remove the output speed sensor bolt ( ) and remove the out-
put speed sensor .
JSDIA5201ZZ
TM-688
OUTPUT SPEED SENSOR
4. Remove the O-ring from the output speed sensor.
A
JSDIA5199ZZ
TM
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
F
cardiagn.com
G
H
TM-689
cardiagn.com
JSDIA3729GB
Transaxle assembly Differential side oil seal (left side) Differential side oil seal (right side)
: Apply CVT fluid
REMOVAL
NOTE:
ing.
Differential Side Oil Seal (Left Side)
1. Remove front drive shaft. Refer to FAX-50, "R9M : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove differential side oil seal using an oil seal remover (A)
CAUTION:
housing.
JPDIA0118ZZ
Differential Side Oil Seal (Right Side)

1. Remove front drive shaft. Refer to FAX-50, "R9M : Removal and Installation".
TM-690
2. Remove differential side oil seal using an oil seal remover (A)
CAUTION:
housing.
B
JPDIA0118ZZ
TM
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Never reuse differential side oil seal. E
• Apply CVT fluid to differential side oil seals.
• When inserting the drive shaft, be sure to use Tool.
F
Tool number : KV38107900
cardiagn.com
Install each differential side oil seal evenly using suitable tool so that G
differential side oil seal protrudes by the dimension (C) and (D)
respectfully.
H
: Differential side oil seal (LH)
: Differential side oil seal (RH)
JPDIA0520ZZ J
Dimension (C) :Height difference from case end surface is within 1.8 ± 0.5 mm (0.071 ±
K
0.020 in).
Dimension (D) :Height difference from case end surface is within 2.2 ± 0.5 mm (0.087 ±
0.020 in). L
NOTE:
The reference is the installation direction of the differential side oil seal.
Drift to be used: M
Location Commercial Service Tools
Transaxle case side Commercial service tool with outer dia. 56 mm (2.20 in) and in-
Converter housing side ner dia. 50 mm (1.97 in) N
O
ADJUSTMENT AFTER INSTALLATION P
TM-691
WATER HOSE
WATER HOSE
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5221ZZ
Hose clamp Water hose A Radiator hose assembly

Water hose B CVT oil warmer Transaxle assembly
REMOVAL
WARNING:
CAUTION:
NOTE:
ing.
1. Remove the battery tray. Refer to PG-143, "R9M : Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the engine undercover. Refer to EXT-40, "ENGINE UNDER COVER : Removal and Installation".
3. Release hose clamps and remove water hose A and B.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
• Securely install the water hose clip to the converter housing.
Radiator hose assembly Frontward : Hose end reaches the end

of radiator hose assembly tube.
Water hose A
CVT oil warmer Frontward : End reaches the 2-stage
bulge.
TM-692
WATER HOSE
A
Radiator hose assembly Frontward : Hose end reaches the end
of radiator hose assembly tube.
Water hose B
CVT oil warmer Upward : End reaches the 2-stage B
bulge.
TM
ALDIA0475ZZ
• Refer to the followings when installing hose clamp. F

CAUTION:
cardiagn.com
G
Hose
H
Radiator hose as-
Rearward
Water hose A sembly
CVT oil warmer Frontward 5 – 7 mm (0.20 – 0.28 I
Radiator hose as- in) from hose end
Rearward
Water hose B sembly
CVT oil warmer Leftward J
JSDIA2424ZZ
K
L
TM-693
Transaxle side
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5222GB
Fluid cooler tube A Copper washer Fluid cooler hose A

Hose clamp Fluid cooler tube B CVT oil warmer
Transaxle assembly
Vehicle side
JSDIA6024GB
TM-694
Bracket Bumper reinforcement Fluid cooler hose D A

Hose clamp Fluid cooler bracket (with tube) CVT fluid cooler
Bracket Fluid cooler hose C Fluid cooler hose E
Fluid cooler tube assembly Fluid cooler hose F Fluid cooler hose B
B
Fluid cooler tube A CVT oil warmer Transaxle assembly

Bumper reinforcement lower C
TM
REMOVAL E
NOTE:
ing. F
1. Remove the front bumper. Refer to EXT-15, "Removal and Installation".
cardiagn.com
3. Remove the battery tray. Refer to PG-143, "R9M : Removal and Installation". G
4. Remove fluid cooler hose C and fluid cooler hose E from
H
: Hose clamp
: Vehicle front
I
JSDIA5376ZZ
K
5. Remove mounting bolts ( ) of fluid cooler tube assembly .
6. Remove fluid cooler hose F and fluid cooler hose B from
L
: Hose clamp
N
JSDIA6084ZZ
7. Remove CVT fluid cooler mounting bolts and mounting nuts

and take out the CVT fluid cooler. O
CAUTION:
Be careful not to damage the radiator fins while taking out
the CVT fluid cooler. P
: Vehicle front
JSDIA5378ZZ
TM-695
8. Remove fluid cooler hose E , fluid cooler hose D and fluid
cooler hose C from CVT fluid cooler and fluid cooler
: Hose clamp
JSDIA5379ZZ
9. Remove bolts ( ) and separate fluid cooler bracket (with tube)

and bracket from CVT fluid cooler .
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5380ZZ
10. Remove fluid cooler hose F and fluid cooler hose B from
CVT oil warmer.
: Hose clamp
: Vehicle front
11. Remove fluid cooler tube A and fluid cooler tube B.
JSDIA6083ZZ
INSTALLATION
Note the followings and Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage CVT fluid cooler.
Transaxle side
Refer to the followings when installing fluid cooler tubes.
• When installing fluid cooler tube A and fluid cooler tube B to
transaxle assembly.
- Contact fluid cooler tube A stopper to transaxle case boss .
- Contact fluid cooler tube B stopper to transaxle case boss .
JSDIA5425ZZ
• Refer to the followings when installing fluid cooler hose.
TM-696
Installation side Hose insertion depth A

Hose Direction of paint mark
tube (A)
Fluid cooler Hose end reaches the B
Align with the paint
hose A CVT fluid cooler end of tube.
marks on the CVT fluid
tube B
cooler tube B
C
SCIA7203E
TM
CAUTION:
Hose clamp should not interfere with the bulge of tube. E
Installation side Hose clamp

Hose
tube Direction of tab Clamping position F
CVT oil warmer
Fluid cooler 5 – 9 mm (0.20 – 0.35
cardiagn.com
hose A in) (A) from hose end G
tube B
H
JSDIA2424ZZ
Vehicle side
• Refer to the followings when installing fluid cooler hoses. I
Installation side Direction of

Hose Hose insertion depth (L)
tube paint mark J
CVT fluid cooler
Frontward
Fluid cooler tube A
hose B Fluid cooler tube K
assembly
Leftward
Fluid cooler tube
Fluid cooler assembly L
hose C
CVT fluid cooler
CVT fluid cooler : Hose end reaches the 2-
Fluid cooler M
Fluid cooler brack- stage bulge .
hose D Frontward
et (with tube)
Fluid cooler brack-
Fluid cooler et (with tube) N
hose E Fluid cooler tube
assembly
Leftward
Fluid cooler tube O
Fluid cooler assembly
hose F : Hose end reaches the end
CVT oil warmer Upward JSDIA1640ZZ
of CVT oil warmer tube. P
• Refer to the followings when installing hose clamps.

CAUTION:
TM-697

Hose
CVT fluid cooler tube
Frontward
Fluid cooler A
hose B Fluid cooler tube as-
sembly
Leftward
Fluid cooler sembly
hose C
CVT fluid cooler JSDIA2424ZZ
CVT fluid cooler

Fluid cooler 5 – 9 mm (0.20 – 0.35
hose D Fluid cooler bracket Frontward in) from hose end
(with tube)
Fluid cooler bracket
Fluid cooler (with tube)
hose E Fluid cooler tube as-
sembly
Leftward
Fluid cooler
cardiagn.com
sembly
hose F

TM-698
CVT OIL WARMER
CVT OIL WARMER
A
TM
cardiagn.com
G
JSDIA5225GB

H
: N·m (kg-cm, in-lb)

I
REMOVAL
WARNING: J
CAUTION: K
NOTE:
When removing components such as hoses, tubes/lines, etc., cap or plug openings to prevent fluid/coolant L
from spilling.
2. Remove harness bracket . M
3. Remove water hose A and B from CVT oil warmer. Refer to TM-692, "Removal and Installation".
4. Remove fluid cooler hose A and F from CVT oil warmer. Refer to TM-695, "Removal and Installation".
5. Remove fluid cooler tube A from transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-695, "Removal and Installation". N
6. Remove mounting bolts ( ) and remove CVT oil warmer

O
JSDIA5245ZZ
INSTALLATION
TM-699
CVT OIL WARMER

cardiagn.com
TM-700
PLUG
PLUG
A
Replace the O-ring if oil leakage or exudes from the plug. B

TM
cardiagn.com
G
H
JSDIA5433GB
Transaxle assembly O-ring Plug

I
J
: Apply CVT fluid

K
REMOVAL
L
2. Remove the plug and O-ring.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal. M
CAUTION:
• Apply CVT fluid to O-ring.
N
INSPECTION AFTER INSTALLATION O

Adjust the CVT fluid level. Refer to TM-665, "Adjustment". P
TM-701
ELECTRIC OIL PUMP
ELECTRIC OIL PUMP
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5137GB
Transaxle assembly O-ring Electric oil pump & motor assembly

: Apply CVT fluid
REMOVAL
2. Remove nuts ( ) and remove harness bracket .
: Vehicle front
3. Disconnect the electric oil pump harness connector.
JSDIA6395ZZ
4. Remove electric oil pump mounting bolts ( ) and remove elec-

tric oil pump & motor assembly .
JSDIA5215ZZ
TM-702
ELECTRIC OIL PUMP
5. Remove O-rings .
A
JSDIA5216ZZ
TM
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
F
cardiagn.com
G
• Adjust the CVT fluid level. Refer to Refer to TM-665, "Adjustment".
• Perform “BLEEDING ELECTRIC OIL PUMP”. Refer to TM-552, "Work Procedure". H
TM-703
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [CVT: RE0F10G]
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
cardiagn.com
JSDIA5226GB

Bracket CVT fluid charging pipe cap Stud bolt B
Stud bolt A
REMOVAL
WARNING:
Do not remove the radiator cap when the engine is hot. Serious burns could occur from high pressure
CAUTION:
• Perform when the engine is cold.
• When replacing the TCM and transaxle assembly as a set, replace the transaxle assembly first and
then replace the TCM. Refer to TM-544, "Description".
NOTE:
ing.
TM-704
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
1. Remove engine and transaxle assembly. Refer to EM-366, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove starter motor. Refer to STR-39, "R9M : Removal and Installation". A
3. Remove the CVT water hoses from engine side. Refer to TM-692, "Removal and Installation".
4. Turn crankshaft, and remove the tightening nuts for drive plate and torque converter.
CAUTION: B
Rotate crankshaft clockwise (as viewed from the crankshaft pulley side).
6. Separate the engine from the transaxle assembly. C
NOTE:
Using paint, put matching marks on the drive plate and torque converter when removing the torque con-
verter to drive plate nuts. TM
7. Remove following parts from transaxle assembly.
• Control cable bracket (Refer to TM-670, "Exploded View".)
• Air breather hose (Refer to TM-680, "Exploded View".) E
• CVT water hoses (Refer to TM-692, "Exploded View".)
• CVT fluid cooler hose and tube (Refer to TM-694, "Exploded View".)
• Charging pipe and O-ring
F
INSTALLATION
cardiagn.com
CAUTION:
• Write down the serial number of the new transaxle assembly. G
L
JSDIA6075GB
• When replacing an engine or transaxle you must make sure any dowels are installed correctly during
re-assembly M
• Improper alignment caused by missing dowels may cause vibration, oil leaks or breakage of drive
train components.
• Never reuse O-rings or copper sealing washers.
N
• When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine.
• When tightening the nuts for the torque converter while securing the crankshaft pulley bolt, be sure
to confirm the tightening torque of the crankshaft pulley bolt. Refer to EM-346, "Exploded View".
• After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft several turns to check that CVT rotates O
freely without binding.
• When installing the CVT to the engine, align the matching mark on the drive plate with the matching
mark on the torque converter.
P
• When installing the drive plate to torque converter nuts, tighten them temporarily. then tighten the nuts to the
specified torque.
• Install the transaxle assembly and engine assembly mounting bolts according to the following standards.
TM-705
TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY
Bolt No. * *
Engine to Transaxle Engine to
Insertion direction Transaxle to engine
transaxle to engine transaxle
Number of bolts 1 1 3 2 4
Bolt length
— — 60 (2.36) 30(1.18) 55 (2.17)
mm (in)
Stud length
56(2.20) 96(3.78) — — —
mm (in)
JSDIA5239ZZ
Tightening torque
48.0 (4.9, 35)
N·m (kg-m, ft-lb)
*: Stud bolt
INSPECTION BEFORE INSTALLATION

After inserting a torque converter to the CVT, check dimension (A)
with in the reference value limit.
cardiagn.com
B : Scale
C : Straightedge
JPDIA0115ZZ

• CVT fluid leakage, refer to TM-663, "Inspection".
• For CVT position, refer to TM-669, "Inspection".
• Start the engine and check for coolant leakage from the parts which are removed and reinstalled.
• Adjust the CVT fluid level. Refer to TM-665, "Adjustment".
• When replaced transaxle assembly, perform "ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING TRANSAXLE
ASSEMBLY". Refer to TM-546, "Work Procedure".
TM-706
< UNIT DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY > [CVT: RE0F10G]

B
TM
cardiagn.com
JSDIA4173ZZ
G
Torque converter O-ring Converter housing oil seal

Transaxle assembly H
: Apply CVT fluid I
Disassembly INFOID:0000000010622933
J
1. Remove transaxle assembly. Refer to TM-704, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove torque converter from transaxle assembly.
CAUTION: K
Never damage the bushing on the inside of torque converter sleeve when removing torque con-
verter.
3. Remove O-ring from input shaft. L
4. Remove converter housing oil seal using a suitable tool.
CAUTION:
Be careful not to scratch converter housing. M
Assembly INFOID:0000000010622934
Note the followings and assembly is in the reverse order of disassembly. N

CAUTION:
• Never reuse converter housing oil seal.
• Apply CVT fluid to O-ring. O
• Apply CVT fluid to converter housing oil seal.
TM-707
• Drive converter housing oil seal evenly using a drift (A) (com-
mercial service tool) so that converter housing oil seal protrudes by
the dimension (B) respectively.
Unit: mm (in)
Outer diameter: 65 (2.56)
Drift (A)
Inner diameter: 60 (2.36)
: Transaxle assembly
SCIA7908J
Dimension (B) : 1.0 ± 0.5 mm (0.039 ± 0.020 in)

NOTE:
Converter housing oil seal pulling direction is used as the refer-
ence.
cardiagn.com
SCIA7909J
• Attach the pawl of the torque converter to the drive sprocket

hole on the transaxle assembly side.
CAUTION:
• Rotate the torque converter for installing torque converter.
• Never damage the bushing inside the torque converter
sleeve when installing the converter housing oil seal.
SCIA7907J
TM-708
• After inserting a torque converter to the CVT, check dimension (A)
with in the reference value limit. A
B : Scale
C : Straightedge B

C
JPDIA0115ZZ
TM
cardiagn.com
G
TM-709
< SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) [CVT: RE0F10G]

General Specification INFOID:0000000010622936
Engine R9M
Applied model
Axle 2WD
Transaxle model RE0F10G
D position 2.413 – 0.383
Transaxle gear ratio R position 1.798
Final drive 5.577
Recommended fluid and fluid capacity Refer to MA-23, "Fluids and Lubricants".
Shift Characteristics INFOID:0000000010622937
Unit: rpm
CVT input speed
cardiagn.com
2/8
“D” position (ECO) 1,470 – 2,510 1,570 – 3,200
8/8
“D” position (ECO) 3,430 – 4,030 4,100 – 4,700
NOTE:
Stall Speed INFOID:0000000010622938
Unit: rpm
Torque Converter INFOID:0000000010622939
Unit: mm (in)
Dimension “A” between the converter housing and torque converter 18.1 (0.713)
TM-710

Transaxle & Transmission: Section

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Transaxle & Transmission: Section

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Transaxle & Transmission: Section

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

TRANSMISSION & DRIVELINE

TRANSAXLE & TRANSMISSION

PRECAUTION .............................................. 13 PERIODIC MAINTENANCE ........................ 27

SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS GEAR SHIFT TO 1ST OR 2ND IS HARD OR

PRECAUTION ............................................. 81 UNUSUAL NOISE OCCURS DURING DRIV-

KEY LOCK SYSTEM ...............................................255

P0863 TCM COMMUNICATION ...................... 366 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 395

CONTROL CABLE ........................................... 406

QR25DE ................................................................... 408 QR25DE ................................................................... 433 B

QR25DE ................................................................... 423 TRANSAXLE ASSEMBLY .............................. 449

CVT CONTROL SYSTEM ................................ 531 DTC Description .................................................... 559

Precautions for Removing Battery Terminal INFOID:0000000010842513

D4D engine : 20 minutes

KV38100200 • Installing mainshaft front bearing outer race

ST33220000 Installing input shaft oil seal

ST33400001 Installing differential side bearing outer race

KV32500QAA Installing differential side oil seal

d: 54 mm (2.13 in) dia.

ST33052000 • Removing mainshaft rear bearing inner race

ST33061000 Removing differential side bearing inner race

Tool name Description

Socket Removing and installing drain plug

Drift Installing bushing

Drift Removing input shaft rear bearing

Drift Installing input shaft front bearing

Drift Installing differential side bearing inner race

Drift Installing differential side bearing inner race F

Separator • Removing differential side bearing inner

Remover • Removing bushing

No. Component Function

: 1st main gear

: Reverse input gear

1.REVERSE POSITION SIGNAL OUTPUT CHECK

Terminals Condition Continuity

Terminals Condition Continuity

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010929196

1.CHECK POSITION SWITCH

1.CHECK BACK-UP LAMP SWITCH

Plunger is pressed. Existed

NO >> Replace position switch. Refer to TM-36, "Removal and TM

Terminals Condition Continuity

YES >> INSPECTION END

SHIFT CONTROL LINKAGE (Worn)

BAULK RING (Worn or damaged)

BEARING (Worn or damaged)

INSERT SPRING (Damaged)

GEAR (Worn or damaged)

SHIFT FORK (Worn)

OIL (Wrong oil)

TM-43, "Exploded View"

TM-43, "Exploded View"

TM-43, "Exploded View"

1. Start engine and let it run to warm up transaxle. H

Recommended : Refer to MA-23, "Fluids and Lubri-

Never reuse gasket.

REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Ornament Retainer Shift lever knob

: N·m (kg-m, in-lb)